-r — r-IC=-%-.
-"r-c'
-.. . --— ~:~ —-----—,, —- —------ --,- ----
=-I-L-/f
~ —-----—: -—  —-~..F= —.;- —-=- —3
---— -=;=, ~L;
-cX r
c-;..
-- ------ — I,
r -~;j;lZeJl+a\\pl -
~=:
-- —— ='=-----I`,Z\, -t —-— s ——  —— i=1
—;=L-
- — 6 —c -— S —
1 —-_ RaLI ~k-
 ci ----
— I —---- — c~- — -pcs —-rJF —--— - -L-=-~_- -5_r-v_
-c
--------
1- -                                —-. —Ya5 —zsS
---.SC%'~
--—  —I I —= _ — 5/~3;:
s:=; Y_i=C==
 —-— -I —--—;'
=uF- — --, —- -— c-~
_ -- — —-----— =r=
LhUNCIIINCx THE PBfflr.








THE GO-AHEAD SERIES.
GO-AHEAD;
OR,
THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO
BY
HARRY CASTLEMON,
AUTHOR OF "THE GUN-BOAT SERIES," "THE ROCKY MOUNTAIN
SERIES," ETC.
PHILADELP]
PORTER & C
CINCINNATI,
R. W. CARROLL & CO.




FAMOUS CASTLEMON BOOKS.
GUNBOAT SERIES. By HARRY CASTLEION. Illustrated. 6 vols.
16mo. Cloth, extra, black and gold.
FRANK THE YOUNG NATURALIST. FRANK ON A GUNBOAT. FRANK
IN THE WOODS. FRANK BEFORE VICKSBURG. FRANK ON THE LOWER
MISSISSIPPI. FRANK ON THE PRAIRIE.
ROCKY  MOUNTAIN  SERIES.  By HARRY CASTLEMON.
Illustrated. 3 vols. 16mo. Cloth, extra, black and gold.
FRANK AMONG THE RANCIIEROS.
FRANK AT DON CARLOS' RANCHO.
FRANK IN THE MOUNTAINS.
SPORTSMAN'S CLUB  SERIES.  By HARRY CASTLEMON.
Illustrated. 3 vols. 16mo. Cloth, extra, black and gold.
THE SPORTSMAN'S CLUB IN.THI SADDLE.
THE SPORTSMAN'S CLUB AFL.AT1
THE SPORTSMAN'S CLUB AhONti THE TRAPPERS.
GO-AHEAD  SERIES.  By HARRY CASTLEMON.  Illustrated.  3
vols. 16mo. Cloth, extra, black and gold.
Tor NEWCOMBE. GO-AHEAD. NO Moss.
FRANK NELSON SERIES. By HARRY CASTLEMON. Illustrated.
3 vols. 16mo. Cloth, extra, black and gold.
SNOWED UP. FRANK IN THE FORECASTLE. BOY TRADERS.
BOY  TRAPPER SERIES.  By HARRY CASTLEMON. Illustrated.
3 vols. 16mo. Cloth, extra, black and gold.
THE BURIED TREASURE; OR, OLD JORDAN'S HAUNT.
THE BOY TRAPPER; OR, HOW DAVE FILLED THE ORDER.
THE MAIL-CARRIER.
ROUGHING IT  SERIES.  By HARRY CASTLEMON.' Illustrated.
16mo. Cloth, extra, black and gold.
GEORGE IN CAMP.
Other Volumes in Preparation.
Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1868, by
R. W. CARROLL & CO.,
In the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington.




CONTENTS.
EHAPTER                                        PAGB
I. A RAGAMUFFIN,....     e  e  65
II. A LIBERAL PASSENGER,.....    19
III. FISHERTOWN IN COUNCIL,....    28
IV. TOM NEWCOMBE'S PLAN,     O  e  4.  36
V. SAM BARTON'S REVENGE,.... 49
VI. GOING IN DEBT,.  ~ ~..                 58
VII. TOM ORDERS A NEW BOAT,...70
VIII. THE Go AHEAD NO. 2,... ~  ~  ~    8[
IX. CRUSOE AND HIS MEN,    ~,  ~. 94
X. ANOTHER FAILURE,,..  *  O. 107
XI. TOM'S NEW YACHT,,......    122
XII. TOM LOSES A DINNER,......  136
XIII. MR. NEWCOMBE'S PRESENT,.......   147
XIV. BOB MAKES A DISCOVERY,..   e  ~.  159
XV. BOB A PRISONER,...  e  175
XVI. BOB FIGHTS FOR HIS LIBERTY,...  e  ~.185
XVII. PREPARATIONS FOR THE VOYAGE,.. 201
(iii)




iv                    CONTENTS.
CHAPTER                                            PAGI
XVIII. THE ATTACK ON THE YACHT,..,  @ 221
XIX. CRUISOE AFLOAT,.....236
XX. THE TABLES TURNED,...... 251
XXI. HARRY'S REPORT,.~,..~       263
XXII. CONCLUSION,.  X  X    *        *  ~ ~ ~.. 7




GO AHEAD;
OR,
THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.
CHAPTER.I.
A RAGAMUFFIN.
s" 1^   -AD luck again to-day," said Bob Jennings, as
(     1iJ  he reluctantly drew in his line and glanced
at his empty basket, which he had hoped
to take home full of fish, "I've been here
since seven o'clock this morning, and have n't had a single bite. If it is true that'Fortune favors the brave,
it seems to me she is a long time in finding out that
there is such a fellow as Bob Jennings in the world,
for the harder I work, the worse I get along."
As the fisher-boy spoke, he pulled up his anchor, hoisted
a small tattered sail in the bow of his boat, and filled away
for home, as poor as when he set out in the morning.
It was no wonder that Bob felt somewhat disheartened, for he was but twelve cents better off at that moment than he had been the day before. IIe had ferried
six ship-carpenters across the harbor that morning, and
(5)




6                GO AHEAD; OR,
then pulled five miles up the bay, to his fishing-grounds,
only to return empty-handed.  And that was not the
worst of it, for a "streak of bad luck," as he called it,
had attended him during the entire week. It was then
Friday; and since Monday morning he had earned just
a dollar and a quarter. Fishing had been unprofitable,
and the ship-carpenters seemed to have taken a sudden
dislike to his boat, for, of late, he had never been able
to secure more than half a load, and his ferrying did not
yield him twenty cents a day. He had worked hard, but
luck was against him, and, in spite of all his exertions,
he had not been able to earn enough to pay the week's
expenses; and that morning his mother had told him
that she would soon be obliged to use a portion of the
fifteen dollars which Bob had managed to save as part
of the sum necessary to support the family while he
was gone on his first voyage at sea. Bob had been expecting this; and it was the worst part of his week's
"streak of bad luck," for that fifteen dollars had been
saved for a special purpose, and he did not want to see
it used for any thing else. He had staked all his hopes
upon the result of this day's work, and thus far he had
earned but twelve cents.  Some boys, perhaps, would
have thought fifteen dollars a very insignificant sum to
be troubled about, but Bob looked upon it as quite a
respectable fortune. There were not many fisher-boys
about Newport who could boast that, during the last
six months, they had fed and clothed a family of four
persons, and saved money besides. Bob was the only
one among them who ever laid by a penny for a rainy
day; but, unless his luck soon changed, he would be as
poor as the rest of them-his fortune would melt away,




THE FISHER-BOY S MOTTO.            7
and his first voyage be indefinitely postponed. The fisher-boy was not in the habit of grumbling because every
thing did not work as smoothly as hedesired, but, under such circumstances, he found it almost impossible
to keep up a cheerful heart. He was willing to work,
but he wanted to see that he was making some headway in the world. When fortune favored him, and he
could give his mother fifty, or even twenty-five, cents
every evening, there was not a happier boy in Newport
than Bob Jennings. He felt rich; and it is probable
that he would even have hesitated about changing
places with his friend Tom Newcombe, whom he sometimes envied. But when luck went against him-as had
been the case during the week that had just passedBob could not help getting downhearted, for it seemed
to him that every failure he made placed the object of
his ambition farther beyond his reach. He wanted to
become the master of a fine vessel, but he could not go
to sea leaving his mother unprovided for; and thirty
dollars would be sufficient to insure her against want
during his absence. After nearly six months' hard
work, he had saved half the amount required, and he
had begun to hope that, by the time the spring arrived, he could give up fishing and ferrying, turn his
scow over to his brother, and enter upon his career as
a sailor. But Bob's hopes had been ruined more than
once by a "streak of bad luck," and now it seemed as
if misfortune was again about to overtake him.
"I don't want to see that fifteen dollars broken in
upon," said the fisher-boy, taking a firmer grasp of the
oar with which he was steering his clumsy craft, as if to
indicate that he had determined to hold on to his fortune




8                 GO AHEAD; OR,
as long as possible; "I've worked hard fo: it, through
storm and sunshine, have gone about my work ragged
and barefooted, and now, if I lose it, I shall almost believe that I was born to be a fisherman, and that it's
no use for me to try to be any thing else. If this money
goes, it will be the third time I have been bankrupt. After
mother agreed to let me go to sea if I would save thirty
dollars, I went to work, and, at the end of three months,
I had seven dollars in the bank. I was making money
fast, and I thought that, at the end of the year, I should
have more than thirty dollars laid by. But I had a
streak of bad luck; the fish would n't bite, I could n't
make a dime a day ferrying, and four dollars out of
the seven had to go to feed the family. After awhile,
my luck changed again, and, in four months, I had
saved twelve dollars and a half. Then I began to fall
behind a second time, and every red cent of my twelve
dollars was gone before I knew it. Then came a streak
of good luck, which lasted almost six months, and, during that time, I saved just fifteen dollars. If that goes
like the rest, I shall begin to believe that I am very
unlucky. Now, there's Sam Barton I He does n't work
half as hard as I do, but he makes more money. I wish
I had been in his place night before last."
Bob was not the only one who envied Sam Barton,
for he was the most fortunate ferry-boy about the village. His companions all looked upon him with a great
deal of respect; and the reason was because Sam owned
the best boat, and could boast of more "regular customers" than any other boys about the harbor. On
Wednesday evening, after the workmen had all been
taken across, and the ferry-boys were seated in their




THE FISHER-BOY S MOTTO.             9
boats, counting their money, and getting ready to start
for home, a gentleman, who was standing on the wharf
talking to an acquaintance, accidentally slipped off into
the water. A dozen boats at once started to his assistance; but Sam was foremost, and, reaching the gentle.
man just as he was sinking for the last time, he seized
him and lifted him into his boat. The man soon recovered from the effects of his involuntary bath, and,
on being assisted on to the wharf, he thrust his hand
into his pocket, and, pulling out a large roll of bills,
tossed it to Sam; after which, he stepped into a carriage and was driven off. The ferry-boys, who had
been interested spectators of all that had taken place,
crowded up around Sam's boat; and when the latter
had counted the money, he found himself the proud
possessor of a hundred dollars-a much larger sum
than he had ever owned before. The idea of a reward
must have entered Sam's head the moment he saw the
gentleman struggling in the water, for, after he had
put the money carefully away in his pocket, he turned
to Bob, who had been close beside him all the while,
and coolly remarked:
"You're a purty good hand with an oar, Bobby Jennings, an' I'1 allow that you can make that ar ole
scow of your'n fly through the water amazin' fast, but
it was n't no use fur you to think of beatin' me in this
race,'cause I was pullin' fur money —I was. I knowed
the ole chap would give a feller a dime or two fur haulin' him out of the water, fur I seed he could n't swim
the minute he fell in."
"So did I," said Bob, "but I never thought of a reward; I only wanted to save the man's life"




10                GO AHEAD; OR,
"I s'pose, then," said Sam, "that if you had been
first, an' had pulled that feller into your boat, an' he
had said'Thank you, Bobby,' you would have been
satisfied?"
"Certainly, I would!" replied the fisher-boy.
"Well," continued Sam, thrusting his hand into his
pocket to satisfy himself that his money was safe, "meb"
be that's a good principle to go on, but it won't bring
you much bread an' butter-not more'n you can eat, any
how. I believe a feller has a right to make all he can.
In course, he oughter work,'cause he'll soon starve if
he do n't; but when he sees a chance to make a few dollars easy, he ought n't to let it slip. The world owes us
ferry-boys a livin', an' the easier we make it, the smarter
we be. But,'pears to me, if I was a rich man, an' should
fall into the harbor, an' could n't swim a stroke, I'd give
the feller that pulled me out more'n a hundred dollars."
The nextday, when Sam came among his companions,
the appearance of himself and boat excited the wonder
and admiration of every ferry-boy in the harbor. His
yawl had received a fresh coat of paint outside; and the
thwarts were supplied with cushions, so that his passengers might have the benefit of easy seats. Sam was
rigged out in a brand-new suit of clothes, and he sculled
about among the ferry-boys as if he felt himself to be
very important.
"What do you think of me an' my yawl, now, Bobby
Jennings?" asked Sam, as he dashed up along-side the
fisher-boy, who was seated in his scow watching the
wharves on both sides of the harbor, in the hope of
discovering a passenger. "Aint we gay? That hundred
dollars came in handy, I tell you."




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.           11
"Your boat looks very nice," replied Bob, glancing
first at the clean, dry yawl, and then at his own unpainted, leaky craft. "She's a great deal better than
mine."
"That's to be expected," said Sam; "you see, I've
got capital to go on, and I know how to use it. I was
onct as poor as you be; the boat I had was a'most as
leaky an' dirty as that ar craft of your'n, and I never
could make enough to pay expenses,'cause the shipcarpenters an' the fine gentlemen who have business
across the harbor would n't have nothing to do with
me. One day, my old man said to me:'Sammy, a
coward an' a poor man are the two meanest things in
the world. They are a disgrace to society. If you ever
want to be respected, go to work an' make some money.'
I thought that was good advice, and I follered it. Now
look at me! I've got two good boats-the other a nice
little skiff that I want to sell to some feller who has
twenty dollars to pay for it I wear good clothes, I've
got more regular customers than any two other boys in
the harbor, an' every night I take home at least a dollar and a half. I'm makin' money; an' the reason is, I
know how to do it. During two years' ferryin' on this
harbor, I have learned that the only way to get custom is to have a nice, clean boat    Yes, sir; comin',
sir!"
Sam Barton was a boy who could do two things at
once-that is, he could talk and keep a bright lookout
for passengers at the same time-and he had just discovered a man standing on the wharf, waving his handkerchief-a sign that he wanted to cross the harbor.
Bob saw him  at the same moment, and, by the time




12                GO AHEAD; OR,
Sam had got his oar out, the fisher-boy was well under
way, and Sam began to fear that the two cents he had
hoped to earn would find their way into the pockets of
his rival.  "First come, first served," was the law in
force among the ferry-boys, and the one who could handle his oar the best got the most passengers. There was
not a boy in the harbor who could beat Bob sculling,
and although he had a heavy, unwieldy boat to manage, he generally came off first best in his races. He
certainly did in this instance, for, when he reached the
wharf where the passenger was standing, Sam was a
long way behind.
"Jump in, sir," said Bob.
The man looked down at the scow, which, on account
of its numerous leaks, could not be kept very clean,
then at his well-blacked boots, and shook his head.
"0, she'11 take you over safely, sir," said Bob; "I've
carried fifteen men in her many a time."
" Sheer off there, Bobby Jennings! " shouted Sam Barton, bringing his handsome yawl along-side the wharf
at this moment; "here's the boat the gentleman's been
a-waitin' fur. He wants a neat, tidy craft, wi' cushions
to sit down on. Jump in, sir."
The idea Sam had advanced but a few moments before-that a nice, clean boat was necessary to secure patronage-received confirmation now, for the man climbed
down into the yawl, and Bob saw his rival pocket the
passage-money.
The fisher-boy thought over these incidents, as he sat
in the stern-sheets of his scow sailing slowly homeward
from his fishing-grounds; and, although Sam Barton
had, at first, fallen very low in his estimation, by ac



THE FISHER-BOY'S MOT*.            13
cepting a reward for saving a man's life, he was now
ready to wish that he had been in Sam's place.
"If I could only think of some honest way to earn a
hundred dollars, how proud I should feel! " said the fisherboy. " It would support the family in fine style for a year
to come, and would buy a good many articles of furniture that we need in the house. It would send me to sea,
too, and I would then be in a situation to make a man
of myself. I might, some day, become the captain of
one of Mr. Newcombe's fine ships."
At this point in his meditations, when the fisher-boy
was imagining how grand he would feel when he should
walk the quarter-deck of his own vessel, he was suddenly
startled with the shout:
"Look out there, you ragamuffin! Out of the way, or
we'11 run you down! " And the next moment, a beautiful little schooner, filled with boys about his own age,
dashed by, under a full press of canvas.
"Ship ahoy!" shouted the boy who held the helm of
the schooner; "What ship is that?"
" Why, that's the' Go Ahead,"' said one of his companions, reading the name which was painted in rude
letters on the stern of Bob's scow.
"So it is!" said another.  "But I don't think the
name is appropriate, for she do n't seem to go ahead at
all."
The boys in the schooner laughed loudly at this exhibition of wit, and the little vessel dashed on, leaving
Bob sitting in the stern of his scow, silent and thoughtful. This incident had brought him back to earth again.
The gallant ship, of which he had imagined himself the
proud commander, faded before his eyes, and be found




14               GO AHEAD; OR,
himself seated at the helm of his leaky boat, with its
tattered sail and empty fish-basket staring him in the
face. The trim, swift-sailing little schooner, which had
so nearly run him down, and which was now bounding
gayly over the waves of the bay, with its load of merry,
thoughtless boys, presented a strange contrast to his own
clumsy craft, and, but for one simple thing, Bob would
have been more disheartened than ever. But one of the
boys had called him a " ragamuffin;" while the others
had made sport of his boat and the odd name she bore,
and this aroused the fisher-boy's spirit.
"They don't know what they were talking about,"
said Bob to himself. " I did n't give my scow that name
on account of her sailing qualities, for no one who knows
any thing about a boat would expect a tub like this to
sail fast. I call her the'Go Ahead' because that's part
of my motto, and I want it where I can see it when I
get down-hearted."
Bob hesitated, and even looked as if he felt ashamed
of himself as he said this, for he remembered that but a
few moments before he had been sadly discouraged, and
had never once thought of his motto. It was strange
that he had forgotten it, for the words "Go Ahead,"
painted in huge capitals, stared at him from every part
of the boat to which he could direct his gaze. On the
thwarts, the gunwales, the oar with which he was steering, and even on the bottom, where the water stood three
inches deep, appeared the mysterious words, which, under
ordinary circumstances, never failed to prove a sure
source of cheerfulness and contentment to the fisher-boy.
"They called me a ragamuffin," continued Bob, looking down at his patched garments, "and perhaps I am;




THE FISHER-BOY S MOTTO.           15
but I know one thing, and that is, a ragged coat has
covered the back of many an honest man. I believe I
am honest, for I never, knowingly, cheated a man out
of a cent. My customers are not afraid to trust me, for
they believe just what I say, and never look at the scales
when I am weighing out the fish. Sam Barton says, that
poor men and cowards ought not to be allowed to live in
the world; but mother says, poverty is no disgrace if a
person works hard and tries to better his condition. I
wo n't always be a ragamuffin, now I tell you! I'11 own
a sail-boat one of these days that will make that schooner
ashamed of herself. How will I get it??" added Bob
aloud, as if some invisible person had just asked him
the question. "How will I get it?  I'll work foi it;
that's the way I'll get it. I'll stick to my ferrying
and fishing until something better turns up, and then
I'11 make a man of myself."
As the fisher-boy said this, he gave one parting glance
at the schooner, and then turned his attention to the management of his scow. His feelings now were very different from what they had been when he began his voyage
homeward, for the sneering remarks of the schooner's
crew had aroused his pride and indignation. He was
willing to admit that he was a ragamuffin, but he was
determined that he would not always remain one. He
was ambitious to be something better; and, like a sensible boy, he knew there was but one way for him to accomplish his object, and that was to work hard for it.
During the voyage homeward, Bob thought over his
situation, and revolved in his mind numerous plans for
future operations; but the only conclusion he could como
to was, to " stick to his business " and do the best he could.




16               GO AHEAD; OR,
He might have accepted a situation in some store; in fact,
one or two had been offered him-for Bob, like every
other honest, industrious boy, had plenty of friendsbut that would not better his condition as far as money
was concerned. His wages would amount to but a dollar and a half or two dollars a week, and at that rate he
could not save a cent. Even fishing and ferrying were
generally more profitable; for, although some weeks he
would make scarcely enough to pay expenses, he would,
at other times, clear three and four dollars, so that his
mother could lay by something to increase their little
fortune. His present "streak of bad luck" could not
last always; it would soon change in his favor, and, until
then, he would work on and hope for the best. There
were numerous obstacles and discouragements in his way,
and the greatest of them was the want of a good boat.
The Go Ahead had done him considerable service, but
she was so old and shaky that, with the exception of Bob,
there was scarcely a boy in Newport who was brave
enough to trust himself very far from shore in her. It
was no wonder, then, that the ship-carpenters gave the
fisher-boy a wide berth, and preferred Sam Barton's
staunch yawl to his leaky scow.  The question, How
should he get a new boat? had troubled him for three
months, and he was not yet able to answer it. At first
he had thought of building one; but he had no money
to buy the necessary material, and the planks and boards
that got loose in the harbor were always picked up before Bob knew they were there. He could not buy a
boat, for such a one as he wanted would cost twenty or
thirty dollars; and where could he obtain so much
money? This question perplexed Bob greatly, and now




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.             17
it seemed to trouble him more than ever. He did not
recover his usual spirits again that afternoon, and, when
he ran his scow upon the beach in front of his humble
home, he wore an exceedingly long face, which told the
family, as plainly as words, that his day's work had not
been a profitable one.
"How many, Bobby?" asked his mother, appearing
at the door.
"So many! " replied the fisher boy, inverting his basket, to show that it was empty. "I hope I shall have
better luck to-morrow."
Bob threw his basket on the beach, pulled down his
sail, and, after rolling it up, carried it around behind the
house, and put it in its accustomed place. He then
walked round to the other side of the cabin, and eagerly
read some rude characters which he had cut in the boards,
close up under the eaves. This was, no doubt, an unusual way to raise one's spirits, but it seemed to have that
effect upon Bob, for he shook his head and whispered to
himself:
" I'm not discouraged yet. If a boy lives up to that
motto, he'll make a man of himself, I do n't care how
poor he is."
This was not the first time the fisher-boy had drawn
encouragement and consolation from this same mysterious source, for, every day, after he returned from his fishing grounds, he would steal around behind the house to
read his motto. If he had been unlucky, he did it to
raise his. spirits; and if he had been successful, he read
it with a renewed determination to " stick to it." What
it was that served to encourage him, no one about the
house knew except himself. His mother had often seen
2




18                GO AHEAD; OR,
the characters cut in the boards, but she could n( t lead
them, for they were so rudely executed that they bore
but very little resemblance to the letters of the alphabet.
Bob could use a pen or pencil very well, but he had never
learned the art of engraving, and that was the reason no
one could read the words he had cut in the boards.
"Yes, sir!" repeated Bob, "that motto will make a
man of me yet, if I live up to it."
" Did you ever hear of a person who became rich by
it?" asked one of his brothers, who had followed him behind the house.
"No, but still I believe it will work wonders."
"Perhaps it will; but it do n't seem to be working
wonders just now. You have not caught a single fish
to-day, and mother says that, if you don't earn thirty
cents to-night, she will have to use part of your fifteen
dollars."
Thirty cents! That was a small amount to stand between Bob and his fortune, but it might as well have
been as many dollars, for he had no idea that he should
be able to secure a load of fifteen ship-carpenters that
evening. He thought of his leaky scow, then of Sam
Barton's fine boat, and wished that he was able to own
one exactly like it. But wishing did no good. It would
not bring him another boat, or change the Go Ahead into
a handsome yawl, with cushioned seats; so Bob, after
another glance at the letters under the eaves, dismissed
all thoughts of Sam Barton and his boat, and turned his
attention to bailing out his scow. In half an hour the
boat had been emptied of the water, and wipeddry, after
which the fisher-boy pushed off from the beach, and
sculled toward the harbor.




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.            19
CHAPTER  II.
A LIBERAL PASSENGER.
HE fisher-boy's home, as we have said, was
built upon the beach, and was but one of a
t       ^  dozen similar abodes, where dwelt as many
[   boys, who, like Bob, earned their living by
fishing and ferrying. They all made it a. point to be
in the harbor at half-past six in the morning, and at
five in the evening; and, when Bob pushed off from the
beach, he soon found himself in the midst of a small
fleet of boats, of all sizes and descriptions, whose ragged crews were bent on the same mission as himself.
These boys were mostly the sons of sailors and fishermen; some of them, like Bob, looking forward to the
day when they should be the masters of fine vessels;
while the majority, with no care for the morrow, were
content to follow the occupations of their fathers, and
were willing to remain fishermen all their lives. Bob
was, perhaps, the poorest one among them, as fortunes
were reckoned in Fishertown —which was the name
given to that part of the village where the fishermen
lived. Their boats constituted their only wealth, and
a boy's fortune was measured by the size and condition
of his craft. The boys were all good judges of boats,
and there was not one among them who did not laugh




20               GO AHEAD; OR,
whenever Bob made his appearance in the harbor. On
the evening in question, when he came up with the little fleet, he was greeted with a chorus of shouts and
yells that would have made most boys angry.
"Here comes Bobby Jennings in his washing-tub!"
shouted one of the ferry-boys, as Bob sculled slowly
past him. "Clear the track!"
Although the term "washing-tub" does not give one
a very good idea of the appearance of the fisher-boy's
scow, it was, perhaps, the most appropriate name that
could have been applied to her, for she bore but very
little resemblance to any thing in the shape of a boat
that had ever been seen about the village. She was
built of heavy planks, which Bob had picked up at the
upper end of the harbor; and, having no plane with
which to dress them down to an equal thickness, he
had been obliged to use the boards as he found them;
consequently, one side of the scow was heavier than the
other; and this made her "tip" considerably, as if she
was always on the point of capsizing. The fisher-boy
had made an attempt to shape the stem and stern exactly alike, but, having nothing but a dull ax to work
with, he had only succeeded in giving-the Go Ahead a
very homely model, for the bow was long and slanting,
and the stern stood almost straight up and down in the
water.  Of the planks that formed the bottom, some
were thick and others thin, and the joints were caulked
with rags and bits of rope which Bob had picked up
about the wharves. This unwieldy craft was propelled
by an oar worked over the stern; and, although she
made but poor headway under sail, she could be pushed
through the water at an astonishing rate of speed, es



THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.             21
pecially when the sight of a passenger on the wharf
induced the fisher-boy to put forth all his power of
muscle.
"Yes, sir! " shouted another of the ferry-boys, "here
comes Jennings and his lumber-yard! "
"Well," said the fisher-boy, good-naturedly, "if you
think you can beat this lumber-yard, this is a first-rate
chance to try it."
But the boy very wisely declined to accept the challenge. He had seen the Go Ahead make remarkably
fast time, and he did not like to risk the disgrace of
being beaten.
As the boats were all moving along leisurely, Bob soon
took the lead, and presently he rounded the pier, and
entered the harbor.
"Every body I meet has something to say about my
boat! " said he to himself.  "I do n't wonder that the
workmen refuse to patronize me, for she is a rough-looking craft, that's a fact. If I could n't swim like a duck,
I should almost be afraid to get into her myself; for she
looks as if she was just about to turn over. The water
that runs in through the bottom does n't trouble me any,
because I go barefooted; but, if I was rich, and could
afford to wear fine boots, I believe I should hesitate about
taking passage in a craft like this. I really begin to believe that it was more by good luck than good management, that I ever made a cent with her. I must think up
a plan to get a new boat; now, that's settled."
Bob sculled slowly to the middle of the harbor, where
he stopped and sat down in his scow to wait for a passenger. A short distance from him was a steamer, which
was just getting ready to start on her regular trip to




22                GO AHEAD; OR,
Boston.  The first bell had been rung, and the gangplank was crowded with passengers who were hurrying
on board, and with visitors, who were making haste to
get ashore. As the fisher-boy sat watching the steamer,
his oar idly dangling in the water, and his thoughts
busy with the question which, for the last three months,
had been uppermost in his mind, he happened to glance
toward the opposite side of the harbor, and saw a gentleman walking uneasily up and down the wharf, stopping
now and then to wave his hat, to attract the attention
of some of the ferry-boys.
"Yes, sir; comin', sir! Be there directly, sir!" shouted
a voice behind the fisher-boy, which the latter knew belonged to Sam Barton. "I'm comin' like a steamboat,
sir!"
The words were hardly out of Sam's mouth, however,
before he became aware that his old rival was ready to
contest the ownership of the two cents' passage money,
which the gentleman was waiting to pay to the boy who
should carry him  across the harbor; for Bob had
jumped to his feet, and was sending his clumsy scow
through the water at a rate of speed that soon left
Sam behind. The latter, however, never once thought
of giving up the race, for he was one who tried to profit
by his experience. He had told the fisher-boy that he
had learned that a nice, clean boat would go a long way
toward securing custom, and he was in hopes that when
the passenger on the wharf saw his fine yawl, drawn up
along-side Bob's scow, he would do as others had donetake passage with him, and leave the fisher-boy to look
elsewhere. This was a favorite trick of Sam's, and by it
he gained a great deal of custom.




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.            23'Jump in, sir!" said Bob, as he ran the Go Ahead
along-side the wharf.
"Out o' the way, there, Bobby Jennings!" shouted
Sam. "Here comes the boat the gentleman's been a
waitin' for. He wants cushions to set down on."
But the man's actions indicated that he had not been
waiting for Sam Barton, for, without a moment's hesitation, he sprang down into Bob's scow, exclaiming:
"I'11 give you a silver half-dollar if you will put me
on board that steamer before she leaves the wharf. Do
your best, now."
The fisher-boy did not need any orders to "do his best,"
after his passenger had promised him a half dollar for
putting him on board the steamer. He opened his eyes
in astonishment at the mention of so large a reward, and
so did Sam Barton, who wondered that the gentleman
should choose a leaky, dirty craft, when he might just
as well have had a clean, dry boat, with "cushions to set
down on."
Bob lost no time in pushing off from the wharf, and
when he got fairly started, he sent the Go Ahead
through the water in a way that made the ferry-boys
wonder. But the harbor was wide, and when the fisherboy was half way across, the steamer's bell rang for the
second time.
" Hurry up, boy!" said the passenger, nervously. " I
must go out on that boat. Catch her, and I'll give you
a dollar."
Bob drew in a long breath, shook off his hat, and redoubled nis exertions at the oar, and, to his delight, he
succeeded in running under the stern of the steamer, and
drawing up along-side the wharf, just as the last bell was




24               Go AHEAD; OR,
ringing, and the order had been given to haul in the
gang-plank.
"Here you are, boy," exclaimed the passenger. "You
are a capital oarsman, and the next time I come to Newport and want a ferry-boy, I shall remember you." As
he spoke, he thrust his hand into his pocket and pulled
out some money, which he handed to Bob.
"Hurrah for me!" said the fisher-boy, "my fortune
is safe."
Being deeply interested in the success of his passenger, he did not examine his fare, but stood with one hand
holding the Go Ahead along-side the wharf, and the
other clutching the two pieces of money.  He saw the
gentleman spring upon the gang-plank just as the sailors
had begun to haul it in. Reaching the steamer in safety,
he turned and gave Bob an approving nod, and then disappeared up the stairs that led to the deck.
"He's all right," said the fisher-boy, wiping his forehead with his shirt sleeve, " and so am I. If I could
get a passenger like that every day, it would n't be long
before I would go to sea."
Bob seated himself in the stern of his scow, panting
hard after his long race, and jingled the money in his
closed hand. He had not yet looked at it, but he knew
that the gentleman had kept his promise, for he could
feel, the two half-dollars with his fingers. He had not
owned a great deal of money of that description, and he
did not think he could be deceived.
"How much did he give you, Bobby?" inquired Sam
Barton, pulling up along-side the scow. "A feller can't
scare up a passenger like that every day, an' I'm sorry
I did n't beat you in the race."




THE FISHER-BOY'8 MOTTO.             25
"I am not," sa'd Bob, "you don't know how much
good this dollar will do me I "
"A dollar!" exclaimed Sam. "Did he give you a
whole dollar?"
"Yes, sir, two silver half-dollars. See there!" said
Bob, opening his hand. " Do n't they look-"
The fisher-boy suddenly paused, and gazed first at the
money, and then a! his companion, who stood with eyes
and mouth open, the very picture of astonishment. Instead of two silver half-dollars, Bob held in his hand two
twenty-dollar gold pieces.
"Bobby Jennings! " exclaimed Sam, who was the first
to recover from his surprise, "ain't me an' you the luckiest boys in Newport? I got a hundred dollars fur
haulin' a feller out of the water, an' now you get forty
dollars in gold, fur bringin' a passenger across the haFbor. You can throw away that ar ole scow now, Bobby,
an' buy my skiff. I'11 sell her to you fur twenty dollars,
an' any body who has seed her, will tell you that she's
cheap at that. Is it a bargain?"
The fisher-boy did not answer; indeed, he did not seem
to be aware that Sam was speaking to him. He sat looking at the two bright pieces of gold, as if he had suddenly lost all power to turn his eyes from them.
"I say, Bobby, is it a bargain?" repeated Sam.
This question seemed to bring the fisher-boy to his
senses.  He hastily put the money into his pocket,
shoved the Go Ahead from the wharf, and catching
up his oar, he started in hot pursuit of the steamer, which
was now moving slowly down the harbor. He very soon
discovered, however, that it was useless to think of overtaking her, and seeing his passenger walking up and




26               GO AHEAD; OR,
down the deck, he dropped his oar, and began to shout
and swing his hat around his head to attract the man's
attention. In this he was successful; for the passenger
waved his hand in reply, as if he thought that Bob was
congratulating him on reaching the steamer in time.
"Hold on!" screamed the fisher-boy. "Come back
here, sir! You have paid me too much!" and he pulled
the money out of his pocket and held it up, as if he
hoped that, even at that distance, the man could see
and recognize it. But the latter evidently could not be
made to understand, for he again waved his hand, and
then resumed his walk; while Bob stood in his scow and
watched the steamer as she rounded the pier, and shaped
her course down the bay.
Sam Barton had watched all these movements in surprise. When he saw that Bob was endeavoring to overtake the steamer, in order to return the money which
his passenger had paid to him by mistake, he caught up
his oar and followed after him, urging him to keep silent.
If Bob heard him, he did not heed his advice, for not
until he became convinced that it was impossible to catch
the steamer, or to make the man understand him, did he
cease to pull and shout with all his might.
"Bobby Jennings, have you gone clean crazy?" demanded Sam, as he sculled up along-side the fisher-boy,
who stood gazing after the steamer, as if he hoped she
might yet come back, and give him an opportunity to
return the gold pieces. "What do you want to give
that ar money back fur?"
" Why, it is n't mine," answered Bob.
"It ain't your'n. " repeated Sam. "I'd like to know
what's the reason. Did n't that feller give it to you




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.             27
with his own hands? In course he did; an' that's why
it belongs to you."
" But he made a mistake," said Bob.
"That's his own lookout, an' not your'n," returned
Sam.  "Keep it, say nothin' to nobody, throw away
that ar ole scow, an' buy my skiff. Then you'11 be well
fixed, an' can begin to make money. That feller will
never miss it,'cause when you see a man who carries
twenty dollar gold-pieces loose in his pockets, these hard
times, it's a sure sign that he knows where to get more
when they are gone. WVhere be you goin'?" he added,
as the fisher-boy got out his oar, and sculled away from
the spot.
"I am going home," was the answer.  "I am going
to give this money to mother, before I lose it."
"Well, now, Bobby Jennings," exclaimed Sam, "if
ever I see a feller who was clean crazy, I see one now.
You'll always be a fisherman, you'11 always live in a
little shantee on the beach, an' you do n't deserve nothin'
better. The world owes you a livin', an' the easier you
make it the smarter you be. You'11 never have another
chance like this."
"I can't help that!" replied Bob. "I've always been
honest, and I always intend to be."
Sam could not stop longer to remonstrate, for he saw
one of his " regular customers" standing on the wharf.
He sculled off to attend to him, muttering to himself:
"Never mind, Bobby Jennings! I want one of them
gold pieces, an' I'm bound to get it."




28               GO AHEAD; OR,
CHAPTER  III.
FISHERTOWN IN COUNCIL.
T IS very probable that the fisher-boy did not
overhear Sam's threat; if he did he was not
^    frightened from his purpose, for, true to his
determination, he carried the money home, and
gave it to his mother for safe keeping.
"The gentleman told me that he would come back to
Newport," said Bob, when he had related his story, " and
that he would hunt me up when he wanted a ferry-boy;
so I know that I shall have a chance to return the money
to him. But I wish he had n't made that mistake, mother.
It will be six o'clock before I can get back to the wharf,
and I am almost certain that I can't earn money enough
to save my fifteen dollars. It is very hard to be poor."
"Yes, it is hard, sometimes," replied his mother; "but
dishonesty is worse than poverty."
After the fisher-boy had seen the money put carefully
away, he hurried back to his scow, and.pulled toward
the harbor.  When he arrived there, he found that
most of the workmen had already been ferried across,
and he secured only one solitary passenger, who, upon
being placed safely upon the wharf, drew in a long breath
and exclaimed:
"I bless my lucky stars that I am on solid ground




THE FISHER-BOY' S MOTTO.           29
once more. A man had better take a few lessons in swimwing, before he risks his life in a tub like that."
Bob received his two cents' passage money without
making any reply, and then sculled slowly toward the
place where the ferry-boys had congregated, to count
their cash, and compare notes. He was the most unfortunate one among them.  Sam Barton was feeling
very jubilant over a dollar and a half he had earned
since morning; and the smallest boy in the harbor was
proudly exhibiting forty cents to his admiring companions-the proceeds of his day's work.
"How much have you got, Bobby? " called one of the
boys.
"I had only one passenger- to-night," was the reply.
"Serves you jest right  " exclaimed Sam Barton. " I
sha' n't feel the least bit sorry fur you, if you never get
another customer. A chap who will throw away such a
chance as you had to-day, hadn't ought to make any
money. He took a feller across the harbor," added Sam,
turning to his companions, "an' got forty dollars in gold
fur it. He might jest as well have kept the money as
not; but he had to take it home and give it to his
mother! Never mind, Bobby Jennings! I'11 be even
with you one of these days."
"You'11 be even with me!" repeated the fisher-boy.
What have I done to you?"
"You had oughter give me one of them pieces of gold
for my skiff," returned Sam; " but you did n't do it. I'11
pay you off for that. I'11 take every passenger away
from you that I can."
"I can't help that.  The harbor is as free to you as
it is to me."




30                GO AHEAD; OR,
"If you'11 buy my skiff," continued Sam, "I'1 let
you alone. If I see you goin' fur a customer, I wo n't
trouble you."
"I can't buy your boat, because I havn't got the
money. Those gold pieces do not belong to me."
"They do, too!" exclaimed Sam. "That's only an
excuse of your'n for keepin''em. If you do n't pay me
twenty dollars fur my skiff, you sha' n't run any craft on
this yere harbor."
Bob was a good deal astonished at this declaration,
but he made no reply, for Sam was a bully, and he did
not wish to irritate him. As to running any boat besides
Sam's skiff on the harbor, the fisher-boy thought he
should do as he pleased about that, although he knew
that, if his rival chose to do so, he could make him a
great deal of trouble. If the forty dollars in gold had
belonged to him, he would gladly have given half of it
for the skiff; but the money had been paid to him by
mistake, and he had no right to use it.
"What do' you say, Bobby Jennings?" demanded
Sam, as he picked up his oar and sculled slowly away
from the spot.  "I'11 give you one more chance, an'
if you don't make a bargain with me, you'11 always
be sorry for it. I am listenin' with all the ears I've
got."
"Well, if you are," exclaimed the fisher-boy, springing up in his scow, and extending his hand toward
Sam, as if to give more emphasis to his words, " you can
hear me repeat what I have already said to you a halfa-dozen times, that I have no right to touch that money,
and I'm not going to do it. I've always been honest,
and I always intend to be; so, you'11 have to look somer




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.             31
where else for a customer. I hope I have spoken plainly
enough this time."
"All right," replied Sam. " If you ever git rich by
actin' the dunce that ar way, jest let me know it. Let's
go home, fellers."
The fisher-boy did not feel called upon to make any
reply to these remarks. He got out his oar and followed
slowly after his companions, wondering how a boy could
be so unreasonable as Sam had shown himself to be, and
trying his best to determine what the bully would decide
to do in the matter. Being well acquainted with him, Bob
knew that he was not above doing a mean action, and he
was afraid that, assisted by some of his particular friends,
he might attempt to take revenge on him.
Sam had every thing pretty much his own way in the
harbor. Besides being a great fighting character, ready,
at a moment's warning, to thrash any of the ferry-boys
who acted contrary to his desires, he was an excellent
oarsman, and any boy against whom he cherished a
grudge found it up-hill work to make ferrying a paying business. On the other hand, his particular friends
always secured plenty of customers. If Sam saw a passenger standing upon the wharf, instead of attending to
his wants himself, he would say to one of his companions:
"Theree's a chance fur you to make some money. Be
lively, now, an' I'11 see that nobody troubles, you; " and
in this way, when the bully felt particularly good-natured and generous, he could put coppers into the
pockets of any of the ferry-boys.  Bob Jennings very
seldom received any such favors at Sam's hands. Indeed, from some cause or another, he was not a favorite
in Fishertown. The ferry-boys, as a general thing, were




82                GO AHEAD; OR,
a "hard set," and Bob's feelings and aspirations were
so different from theirs, that he did not care to associate
with them any more than was necessary.  This led the
ferry-boys to believe that he thought himself better than
they were-that he was very much " stuck-up," and that
he needed "bringing down a peg or two."  More than
that, the fisher-boy did not believe in the principles
which Sam pumped into him at every possible opportunity. He had had several stormy debates with the
bully, on these points, and he had always been beaten.
Sam could talk faster than Bob, and, besides, he always
had ready an unanswerable argument. "Bobby Jennings," the bully would say, " look at you, an' then look
at me. You believe that a feller had n't oughter take
any thing that he don't make by hard work, while
I say that he had oughter use his wits, an' make his
livin' the easiest way he can; an' the easier he makes it,
the smarter he is. Now, who's the best off in the world?
You've got only that leaky ole scow, that I would n't
give fifteen cents fur, an' I own this yawl, which is painted
up nice, and furnished with cushions fur my passengers
to set down on. It's worth every cent of sixty dollars.
Then I've got a skiff worth twenty dollars more. Now,
who's the richest man? I am, in course; an' that's what
comes of bein' sharp."
The fisher-boy did not know how to answer this argument, but still his faith in the old saying, which he had
so often heard repeated by his mother-that "Honesty
is the best policy"-was not shaken. He knew that,
with Sam, being "sharp" meant being dishonest.  It
meant slipping around in a boat, of a dark night, and
picking up any little thing that happened to be lying




THE FISHER-BOY S MOTTO.           33
on the wharf, such as lumber, pieces of cordage, bits of
iron, and even articles of freight, if any were exposed.
That was what Sam meant by "being sharp;" but Bob,
who had been taught to call things by their right names,
pronounced it stealing. This, of course, made the bully
very angry, and it was one reason why he so cordially
disliked the fisher-boy. The latter, however, could get
along very well without any assistance from Sam Barton.
He had established a reputation, and he determined to
render himself worthy of it. If he told one of his customers that a fish weighed five pounds exactly, and that
it was fresh, the man never stopped to inquire: "Are you
sure that you are not trying to cheat me, now?" but
paid his money, took his fish, and went away satisfied.
If there was any thing Bob was proud of, besides his
skill as an oarsman, it was this reputation for honesty.
His companions might make sport of his boat, or call
him a ragamuffin, and he would bear it all good-naturedly, but let one of them hint that he was a poor
boatman, or that he was not as honest as he ought to
be, and the fisher-boy was aroused in an instant. This
was the reason he had spoken so sharply to Sam, when
the latter proposed that Bob should buy his skiff. He
was angry; and he was troubled, too-not by the threats
the bully had made, but by the thought that Sam Barton, or any one else, should, for an instant, have believed
him mean enough to make use of the money which had
come into his possession by accident.
"No, sir," said Bob to himself, "I won't do it, My
motto hits this case exactly; and I'11 stick to it, if I
never get a better boat than this old scow."
Sam Barton was troubled also; but his feelings were
3




34                GO AHEAD;. OR,
very different from Bob's. He was angry with the fish.
er-boy because he had refused to give him one of the
twenty-dollar gold pieces for his skiff, and, having promised to "get even" with him, he was thinking how he
should go to work to put his threat into execution. By
the time he reached home, he had decided upon a course
of action, and when he had run the bow of his yawl upon
the beach, and the fisher-boy had passed on out of hearing, he intimated to his companions that he had something very important to say to them. As soon as their
boats had been secured, the ferry-boys gathered about
their leader and waited for him to speak. They were
a rough-looking set of fellows-ragged and dirty, barefooted and sunburned-and if Bob could have seen them
at that moment, it might have induced the belief that
Sam was really in earnest when he threatened to be revenged upon him.
" That ar Bobby Jennings has played me a mean trick,"
said the bully, "an' I jest aint a-goin' to stand it: he's
goin' to give back them gold pieces as soon as he sees
that man ag'in, when he knows all the while that I want
to sell him my skiff.  Now, aint that a mean trick,
boys?"
"In course! " answered all the boys at once; but it is
difficult to see how they reached this conclusion, unless
it was because they were afraid of Sam.
"So do I call it a mean trick," continued the latter,
shaking his fists in the air, and growing angrier every
moment. "I say that ar Bobby Jennings is the meanest feller on this ere beach. He's so stuck up that he
won't go round with us of nights, an' we aint a-goin' to
let no feller stay here who thinks himself better than me




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.             35
be. We're goin' to run him away from here, now; we'11
make Fishertown too hot to hold him."
"How will we do it?" asked one of the boys.
"Easy enough. In the -first place, I want all you felb
lers to' watch him, an' take every passenger- away from
him that you can. Don't let him take a man across
the harbor from this time on. In the next place, that
ole scow of his'n is the only thing he's got to make a
livin' with, an' some dark night we'll slip up to his
shantee, run her out into the bay, an' sink her."
"Then he'll get another, somewhere."
"That's jest what I want him to do. Can't you see
through a ladder?  He can't live without a boat, no
more'n he could live without his head, and when he finds
that his ole scow is gone, mebbe he'll buy my skiff. If
he does, we'll let him alone. Remember, now: watch
him close, an' take all his passengers."
Sam, having nothing further to say just then, dismissed
his companions, who walked off threatening veng^nco
against the fisher-boy.




36                GO AHEAD; OR,
CHAPTER IV.
TOM NEWCOMBE'S PLAN.
HEN Bob arrived within sight of his home, he
saw a boy standing on the beach waiting for
him. It was none other than our old acquaint^   ance Tom Newcombe, who, as it afterward
proved, had found "another idea," and had come down
to reveal it to the fisher-boy, and to ask his assistance in
carrying it out.
Tom had remained at the military academy until the
close of the term; not because he wished to do so, but
for the reason that he could not help himself, and was
not given another opportunity to take "French leave."
During these five months he had not improved in any
particular. On the contrary, he seemed to have gone
down hill very rapidly in the estimation of his companions, for, when he came out of the academy, he found,
to his astonishment and indignation, that every one of
his friends had deserted him; that the organization of
which he had so long been the honored chief had ceased
to exist, and that another society had been formed, with
new signs and passwords. The office of grand commander of the council had been abolished, and when Tom
made application to join the new society, he was rejected
without ceremony. The reason for this was, that when




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.           37
questioned during the court-martial that had been held
at the academy, the grand commander, forgetting all the
solemn promises he had made not to reveal any of the society's secrets, had exposed every thing, and thus broken
up the organization of Night-hawks.  This fact had
come to the ears of the village boys, and they were very
angry about it.
"Why did you answer them, Tom?" asked Johnny
Harding, indignantly. " You have broken up the best
society that ever existed in this village! "
" 0, now, I could n't help it," drawled Tom. (He still
held to his old, lazy way of talking.) "If I had n't
answered them, the colonel would have shut me up in
the guard-house, and fed me on bread and water."
"That makes no difference," said Johnny. "I would
have stayed in the guard-house until I was gray-headed,
before I would have broken my promises."
"Then some one else would have told him," whined
Tom. "There were thirteen other fellows up before the
court-martial."
"That makes no difference either. Your business was
to hold your tongue, but you did n't do it. You can't
be trusted, Newcombe, that's easy enough to be seen, and
for that reason, it would not be safe for us to admit you
into our new society. We do n't want traitors among us."
Tom urged and plead in vain. The boys were firm in
their determination that the rules should not be sus.
pended, even in the case of the son of the richest man in
Newport, and the grand commander finally left them in
disgust, mentally resolving that he would never speak to
them again as long as he lived.
"I'11 study up a plan to fix them for that," said he,




38               GO AHEAD; OR,
to himself  "The first thing those fellows know, I'll
start a society of my own; and every time I catch one
of them in my end of the village, I'll see that he do n't
get off without a good beating."
Tom had so long been allowed to hold prominent positions among his companions, that the idea that they
could get along without him had never once entered his
head. He believed that in a few days the boys would
see how necessary he was to them, and that then they
would think better of their decision, receive him into their
new society, and bestow upon him an office equal in rank
to the one he had held among the Night-hawks.
"Suppose they should want to make'Squire Thompson another present," soliloquized Tom, "who would
pull the wagon out of the barn-yard, and go into the
pasture to catch the horse? Or, what if some of them
should take it into their heads to go to sea on their own
hook! Is there one among them who could manage affairs as nicely as I did, when we academy fellows run
away in the Swallow?  I was the strongest and bravest
boy in that society, and we'll see how they will get along
without me. They will be after me in a few days."
But, contrary to his expectations, two weeks had passed away without bringing any overtures from the boys,
and during this time Tom had been as miserable as can
well be imagined. When he left the academy, his father
had taken him into the office, so that he might have him
always under his eye; and, at first, this arrangement had
pleased Tom exceedingly. He was free from the strict
discipline of the military school; there was no orderly
sergeant to keep an eye on all his movements; no boy
officers to trouble him   no teacher to scold him for inat



THE FISHER-BOY S MOTTO.            39
tention to his duties; and during his first day's experience in the office, Tom thought it was just the place for
him. He suddenly took it into his head that he would
like to be a commission merchant. He resolved that he
would pay strict attention to his work, so that in a few
weeks he would be promoted to book-keeper. Then his
troubles would all be over. He would have nothing to
do but stand at his desk all day, and that was the easiest
work in the world. At the end of the second day, how.
ever, Tom began to take less interest in his -duties, and
before a week had passed away, he had become thoroughly
disgusted with his situation. He heartily wished himself at the military academy, at sea, on a farm with Mr.
Hayes and his big boys-in fact, anywhere in the world,
rather than in his father's office.  He was obliged to
build fires and run errands-two things that he did
not like to do. Tom thought he could not live long if
he was required to do such work, and he straightway
came to the determination to get out of the office as soon
as possible. In order to accomplish his object, it was
necessary that he should decide upon some other business; and he finally resolved to try his hand at trading
again. The question then arose, How should he get a
suitable vessel? He intended to go into business on a
grand scale this time, and he wanted a boat exactly like
the Swallow, which would cost him two or three hundred
dollars. Then he would want at least a hundred dollars
more to invest in produce. Tom knew that it would
take him a long time to save so much money, for his
wages amounted to only five dollars a week, and the
forty-eight dollars he had earned by his voyage in the
Savannah had slipped through his fingers, one by one,




40               GO AHEAD; OR,
until he had not a cent remaining. But he had thought
the matter over thoroughly, and he had come to the conclusion that if he only "kept his eyes open," he could
make money besides his wages.  Tom was busy for
several days turning this matter over in his mind, and
so completely wrapped up was he in his financial schemes
that he had no time to waste in studying up a plan to
revenge himself on the Night-hawks, and but very little
to devote to his duties in the office. To the no small astonishment of his father, he spent the greater portion
of each day in poring over the columns of newspapers;
and so interested did he appear to be in them, that the
merchant began to be encouraged.  But Tom was not
looking for news; he was reading the advertisements;
and one day he was seen to cut out a piece of a newspaper and put it carefully away in his pocket. What it
was no one knew or cared to ask; but all the clerks in
the office noticed that, from that day, Tom was one of
the happiest fellows they had ever seen. The secret was,
he imagined that he had at last discovered the very thing
he had been looking for so long-the road to fortune.
It was something that has deceived more than one grown
person, but still a sensible boy of fifteen ought not to
have paid any attention to it. But then, Tom was different from almost any body else, and those who were
acquainted with him were not surprised at any thing he
did. It gave him something to think about, and when
he had got his plans all matured he paid a visit to
Fishertown, for the purpose of laying the matter before
Bob Jennings.
"Now, then," he exclaimed, as the fisher-boy ran the
bow of his scow upon the beach, "come ashore, quick.




THE FISHER BOY S MOTTO.             41
I've got souething to tell you that will make you open
your eyes."
"What is it?" asked Bob.
" Well, you come with me, and I ll tell you. It's too
good for every body to hear."
Bob made the Go Ahead fast to the wharf and followed Tom, who walked down the beach until he was
certain that there was no possible chance of his being
overheard, when he stopped, and said in a whisper:
"Bob Jennings, our fortune's made."
"Our fortune!" echoed the fisher-boy.
"Do n't talk so loud!  Yes, sir, our fortune-yours
and mine. I came down here to-night to see if I could
engage you to ship as first mate of the Storm King."
"The Storm King!" repeated Bob.  "What boat is
that? I have never heard of her before."
"I know you have n't," said Tom, mysteriously, "but
you'11 hear a great deal about her before you are many
weeks older: you'll hear that she is the prettiest little
vessel that ever sailed out of Newport harbor, and that
she can beat any thing in the shape of a sloop that was
ever put together. It is the name of a vessel I am going to build in less than a month. She is to be exactly
the size and model of the Swallow, only I shall have
her cabin fitted up more expensively. Can I engage
you, Bob? I'11 give you a dollar a day."
The fisher-boy hardly knew what reply to make to this
proposition, for he was, at first, inclined to believe that
Tom had got another wild scheme into his head, which
would end in smoke, like all the rest of his bright ideas.
But the latter seemed to understand his subject so well,
and Spoke with such confidence, that, after reflecting a




42                GO AHEAD; OR,
little, Bob began to think that perhaps Mr. Newcombe
had promised to assist his son in carrying out his new
plan.
"Are you sure that you are going to get this boat?"
inquired the fisher-boy.
"I am just as certain of it as I am that I am now
standing on this beach," replied Tom, emphatically. "I
know as well as you do, Bob, that a good many of my
calculations have been knocked in the head, but this
one can't fail. I know I have hit the right thing at
last; all I ask is.a little assistance from you."
"Is your father going to give you the vessel?"
"Ah, that's the best part of the whole business! - No,
sir! he's not going to give me the boat. I'm not going to him for a red cent. I know right where I can
get more money than I would dare ask him for. Just
look here!"
As Tom said this, he pulled out his pocket-book, and
after glancing up and down the beach, to make sure that
no one was observing his movements, he produced a piece
of paper and handed it to the fisher-boy. It proved to
be a newspaper advertisement, and read as follows:
"For a Fortune, write to
"E. H. HARRIS & Co.,
"Baltimore, Md."
Bob read these mysterious words over several times,
but failed to understand them. "I don't exactly see
through it," said he.
" Do n't you?" exclaimed Tom. " Well, I do. It's
simple enough: it means that if you want to make a
rich man of yourself, all you have to do is to write to




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.             43
those gentlemen in Baltimore. I answered their advertisement, and see here what they sent me in reply."
Tom again looked up and down the beach-for he
was very much afraid that some one might approach
them  unobserved, and thus gain a knowledge of his
secret-and then produced a letter from  his pocketbook. It must have contained some very valuable information, for, as he slowly unfolded it, he became so
excited that he could scarcely stand still.
"Just think of it, Bob! " he exclaimed, in a suppressed
whisper: "here we are, two boys, only fifteen years' old,
and rich already. We have made it all ourselves, too."
" We!" repeated the fisher-boy, in surprise. "Am I
rich?"
"Of course you are! You'l1 bear half the expenses,
and I'11 divide the profits with you."
Bob shook his head. " If there are any expenses about
it," said he, "you might as well count me out. Fifteen
dollars are all I have in the world. I've worked hard
for that, and I can't spend it foolishly."
"Now, just look here, Bob!" said Tom, placing his
hands behind him, and turning his head on one side, as
he had often seen his father do when arguing with a
person, "who asked you to spend your money foolishly?
You'll never make a business man in the world, if you
act this way. You have never worked in a commission
office, but I have, and I ought to know something. If
you were certain that, by investing five of your fifteen
dollars, you could make-make-let me see! A half
of five thousand is how much? "
" Twenty-five hundred," said Bob.
"Well, if you knew that, by risking five dollars, you




44                   GO AHEAD; OR,
could make two'thousand five hundred in less than two
weeks, would you hesitate to do it?"
"No, I would n't, if it was honest."
"0, it's perfectly honest!  In this letter I am  promised five thousand dollars, if I will assist these men in
Baltimore in extending their business. Listen to this:"
and Tom straightened himself up and read as follows:
"'Our doubts are traitors,
And make us lose the good we oft would win,
By fearing to attempt.' "
"That means," he added, seeing that the fisher-boy
did not quite understand it, "that we ought not to pay
any attention to our doubts; that if we do n't risk any
thing, we certainly will never gain any thing. I have
often heard my father say so, and it's my opinion exactly. Now here's what they say in the letter. Listen
with all your ears, Bob, for it will astonish you:"
[CONFIDENTIAL.]
BALTIMORE, MD., May 31, 18-.
DEAR SIR: Being desirous of increasing our business in your
part of the country, we have decided that you are a proper person to act as our agent. We are the managers of the Maryland
Lottery-an institution known all over the United States and Europe as being the most reliable one in existence.' It is authorized
by the State, and incorporated by special; act of Congress, and its
patrons are to be found in every civilized country on the globe.
3f course, with such an immense business, we require a multitude of agents, and, in order to secure your services, we make
you thb following proposition:
On receipt of ten dollars, we will send you a package of tickets, whicl we will guarantee to draw one of the capital prizes in




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.                  45
our splendid scheme. When you remit the money, please state
whether or not you are willing to act as our agent, and we will
send you the tickets by return mail. When you receive the prize,
all we ask of you is to show it to your friends and acquaintances,
and tell them that you drew it at our office. We will select the
lucky package for you, and we faithfully promise you that, if it
does not draw a prize of FIVE THOUSAND DOLLARS, over and above
all expenses, we will give you a package of tickets in one of our
magnificent special lotteries for nothing.
We can afford to make you this generous offer, because we
shall all gain by it: you will be benefited by receiving a nice
little fortune, while our business will be greatly increased by
the extra amount of orders for tickets which we shall expect to
receive from your neighborhood.
We venture the assertion that this is the best offer you ever
received, and that you will never have another like it as long as
you live. Remember that
" There is a tide in the affairs of men
Which, if taken at the flood,
Leads on to fortune."
We have made it a rule never to take notice of any communications, unless the necessary amount is inclosed; so send on
the ten dollars, and we will forward you the tickets at once.
Bear in mind that this offer is made to you confidentially.
Your friends and well-wishers,
E. H. HARRIS & CO.
"There!" exclaimed Tom, when he had finished reading this precious document, "isn't that a splendid offer?"
Now, Bob had never heard of a lottery before, and he
did not know that there are men in the world who, being too lazy to work for a living, find employment in
sending letters of this description all over the country,




46               GO AHEAD; OR,
without the least intention of answering any they receive
in reply. He did not know that this " honest business"
was a swindle, and that his friend Tom was not the first,
and probably will not be the last, who has been deceived
by just such " generous offers! " He had not yet learned
that Tom carried bad luck with him wherever he went,
and that any one who listened to his propositions was
certain to get into trouble sooner or later. If lie had
known all these things, and had been able to look far
enough into the future to see what would be the result
of Tom's new idea, he would not have been long in deciding what answer to give him. To tell the truth, he
was greatly interested in this splendid scheme; but he
was quick-witted, and, after thinking the matter over for
a moment, he exclaimed:
"I'll tell you what to do! Suppose you write to
those men, telling them to select the lucky package for
you, and that if it draws a prize, they can keep their ten
dollars out of it, and send you the remainder. In that
way you will stand just as good a chance of drawing the
five thousand dollars as you do now; and besides, you
will not risk any of your own money."
" 0, now, that's no way to do business! " drawled Tom.
"Do n't you see that they have made it a rule never to
take notice of any letters unless they contain money?"
"They will not run any risk," replied Bob, "for the
cash is in their own hands."
"It's against their rules," said Tom, emphatically;
"and even if it was n't I would not ask them to do that,
for it would look as though I was afraid to trust them.
Don't you see what they say about'our doubts beirg
traitors?' Now, Bob, I want to know if you will go in' 




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.           47
this business with me? I've got just five dollars of my
own, and if you will advance the rest I'll divide the
profits with you. Besides, I'll give you a dollar a day
to ship as mate of the Storm King."
" I would n't want that job if I had twenty-five hundred dollars," said the fisher-boy; " I would go to sea in
less than a week."
"Well, that's another reason why you ought to give
me five dollars to send on with mine. It will make a
rich man of you, and you can begin the life of a sailor
at once."
"But if I use any of my money J want to buy a skiff
with it. I need one badly."
0, go in debt for it," said Tom. " Go to Mr. Graves,
the boat-builder, tell him that you want a nice little skiff,
the finest one he has on hand, and that you will pay him
for it in one month. You may safely do that, for in less
than a week you will be rich enough to buy out his
whole ship-yard."
This was something entirely new to the fisher-boy. He
had never thought of such a thing before, and, perhaps,
the reason was because he had never dreamed that there
was a single person in the village who would be willing
to trust him. He saw in an instant-or rather, imagined
he saw-that if he could induce Mr. Graves to give him
one of his fine skiffs on his promise to pay for it in one
month, it would be an immense advantage to him.
"There's no harm in it," said Tom, seeing that the
fisher-boy hesitated. "It is done every day, right here
in Newport, by our best business men. My father does
it, so it can't be wrong."
Bob thought so too. Mr. Newcombe was a great man




48                GO AHEAD; OR,
in his estimation, and he might safely follow in his
lead.
The conversation continued for half an hour longer,
Tom laboring faithfully to convince the fisher-boy that,
if he assisted him in his grand scheme, he would be rich
in a very short space of time, and he finally carried his
point; for Bob was deeply impressed, more by Tom's
eloquence than by any thing else, and he promised to
think the matter over, and to be ready with his answer
on the following evening. Tom, as usual, was impatient
to begin operations at once; but he was afraid to urge
the matter, and he finally took leave of the fisher-boy,
after obliging him to promise, over and over again, that
he would keep all that had passed between them a profound secret.




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.           49
CHAPTER V.
SAM BARTON'S REVENGE.
HE fisher-boy slept very little that night. He
was thinking of Tom's new plan, and the more
he turned the matter over in his mind, the
nearer he came to a determination to give a
favorable answer on the following evening.  He was
deeply interested in the lottery, and remembering how
confidently Tom had spoken of his success, he could not
help giving full sway to his fancy, and picturing to himself a host of pleasant things that would happen when
he should come into possession of his share of the prize.
In the first place, their humble cabin on the beach could
be exchanged for a nice little cottage in a more respectable part of the village; he could turn the Go Ahead
adrift in the harbor, and buy a nice little schooner, like
the one he had met on his voyage home from his fishinggrounds; he and his brothers could throw away their
ragged clothes, and dress as well as any boys in the village; and, after all these things had been done, there
would still be enough left to support the family in fine
style while he was at sea.
For the first time in his life, Bob's imagination ran
wild with him, and he became so excited that he could
not lie still. There was only one obstacle in his way
4




50               GO AHEAD; OR,
that he could discover, but that was one that could not
be easily got over. He had always been in the habit of
giving every cent he earned to his mother for safe keeping, and he did not know how to go to work to get the
five dollars to invest in the lottery. If he asked his
mother for the money, she would, no doubt, want to know
what use he intended to make of it; and that was a question that Bob would not have cared to answer. This
ought to have been sufficient to convince him that Tom's
scheme was not altogether right, and that he ought to
have nothing whatever to do with it. But the fisherboy did not think of that. He had been carried away
by Tom's arguments, and it was very easy for him to believe that, even if he was obliged to make use of a little
deception in order to secure his twenty-five hundred dollars, there would be no harm in it.
Bob arose the next morning at six o'clock, unrefreshed,
and as sleepy as when he went to bed the night before.
After a hasty breakfast he started for the harbor, and
taking up a position opposite to his pier, he sat down
in his boat to wait for a passenger. The Go Ahead was
comparatively dry; for, during the previous evening,
the fisher-boy had hauled her out upon the beach and
carefully caulked all the seams and cracks, and he hoped
that her improved appearance would enable him to secure one or two extra passengers.  Of course Tom's
scheme was still uppermost in his mind, and, as he sat
in his scow thinking it over, he happened to cast his eye
toward the upper end of the harbor, and saw Sam Barton and several of his particular friends in their boats,
holding a consultation. Presently they separated and
took up their positions near the middle of the,:arborg




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.            51
Sam and two other good oarsmen stationing themselves
near the fisher-boy. Bob understood the meaning of all
these movements, for he had often seen the same thing
done before, when Sam happened to get into a quarrel
with any of the ferry-boys. He knew that if he wished
to earn any money that morning he must work hard for
it; for it was the bully's intention to prevent him from
taking any passengers across the harbor. The fisherboy, however, was not at all alarmed. Pulling off his
hat, he put it carefully away under one of the thwarts,
rolled up his sleeves, and standing up in his boat, kept
a firm hold of his oar.
"You're goin' to fight -for it, are you, Bobby Jennings?" asked Sam, who had observed all these movements. "Better look out!"
"I am looking out," replied the fisher-boy. "I am
keeping my eyes open for passengers, and I'm going to
get as many as I can. You may depend upon that."
"Well, I'll bet you a dollar that all the customers
you'11 get this mornin' won't make you rich," returned
Sam. "An' now look a-here, Bobby Jennings! we've
seed you in this harbor often enough; we don't want
you here; and, if you would get out of Fishertown by
sunset, you would make us mighty glad-Yes, sir;
comin', sir!"
But Sam, as usual, was just a minute too late. As
was generally the case, Bob's scow made good her name,
for she went ahead of the bully's fine yawl very easily;
and then began a most exciting race, which was witnessed by three men who were waiting to be carried
across the harbor.  In obedience to the instructions
they had received the evening before, every ferry-boy




52               GO AHEAD; OR,
who believed he stood the least chance of reaching the
wharf first started for the passengers, each of them intent on "cutting out that ar Bobby Jennings." A single glance showed the fisher-boy the state of affairs, and,
although his chances for winning were very poor indeed,
as some of the boats were nearer to the wharf than his
own, he bent to his oar with the determination to beat
them all, and to show the bully and his friends that, if
they intended to drive him off the harbor by taking his
passengers away from him, they had something of a task
before them.
The majority of the boats were very soon overtaken
and left behind, and then the contest was between Bob
and his old rival. Both had resolved to win, and the
men who were standing upon the wharf began to get
excited.
"Half a dollar to the boy who reaches the wharf
first! " shouted one of them, putting his hand into his
pocket. "Give way strong, you little fellow in that
clumsy scow."
Bob heard the words of encouragement, and from that
moment he believed the race was his. The men on the
wharf sympathized with him, and wanted him to win,
and he was bound to do it. It was of no use for Sam
to redouble his efforts, for the Go Ahead left him behind so rapidly that it seemed as if the fisher-boy had
only been playing with him thus far, and was now going to show him how badly he could beat him. He did
not reach the wharf until Bob was about to shove off with
his passengers, and then he came up with his usual cry:
" Here's the boat you've been a-waitin fur; you want
cushions to set down on."




THE FISHEPR-BOY'S MOTTO.          53' No, we do n't," replied one of the men; " we're goin'
to take passage with the best oarsman in the harbor.
Clear the track with that old tub of yours! Here's your
half a dollar, boy," he added, handing the money to
Bob, and patting him on the back.
Before the fisher-boy put his fare into his pocket, he
could not help holding it up to the view of Sam and
the rest of his rivals, who stood up in their boats wiping their faces and foaming with rage. Sam made no
remark, but he shook his head threateningly, and Bob
knew that the matter was far from being settled. This
did not trouble him, however, for he was an independent sort of a fellow, and the bully was a boy whose
friendship he cared nothing about. Besides, he thought
that, if Sam was foolish enough to get angry because
he had been beaten in a fair race, he might take his
own time to get pleased again. The fisher-boy landed
his passengers safely upon the opposite wharf, and, as
he pulled toward the middle of the harbor again, he
saw that Sam and his friends were holding another
consultation. The bully was shaking his fists in the
air and talking loudly, and Bob was almost certain
that they would change their tactics, and attempt to
gratify their revenge by giving him a good beating,
and treating him to a bath in the harbor.
"I shall call it a mean trick, if they try to thrash
me," said Bob, pulling his oar out of the water and
balancing it in his hand. "This piece of hickory is
pretty tough, and, if they pitch into me, I think they
will find that I am about as hard to whip as any boy
they have got hold of lately."
The fisher-boy, knowing that he had as much right




54                GO AHEAD; OR,
in the harbor as any one, had determined to stand his
ground as long as possible; but, with all his courage
and confidence in his ability to beat his rivals at their
own game, he could not help feeling a little anxiety
when he thought what might be the result of this second council of war. He was very much relieved to see
that, when the meeting broke up, they did not advance
toward him in a body, as he had expected they would,
but quietly took up their stations as before.
At length, half a dozen ship-carpenters appeared upon
the wharf, and, in an instant, the ferry-boats were in
motion. In spite of all they could do to prevent it, Bob
again took the lead, and a short distance behind him
came Sam Barton, shaking his head and muttering to
himself, and moving his oar viciously about in the water, as if he had determined to vent all his spite upon
it. Bob reached the wharf first, and, flushed with ex
citement, and proud of his second triumph over the
bully, turned to look at Sam. He saw the latter give
one glance over his shoulder, and then come on like
the wind-the sharp bow of his heavy yawl cutting the
water like a knife. In an instant, Bob's exultant smile
gave way to a look of astonishment and alarm.
"Hold on, there!" he shouted, with all the strength
of his lungs; "you'll run me down!"
"Out of the way, there, Bobby Jennings," yelled
Sam, never once slackening his speed or turning from
his course; "here comes the boat the gentlemen's seen."
"Sheer off, there, Sam Barton!" shouted the fisherboy again, seizing his oar and attempting to scull his
boat out of the way. But it was too late; the yawl
came on with all the speed the bully's practiced arms




~ ~ ~ ~.~?,~ 
iI~ —--— ~ —--— ~~-~'  I I~ _: _::........:- _~  ~ ~ llllilll!
=1~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~EWEK O   H   OAEA)                                                       P~e5








THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.            55
could give it, and, striking the scow fair in the side, it
smashed in the planks as if they had been pipe-stems,
and, before Bob could tell what was going on, he found
himself floating about in the cold waters of the harbor.
With an appearance of amazement that was well assumed, Sam, with one sweep of his oar, brought his yawl
broadside to the wharf, and gazed at the wreck he had
made; then, discovering the fisher-boy floating about in
the water, he exclaimed:
"Why, Bobby Jennings, is that you?"
" I do n't think there is any need of your asking that
question," returned the fisher-boy, angrily; "I hope you
are satisfied, now! "
"Why, Bobby, I had no idea that I was so clost to
you," said Sam, who could scarcely conceal his exultation from the men on the wharf. "Here! ketch hold
of this oar, an' I'll haul you in."
"I can take care of myself," was the reply.
"Why, Bobby, may I be sunk in the harbor this very
minute, if I.
"That will do, Sam," exclaimed the fisher-boy, striking out for a vessel that lay along-side the wharf, a little distance off. " You need not talk to me; I know all
about it."
The bully, anxious to conceal the real facts of the
case from the ship-carpenters, loudly protested that it
was all an accident-that he was innocent of any intention to disable the scow-and he even followed Bob
as he swam toward the vessel; but the latter would not
listen to him; he knew that Sam had sunk his boat on
purpose, and he did not wish to speak to him again, if
he could avoid it.




56                GO AHEAD; OR,
There was a staging moored along-side the vessel
which had been placed there by some caulkers, who
were then about to begin their day's work, and Bob
crawled upon it, climbed up the ropes to the deck, and
so reached the wharf. He walked to the spot where
the collision had occurred, but nothing was to be seen
of the Go Ahead.  She had brought in her last load
of fish, finished her work of carrying passengers across
the harbor, and her wreck was at that moment lying
beneath the waters which had so often been the scenes
of her triumphs.  Clumsy and leaky as she was, she
had been of great service to the fisher-boy, and he felt
her loss severely. He had built her himself, had sailed
many a long mile in her up and down the bay, and it
was no wonder that the tears started to his eyes when
he gazed at the spot where she had disappeared. Sam
Barton stood in his yawl, which lay at a little distance
from the wharf, watching the movements of his discomfited rival, and, now that there was no one near to observe him, or to overhear what he had to say, he did
not seem to be so very sorry for what he had done; on
the contrary, he smiled grimly, and said, in an insult.
ing tone:
"What did I tell you, Bobby Jennings? Didn't I
say that you shouldn't run no craft, except my skiff,
in this ere harbor? I guess you won't go round beatin' fellers an' winnin' half-dollars now. If you want to
make friends with me, you know where I live."
So saying, the bully started off to hunt up a passenger, leaving the fisher-boy gazing thoughtfully down
into the water. He had scarcely heard what Sam was
saying, for he was trying to think up some plan for




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.             57
raising the Go Ahead. Would n't it be a glorious triumph for him if he could coax her to the surface of the
water again, repair her, and take her back into the harbor to trouble Sam Barton and the rest of his rivals?
If he only had a rope made fast to her, he could, with
a little assistance, haul her upon the wharf; and he was
confident that, in one day's time, he could fix her up as
good as new. But, after thinking the matter over, Bob
was forced to come to the conclusion that he might as
well try to hit upon the best plan for pulling the earth
up to the sun, for the one was, to him, almost as hard
a feat to accomplish as the other. The water was much
too deep for him to dive down with a rope; and, even
if he had a line made fast to her, where could he raise
force enough to hoist her upon the wharf?  Certainly
not among the ferry-boys, for they had all sided with
Sam against him. Beyond a doubt, he had seen the
last of the Go Ahead; and, as he came to this conclusion, the tears started to his eyes again, and h.e walked
hastily away from the spot.




58                GO AHEAD; OR,
CHAPTER VI.
GOING IN DEBT.
HE fisher-boy would have been very different
from most youngsters of his age, if he had not
felt angry at Sam Barton for what he had done.
He thought it was a cowardly way of taking
revenge upon a rival, and if the bully had been upon
the wharf at that moment, he might have discovered, to
his cost, that Bob's muscles were very strong, and his fists
very hard. But a boy who can be guilty of so mean a
trick is never possessed of a great deal of courage, and
Sam was wise enough to keep out of the fisher-boy's way.
If Tom Newcombe could have been a witness of what
had just taken place in the harbor, he would have been
immensely delighted. It was a strong argument in his
favor, and it went further toward gaining the fisher-boy's
assistance in carrying out his plans, then any thing he
could have said or done. It is'true, that the loss of his
boat did not compel Bob to invest in the lottery-indeed, he had once or twice almost decided that he would
have nothing to do with it; that if any part of his fifteen dollars was used, it should go toward paying for a
new skiff. He had several times been on the point of
coming to the sensible conclusion that Tom's scheme was
a humbug, and that if he ever hoped to become a rich




THE FISHER-BOY S MOTTO.           59
man he must labor faithfully and save every cent of his
money. But Bob had a hard lesson to learn. Before
he was an hour older all these good resolutions were forgotten, and Tom had carried his point. It was all the
result of the loss of the Go Ahead.
As Sam Barton had told his companions the evening
before, Bob could not live without a boat, and now the
question that had been troubling him so long must be
answered, and that very speedily. He might have built
another scow-for there happened to be plenty of lumber
floating about at the upper end of the harbor-but he
was a very poor ship-carpenter, and by the time his craft
could be completed, his fifteen dollars would all be gone.
Besides, the boat would, no doubt, be quite as clumsy and
leaky as the Go Ahead had been; and he knew, by experience, that with such a craft, he could not make ferrying a paying business. He must have a boat as good as
any in the harbor, or he could not hope to secure custom.
Such a one he could not build; he had no money to buy
it, and his only alternative was to follow Tom's suggestion, and "go in debt for it." This was the conclusion
Bob came to as he walked toward his home thinking the
matter over; and, after a moment's hesitation, he turned
and bent his steps toward Mr. Graves's ship-yard.
He was now about to add a new chapter to his experience, and he hardly knew how to begin operations. He
had never asked a man to credit him, and his first hard
work must be to decide upon the words he ought to use
to introduce his business with Mr. Graves. But his wits
seemed to have wandered to the ends of the earth; for,
when he reached the ship-yard, hewas as badly puzzled
as ever to know what he ought to say to the boat



60               GO AHEAD; OR,
builder. He glanced in at the gate and saw the proprietor
of the yard walking about among his men, and in the
bay beyond he saw a little fleet of skifs, with any one
of which he was certain he could very soon double his
fortune. Bob stepped inside the gate, but there his courage failed him, and he turned and walked out again.
For ten minutes he stood leaning against the fence,
sometimes almost resolved to walk boldly into the yard
and settle his business at once, but oftener on the point
of starting for Fishertown as fast as his legs could carry
him; and every one who passed him, turned and looked
at his dripping garments, no doubt wondering why he
did not go home and change them. But the truth of
the matter was, Bob had no dry ones to put on. The
clothes he had at that moment on his back were all he
possessed in the world, and, just then, the probabilities
were that, if he did not soon take some decided step he
would never be any better off. The fisher-boy thought
of this, and once more glancing in at the gate, he saw
that Mr. Graves had left his workmen, and was walking
toward his office. Now was his time, if ever. Drawing
in a long breath, and calling all his courage to his aid,
he entered the yard and approached the boat-builder,
who stopped and looked at him in astonishment.
"Why, Bob," said he, "have you been in swimming
with your clothes on?"
" Yes, sir," was the reply, "but I could n't help it. Sam
Barton sunk my boat for me."
"He did! The young rascal! That boy is going to
State's prison by the lightning express train. I would n't
have any thing to do with him, Bob. You have no boat
now, I suppose?"




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.           61
" No, sir, replied the fisher-boy, sorrowfully; and when
he thought of the Go Ahead, he could not keep back his
tears.
"Never mind," said Mr. Graves, kindly, "you have
not lost much."
"I have lost a great deal, sir," replied Bob. "I can't
live without a boat."
"Of course you can't," said Mr. Graves, briskly.
"You must get another. Now, perhaps I can sell you
one of my nice little skiffs. They are very cheap, and
warranted fast. Better take one of'em, Bob, and then
you can pay off Sam Barton by taking all his passengers away from him. Wouldn't that be glorious?"
The boat-builder evidently became excited as he said
this, for he punched Bob in the ribs with his fingers,
and laughed so loudly that he was heard all over the
ship-yard.
"I'd like to have one of them," said the fisher-boy,
"but I've got no money to pay for it now."
"Ah!" said Mr. Graves, drawing back and stroking
his whiskers-" that's bad-a person can't buy any
thing without money; that's been my experience." As
he said this, he looked out over the bay and began to
whistle, as if he had nothing further to say on the subject.  This greatly discouraged Bob, for he saw that
Mr. Graves had suddenly lost all interest in his affairs.
"He knows that I am going to ask him to trust me!"
thought the fisher-boy, and he had hit the mark exactly.
The boat-builder was like a great many other men;
he could afford to offer his sympathy to any one in distress, because it did not cost him any thing.  He had
spoken so kindly to Bob, because he thought he had




62                GO AHEAD; OR,
come there to buy one of his boats, and was ready to
pay the money as soon as the bargain could be concluded; but when he learned that the fisher-boy's pockets
were empty, his feelings changed instantly. If Bob could
have paid the cash for his boat, he would have left the
ship-yard firm in his belief that Mr. Graves was one of
the kindest men in the world; as it was, he began to believe him to be the most hard-hearted.
For a moment the fisher-boy stood looking down at
the ground in great perplexity. He scarcely knew what
to say next, but he finally decided that the best course
he could pursue would be to state his business at once.
He wanted it settled one way or the other, for he did not
like to be kept in suspense.
"Mr. Graves," said he, with a desperate effort, "I
came here to ask you if you would sell me one of your
skiffs on time. I'll pay you for it in three months."
(He was at first going to say one month, as Tom had
suggested; but what if the lottery scheme should fail?
He did not believe that any such disappointment was in
store for him, but still, it was best to be on the safe side).
The fisher-boy was astonished at himself. He had not
believed that he possessed the courage to ask the question he had just propounded, and the words had scarcely
passed his lips before he was sorry that he had ever
uttered them. He was certain that he had lowered himself in Mr. Graves's estimation, and that gentleman's conduct gave him reason for this belief.  He opened his
eyes in amazement, and looked the fisher-boy very hard
in the face, as if he could hardly believe that he was in
earnest. For the first time in his life, Bob had met a
man he could not look fairly and squarely in the eye.




THE FISHER BOY'S MOTTO.            63
He hung his head as if he had been guilty of a very
mean action, and almost expected to hear the ship-builder
order him out of the yard. He waited impatiently
for his answer, but it was not given immediately, for
Mr. Graves picked up a stick and began to whittle it
with his knife, at the same time running his eye over his
little fleet of skiffs with a sort of affectionate look, as if
they stood very high in his estimation, and he was not
willing to sell any of them " on time."
At length, to the fisher-boy's immense relief, he threw
away the stick, and asked:
"How do I know that you will pay me at the end of
three months?"
"I promise you that I will work day and night to
raise the money," answered Bob. "Besides, I will give
you my note."
Mr. Graves laughed loudly. "I am afraid your note
would not be worth much," said he. "But I have always heard you spoken of as an honest, hard-working
boy, and I am willing to give you a little assistance.
Come with me! "
Bob could scarcely credit his ears. He followed the
boat-builder like one in a dream; and not until Mr.
Graves stepped into a yawl and pushed off toward the
spot where the skiffs were anchored, did he believe that
it was all a reality, and that he was soon to be the owner
of one of the finest boats in the harbor.
"Now, then," said Mr. Graves, pulling up along-side
one of the skiffs-"how will the Sea Gull suit you?"
The boat in question was one of the most beautiful
little things Bob had ever seen. She was painted white
inside and out, her bow and stern were shaped alike, and




64                GO AHEAD; OR,
both were as sharp as a knife. She was intended for a
fast boat, and the name which was painted on her bows
suited her exactly, for she sat on the water as lightly as
a feather.
"What is she worth?" asked the fisher-boy.
"Twenty-five dollars," was the reply; "and that pays
for a sail and a pair of strong oars."
"Very well!" said Bob, who was so overjoyed and
excited that he could scarcely stand still, "there is no
need of looking any farther. I'll take her if you will
paint out that name and give her another."
"I'll do it," replied the boat-builder; "but I shall
have to charge you an extra dollar for it."
The fisher-boy had seen the time that this would have
made him hesitate. Heretofore he had always looked upon
a dollar as quite a respectable sum of money, and one well
worth saving; but now, from some cause or other, it did
not look so large in his eyes, and he was willing to pay
it for having a new name painted on his boat.
"All right," said he. "I want to call her the'Go
Ahead No. 2.' I'd like to have you get her ready as
soon as possible, for I am in a hurry to get to work with
her."
"You shall have her to-night at five o'clock," said
Mr. Graves, pushing the yawl toward the shore, "and I
want you to go straight to the harbor and settle up with
Sam Barton.  Do n't let him take a single passenger
across if you can help it. But remember, Bob, I must
have my money at the end of three months."
"I promise you that it shall be ready for you," said
the fisher-boy promptly, as if twenty-six dollars was a
very insignificant sum of money in his estimation, and




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.             65
he could raise it at any moment. "I think, in fact I
know, that I shall be able to pay you in four weeks from
to-day." As Bob said this, he thought of the lottery.
As soon as the yawl reached the shore the fisher-boy
took leave of Mr. Graves, and left the ship-yard with a
much lighter heart than he had brought into it. The
question that had been troubling him so long was settled
at last, and he was the owner of a boat that he believed
to be far superior to any craft of the kind about the
village. Although he did not feel any better natured
toward Sam Barton, he could not help laughing when
he thought how astonished the bully would be when he
saw the rival whom he imagined he had so effectually
disabled sail into the harbor in a boat as good, if not
better, than his own. Bob did not believe that, reckless
as he knew him to be, he would dare attempt the destruction of his skiff, for by such a proceeding he would
render himself liable to prosecution before a court of
law. The fisher-boy, however, was not yet acquainted
with Sam Barton. The bully, when he had determined
upon his course, always exhibited a great deal of resolution in carrying it out; and, having decided that Bob
had lived in Fishertown long enough, it was not his intention to allow him a moment's peace until he had been
driven out of the harbor, and compelled to take up his
abode somewhere else. The result of this contest was
doubtful. The fisher-boy was not wanting in courage,
and when he became fairly aroused he was rather an unpleasant fellow to have about. He was very independent,
he did not believe in privileged classes, and knowing that
he had as much right in the harbor as any body, it was
very likely that he would stand his ground as long as
5




66               GO AHEAD; OR,
possible. Just at that moment he would not have been
afraid of a dozen Sam Barton's. He had a nice boat,
and he was satisfied.
There was one thing, however, that marred his happiness, and that was the thought that perhaps his mother
would not approve of what he had done. He had often
heard her say that when a person was in debt he was in
danger; but now, Bob thought differently. He did not
see how he could get himself into trouble, simply because
he had gone in debt for a boat worth twenty-six dollars.
Even if the lottery scheme failed-an event which he
now imagined to be impossible-he would have no difficulty in settling the note when it fell due, for, if fishing
did not pay him, ferrying would; and, if business in the
harbor should become dull, he would devote all his time
to fishing. It is true he could remember that sometimes
fishing and ferrying had both proved very unprofitable;
but the reason was, because he had nothing but a clumsy
old scow to work with; now the case would be different,
because he was the owner of a splendid little skiff. In
short, Bob really believed that the fish, which had refused
to bite at his bait when it dangled over the side of his
leaky scow, would be utterly unable to resist the temptation when his line was thrown from the stern of the
Go Ahead No. 2. How he reached this conclusion was
best known to himself. Perhaps it was because his conscience troubled him, and he was obliged to make use of
all the arguments he could think of to quiet it.
There was another matter, besides the payment of his
debt, that weighed heavily on his mind, in spite of all
he could do to prevent it. It intruded itself upon him
with every step he made toward his home, and, although




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.           67
he tried to dismiss it with an impatient, "I know it
will come out all right, and mother will never know
the difference," he could not rid his mind of the
thought, that, to say the least, he was about to be
guilty of a very mean action.  The nearer he got to
Fishertown the slower he walked; but he reached his
home at last, and his appearance without his boat caused
a great commotion in the house. Without waiting to be
questioned, the fisher-boy began his story. His brothers
listened with looks of amazement and indignation, but
Bob saw that his mother was troubled. She was, no
doubt, wondering how the family was to be supported,
now that the Go Ahead was gone.
"0, it's all right," said Bob, cheerfully. "I've got
another boat that can't be beaten by any thing about
Newport. I'd like to see Sam Barton smash her! "
"Where did you get your new boat?" asked his
mother.
"From Mr. Graves. She cost me twenty-six dollars,
too."
" How did you earn so much money?"
"I have n't paid for her yet," replied the fisher-boy.
"I am to settle with Mr. Graves in ninety days. He
said that I was an honest, hard-working boy, and he
would give me a lift."
Bob did not like to see that troubled look on his
mother's face, and he was in hopes that this announcement would drive it away; but, contrary to his expectations, it seemed to increase it.
"I am glad that Mr. Graves has so good an opinion
of you," said his mother; " and I do n't want you to lose
it. For that reason, I am very sorry that you went in




68               GO AHEAD; OR,
debt to him. Suppose you are not able to pay for your
boat at the end of three months?"
" Now, mother," said Bob, "there's no need of supposing any thing of the kind. I'11 work night and day,
and I know that, with that nice boat I can earn twentysix dollars in less than ninety days. If I can't, I had
better shut up shop. I tell you, mother, it is n't every
ferry-boy that can go to Mr. Graves and get trusted for
a skiff. I've got a good reputation, and I mean to keep
it. And I'11 tell you another thing," he added, mysteriously, "we are not going to live in this tumbledown shantee much longer. In a very short time we'11
be living in a nice little house in the upper end of the
village, among respectable people, these two youngsters
will be going to school, and I shall be at sea, leaving
behind me more than money enough to support you
while I am gone. What do you think of that?"
(Tom Newcombe's ideas were gaining ground rapidly.)
Bob's mother did not know what to think of it. She
had never listened to such a speech before, and she could
not imagine what had got into Bob to raise his spirits
so wonderfully. However, she did not give that much
thought, for she could not forget the debt of twenty-six
dollars, which must be paid before they could leave Fishertown and take up their abode in a "nice little house
in the upper end of the village." But she said nothing
more in regard to it, thinking, no doubt, that as the mischief had been done, the less said about it the better.
Besides, she had almost unlimited confidence in Bob,
and, knowing that he possessed a great deal of energy,
and was not easily discouraged, she hoped that he might,
after all, succeed in raising the money by the time agreed




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.           69
upon. If she had any fears on the subject, she kept them
to herself.
The fisher-boy brightened up when he saw that his
mother was not disposed to find fault with him for what
he had done, but his face instantly clouded up again
when he thought of something very disagreeable he had
yet to perform. His mother noticed it, and asked him
what was the matter.
" Nothing much! " replied Bob, " only you do n't seem
to be very glad that I have got a new boat."
"I should be delighted if it was paid for," said his
mother.
" Well," said the fisher-boy, putting his hand into his
pocket and pulling out the money he had earned that
morning, "if I pay some on it now, I won't have so
much to pay by and by. You can spare five dollars,
can't you?"
His mother replied that he could have the money
if he wanted it, and taking her purse out of her pocket
she began to count out the bills. She noticed that her
son was very uneasy, that he could not stand still, but
kept walking backward and forward over the floor; and
if she had looked at him, she would have been astonished to see that his face was very red, and that he
looked as if he had been caught in doing something
which he knew to be wrong. Bob did indeed feel like
a criminal; but he took the bills his mother handed
him, and thrusting them into his pocket, he hastily left
the house, leaving his mother to suppose that he was
going to give them to Mr. Graves. Whether or not he
did so, remains to be seen.




70                GO AHEAD; OR,
CHAPTER VII.
TOM ORDERS A NEW BOAT.
_     OR the first time in his life, Bob had deceived
his mother, and, as may be imagined, he did
not feel very happy over it. His first thought
d-  was to get as far away from her as possible;
and with this determination he bent his steps toward
the wharf, where he sat down to think the matter over.
He had never been taught to measure every act of his
life by a moral standard, but, heretofore, when any thing
had been proposed to him, he had always asked himself
the question: Is it honorable and manly, or is it mean
and cowardly? This test was applied to the matter in
hand, and Bob was, of course, compelled to decide that
he had been guilty of an act with which he would not
like to have every one in the world acquainted. He
knew that he ought to pay the five dollars to Mr. Graves,
or, what would have been still better, take it back to his
mother, make a clean breast of the whole matter, and be
governed by her advice. Once he even got up from the
coil of rope on which he was sitting, and started off as
if he had resolved to follow this course of conduct; but
he had made scarcely half a dozen steps before some of
Tom's arguments flashed through his mind. He stopped, hesitated, and finally returned to his seat.




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.           71
We believe that all boys are more or less inclined to
build air-castles. They love to go off alone where there
will be no one to disturb them, and spend hour after
hour picturing to themselves innumerable pleasant
things that will be sure to happen if some of their pet
schemes can only be carried out. Some boys keep these
dreamings to themselves, while others, like Tom Newcombe, can not rest easy until they have communicated
them to some of their particular friends; and when
there is one such boy in a neighborhood he sometimes
does a great deal of mischief. Tom, for instance, had
completely upset the fisher-boy. We know what good
resolutions Bob made while he was sailing home from
his fishing-grounds, on the previous day, and, no doubt,
he would have held to them, if he could have avoided
that unfortunate interview with Tom Newcombe. But
he had listened to his arguments, been carried away by
his eloquence, doubted at first, then believed, and finally
ended by becoming as certain of success as was Tom
himself. This led him to take two steps in the wrong
direction.  He had gone in debt for a boat, when he
knew all the time that his mother would not approve
of it, and then, by leading her to believe that he wanted
to pay part of the money down, he had got the five dollars to invest in the lottery. It was no wonder his conscience troubled him. It kept him in a very unpleasant
frame of mind, and the arguments he made use of to
pacify it ought to have made him ashamed of himself.
"I did n't tell mother that I was honestly and truly
going to pay this money to Mr. Graves," said the fisherboy to himself. " I only said that if I paid some on the
boat now, I would n't have so much to pay by and by.




72                GO AHEAD; OR,
Was n't that the truth? Of course it was. I never told
a lie in my life, and I never will. I'm in a bad fix," he
added, rising to his feet, and walking up and down the
wharf, " and this is the only way I can see to get out of
it. I must save fifty-six dollars before I can go to seatwenty-six to pay for my boat, and thirty to support the
family while I am gone; and, at the rate I have been
making money for the last year, I never will be able to
lay by half that sum. I'll have to be a fisherman as
long as I live, if I can't find other ways to make something. Now, here's a chance for me to get rich; and
would n't I be foolish to throw it away? If it failsbut Tom says it can't, and I believe it-I shall be only
five dollars out of pocket, and not much worse off than
I am now. If it succeeds, and I get half of the five
thousand dollars, what can I not do with it? I'll pay
for my boat at once; then I'11 buy mother a nice house;
I'll get some good clothes for myself; I'll send my
brothers to school-perhaps the military academy would
be the best place for them-then I'11 be off to sea. I'11
do it; that's settled. I'11 find Tom and give him this
money before I am five minutes older."
Without stopping to reconsider the matter, the fisherboy started on a keen run down the wharf, and presently
found himself at the door of Mr. Newcombe's office.
Tom was seated in his father's arm-chair, his feet upon
the desk, a newspaper in his hand, and a pen behind
his ear. He happened to be looking out the door as
Bob came up, and throwing down his paper, he hurried
out to meet him.
"Let's hear what you've got to say!" said he, in a
whisper. "Yes or no!"




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.            73
"Yes," replied the fisher-boy. "Here's the money."
"Hurrah for you," exclaimed Tom, as he took the
bills. "Our fortune's made, sure enough;" and catching Bob by the arm, he danced him about the wharf as
if he had suddenly lost his wits.
"I knew you wouldn't let this splendid chance slip
through your fingers! " he continued, leading the fisherboy off on one side, so that they might converse without
fear of being overheard. "When the money comes I'11
divide with you honestly. You are not afraid to trust
me?"
"O no!" was the reply. "But are you sure those
men will send you that prize?"  (The fisher-boy knew
what Tom's answer would be. All he wanted was encouragement.)
"Certainty I am!" said Tom, emphatically. "If I
did n't know it, do you suppose I would risk my money
in it? Did n't they make the offer themselves, and do n't
they say that they have agents in every civilized country
on the globe? Do you suppose that men known all over
the world as they are would dare cheat any body? You
need not be afraid. They are business men. I know
that, because this letter-paper is printed, just like father's; and they will not injure their reputation by making false promises. They have too much at stake. I
knew you would give me a favorable answer, and so I
wrote to them."
As Tom spoke he pulled a letter out of his pocket and
handed it to the fisher-boy.
It conveyed to E. H. Harris and Company the information that Tom was perfectly willing to act as their
agent, and that if they would keep their promise, and




74               GO AHEAD; OR,
send him the five thousand dollars, he would show it
to every man, woman, and child in Newport. He told
them that they would find him to be the most faithful
and obliging man in their employ. (Tom said man, because he was afraid the gentlemen might withdraw their
offer, if they should learn that he was only a boy fifteen years of age.) He further informed them, that he
was clerk in the largest commission house in the village,
and that he was well enough acquainted with business
to know that an agent could not hope to secure customers, unless he was very polite and accommodating; consequently, they might rest assured that he would always
treat their patrons with the greatest kindness. All this,
and a great deal more, did Tom say to the proprietors
of the lottery; but his letter, besides being pretty well
mixed up, was so badly written and spelled that it is
doubtful if the men to whom it was addressed ever got
at the sense of it.
When the fisher-boy had finished reading the letter he
handed it back to Tom, who placed it in an envelope along
with the ten dollars-five of his own money, and the
five Bob had brought him-and carefully sealed it, saying as he did so, "You see that I put the money in
the letter, do n't you? Now, come with me to the postoffice."
The fisher-boy would have been willing to entrust the
business entirely in Tom's hands; but, to satisfy him, he
saw the letter dropped into the box, and then took leave
of his companion, who hurried back to the office. He
found very little to be done there, and after loitering
about for half an hour, put on his cap and went out
again.




THE FISHER BOY8' MOTTO.            75
He was highly elated at the success of his plans thus
far, and he found it exceedingly difficult to control himself. Sometimes he was tempted to hunt up some of his
acquaintances and reveal to them his secret; but he
could not forget that they had turned him out of the
society of Night-hawks, without giving him an opportunity to say a word in his defense, and refused him
admittance into their new organization. In his estimation, these were offenses that ought not to be forgiven.
"I told them I would make them sorry for that," said
he to himself, " and I was i't joking. The Storm King
will be just the thing for fishing parties and moonlight
excursions, but not one of those fellows shall ever put
a foot on her deck, until they are willing to apologize
for what they have done. I heard one of them say that
they would like to visit Block Island and rob some of
the melon patches over there, if they only had a boat.
Now, perhaps, when they see the Storm King, they will
want her! They sha' n't have her; they may look somewhere else for a boat! Won't they be surprised when
they learn that I am the captain and owner of the
finest little craft in the village? How they will all envy
me! That's the way I shall get even with them."
Tom laughed outright as these thoughts passed through
his mind, and thrusting his hands into his pockets, he
started off with a " hop, skip, and a jump," and finally
turned down the street that led to Mr. Graves's boatyard. He found the proprietor in his office, and, hardly
waiting to return his polite greeting, Tom seated himself
in the nearest chair, and began business at once.
"Mr. Graves," said he, "you built the Swallow, I
believe! What did she cost?"




76                GO AHEAD; OR,
"Two hundred and fifty dollars! " was the answer.
"Then I suppose the boat I want will cost at least a
hundred dollars more?" said Tom.
" That, of course, depends upon circumstances," replied
Mr. Graves, who was not at all surprised at these questions, for this was not the first time Tom had talked with
him on this same subject. "If you want a vessel finished off in first-class style, with a nice little cabin, two
state-rooms finely furnished, a galley for'ard, with stove
and every thing complete, and bunks for three or four
hands-in short, a magnificent little yacht-"
"That's just it!" exclaimed Tom, excited by his description. "That's what I want!"
"I know it," said Mr. Graves, "for you and I have
talked this matter over before. I suppose your father
has at last given you permission to build a boat of this
kind?"
" Now, never mind my father," said Tom, impatiently.
"Is n't it enough for you to know that your money will
be ready the moment the boat is finished? What will a
craft like that cost?"
Mr. Graves looked intently at the floor for a moment,
stroked his whiskers, and replied: "Four hundred dollars!"
"Whew!" exclaimed Tom. "That's rather steep, I
should say. However, I must have a vessel, and I do n't
care what she costs. Now listen to me!  In the first
place, I want this boat called the Storm King.  She
must be sloop-rigged, carrying as much canvas as can
safely be put on her. Her hull must be painted black
on the outside, and the cabin must be finished off with
black walnut, and supplied with the finest kind of furni




THE FISHER-BOY' MOTTO.             77
ture; and, last of all, she must be warranted to beat
every vessel of her size about the village."
"Exactly! " exclaimed Mr. Graves, who, believing that
he had got a paying customer this time, listened attentively to all Tom had to say.
" And remember, also," continued Tom, " that I want
her finished as soon as possible-the sooner the better.
As I told you before, your money will be ready the
moment I accept the vessel. If she does n't suit me, I
shall not take her."
"Of course not!" said the boat-builder. "But what
are you going to do with her, Tom?"
"I'm going to be a trader.  I expect soon to make
my fortune."
"Certainly you will! What's to prevent it, I'd like
to know?  A boat of that description would make any
man independently rich. I have a strong force," added
Mr. Graves, as Tom arose to go, "and I'11 promise to
have her finished alow and aloft in fine style, by three
weeks from to-day. Will that suit you?"
Tom replied that it would. He then took leave of
the boat-builder, who, true to his promise, called in one
of his workmen, and gave him some instructions in regard to building the sloop, which he intended should
be the finest little vessel that had ever been launched
at his yard. He had not the slightest suspicion that
every thing was not just as it should be, for Tom had
more than once assured him that some day he would
gain his father's consent to a certain little plan, and
that then he wanted a boat that would throw all the
other yachts about the village completely into the shade.
The boat-builder never imagined that Tom would dare




78               GO AHEAD; OR,
enter into such an agreement without the permission of
Mr. Newcombe, for what could a boy of his age do to
earn four hundred dollars in three weeks? But then
Mr. Graves knew nothing about the lottery.
Meanwhile the fisher-boy was loitering about the
wharf, scarcely knowing what to do with himself. If
the loss of the Go Ahead had occurred two days before,
Bob would not have been long in deciding how he ought
to pass the time away, for he would have employed himself in doing odd jobs about the village, and thus earned
a few dimes to increase his little fortune. But now, he
had no idea of doing any thing of the sort; for when Mr.
Henry asked him if he did not want to earn a quarter
of a dollar, by carrying in a cord of wood, that was piled
on the wharf at the back of the store, Bob replied that
he did not, that he was not looking for work. It is true
he regretted his decision a moment afterward, but then
it was too late, for Mr. Henry had hired some one else.
"Never mind," said the fisher-boy to himself. "I
haven't lost much. Twenty-five cents for two hours'
hard work is small pay.  I've seen the day that I
would have been glad to take all such jobs, but I'm
better off in the world now; at least I soon will be."
All that forenoon, Bob walked up and down the wharf,
watching the men at work about him, wishing that five
o'clock would come, so that he might take possession of
his new boat, and all the while wondering why it was that
he was so miserable, while every one around him seemed
to be so supremely happy. Again and again did he try
to silence his conscience by saying to himself that his
mother would never know any thing about the deception
of which he had been guilty. Tom's plan would cer



THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.            79
tainly succeed, and when he had his twenty-five hundred dollars in his pocket, he would pay for his boat,
and then he would never go in debt or deceive his
mother again. But these promises of better behavior
in future did not quiet his feelings, for, in spite of all
he could do to prevent it, the knowledge of the fact
that he had abused the confidence his mother had reposed in him, would force itself upon his mind, and
when twelve o'clock came the fisher-boy had become so
thoroughly disgusted with himself that he did not want
to go home to his dinner. He felt like an outlaw; and
he could almost bring himself to believe that, if he should
make his appearance at the door of his home, he would
be refused admittance. But, knowing that if he remained
away all day it would occasion surprise, and might arouse
suspicion, the fisher-boy endeavored to dismiss all his unpleasant thoughts, tried hard to assume a cheerful look,
and rather reluctantly started for home. To his surprise, he found that the cloud had vanished from his
mother's face, and that she appeared to be as happy and
contented as ever. She made no allusions to any thing
that had transpired that morning, and Bob began to
gain courage.




s80             <GO AHEAD; OR,
CHAPTER  VIII.
THE GO AHEAD NO. 2.
HE dinner hour passed off as usual, and one
to have seen Bob as he arose from the table
and bade his mother good-by before returning to the wharf, would have thought him
the very last boy who could have been guilty of a mean
or dishonorable action. But he had changed wonderfully during the last twelve hours; and having deceived
his mother once, it was easier to do it a second time.
Although there was no necessity for it, he left a false
impression on her mind by saying:
"Perhaps I shall see a chance to earn half a dollar
or so, during the afternoon."  This led her to believe
that her son intended to hold himself in readiness to
accept any offer of work that might be made him;
while Bob himself knew that he had no such idea. He
said what he did simply because he wanted an excuse
to get away from home.
The fact was, Bob was totally unfit for labor of any
kind. He had made so many calculations concerning
the twenty-five hundred dollars, which he was certain
he should receive in a week or ten days at the very
farthest, and he was so impatient to hear from the money
he had just sent off, that any thing which would have




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.            81
turned his thoughts into other and more profitable channels was distasteful to him. He wanted to do nothing
but think over his plans for the future; so he returned
to the wharf, where for four hours and a half he walked
listlessly about with his hands in his pockets, his eyes
bent upon the ground, and his thoughts busy with his
new boat, and his prospective fortune.
During the middle of the day the ferry-boys had very
little business to attend to, and, from where Bob stood,
he could see them lounging in their boats in the shade
of the piers, on both sides of the harbor. Among them
he saw Sam Barton, who, seated in his fine yawl in the
midst of his friends, was delivering some very amusing
discourse, judging by the peals of laughter that came
from that direction.
The fisher-boy soon became aware of the fact that he
was the subject of Sam's remarks, for every now and
then he could see the bully rise up in his boat and shake
his fist at him. Bob, however, very wisely made no reply to these demonstrations. He had the satisfaction of
knowing that the triumph which the bully was then enjoying was destined to be of short duration, and that
his turn would come next.
There was another boy who was very restless all that
afternoon, and who, being unable to decide upon any
better way of passing the time, kept trotting up and
down the wharf.  It was Tom Newcombe. To save his
life he could not remain in the office more than ten
minutes at a time, and it was only by an unusual exercise of will that he kept from telling his secret, confidentially of course, to every one he met. In one of
his rounds he came across the fisher-boy; and knowing
6




82                GO AHEAD; OR,
that he could sympathize with him, he kept him company during the rest of the afternoon.
"O how I do wish this week was gone," Tom would
say, almost every five minutes, "and that we had an
answer to that letter! I am in a great hurry to begin
trading. I tell you, Bob, all the boys in the village
will wish themselves in my boots when they see my new
yacht."
To the fisher-boy's immense relief, half-past four
came at last, and, bidding Tom good-by, he started for
Mr. Graves's boat-yard. The proprietor was standing
in the door of his office, and when he saw Bob he called
out"Go and get her! She is all ready for you, and I
think when you have tried her you will say that she
is the finest boat you ever saw. Now, if you don't
ruin Sam Barton by taking every one of his passengers
away from him, I shall be sorry that I let you have
her."
"If he wants customers he must work for them," replied Bob. "And now, Mr. Graves, if you will furnish
me pen and paper, I'll give you my note."
The boat-builder laughed, and more to satisfy the
fisher-boy than any thing else, he gave him a chair at
his desk, and looked over his shoulder, as he dashed off
the note in regular business style; promising, in ninety
days from date, to pay James H. Graves twenty-six
dollars, for value received.
"There! " said Bob, throwing the ink off his pen, and
rising from the desk; "I think you will find that all
right."
Mr. Graves put the note into hs pocket, and con*




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.             83
ducted his customer to the place where the skiffs were
anchored; and the first object upon which Bob's eyes
rested was the Go Ahead No. 2, gracefully riding the
little swells, and pulling at her moorings as if impatient
to be off. A pair of strong oars, and a sail neatly rolled
up, lay upon the thwarts, and her painter, which was
long enough to serve as an anchor rope, was laid down
in Flemish coil in the bow.
"Now, remember," said Mr. Graves, as Bob stepped
into his skiff and began to hoist the sail, "your note
will fall due in three months from to-day, and then I
shall want the money."
"You need have no fears," replied the fisher-boy,
promptly.  "I promise you that every cent shall be
paid up long before that time."
As the fisher-boy spoke, he cast off the line with which
the Go Ahead was made fast to the beach, got out one
of his oars to serve as a rudder, and, thanking the boatbuilder for his repeated wishes for unbounded success,
filled away for his pier. A strong breeze was blowing
directly down the harbor, and this gave Bob a splendid
opportunity to judge of the sailing qualities of his new
craft. All of Mr. Graves's boats were warranted fast,
but Bob soon came to the conclusion that never had a
skiff been launched at his yard that could be compared
to the Go Ahead No. 2. Her sail was as large as she
could conveniently carry; and, when she had got fairly
started, she took a "bone in her teeth," and moved down
the harbor at a rate of speed that delighted her young
skipper.
The fisher-boy was in his element; and the only thing
that kept him from shouting at the top of his lungs, was




84               GO AHEAD; OR,
the fear of attracting the attention of the people on the
wharves. So overjoyed was he that he could scarcely
sit still. He kept looking over every part of his boat,
first up at the sail, then at the clean thwarts and dry
bottom, so different from his old scow, and then he would
say to himself: "Is she really mine? I never thought
I should be able to own a boat like this! But she does
belong to me, and no mistake; for I remember writing
out a note for Mr. Graves. Now, Sam Barton, bring on
your clumsy old yawl."
This last remark, although uttered for the benefit of
the bully, did not reach his ears, for he was too far off
to hear it, and besides, he was busy. A party of half a
dozen persons were standing upon the wharf, and Sam
was sculling leisurely across to attend to their wants.
Now, that Bob Jennings, as he imagined, had been disposed of, he had nothing to fear from rivals, and he was
taking his own time in getting across the harbor. This
did not seem to suit the gentlemen on the wharf, for they
several times requested him to " hurry up," an invitation
which Sam, being too lazy to heed, pretended that he did
not hear. He moved his oar slowly about in the water,
expending just strength enough upon it to keep his yawl
in motion, and his eyes, probably from the force of long
habit, were wandering up and down the harbor, as if in
search of more customers.
" Come, boy, make haste, there! " shouted one of the
men. " We do n't intend to stand here in this hot sun
much longer."
Sam, however, did not arouse himself in the least.
On the contrary, he stopped sculling entirely, and stood
-looking up the harbor at a trim little craft that was coma




THE FISHER-BOY' S MOTTO.           85
ing directly toward him. He did not remember of having seen her before, but he could have recognized her
skipper as far as he could see him.
"Well, now, if this yere do n't beat all the world!"
said Sam to himself, stooping down and shading his eyes
with his hand to obtain a better view of the approaching
boat. "If I had n't seed Bobby Jennings sunk this
mornin', I should say that that was him. But where
could he get a tidy little vessel like that? I declare;
if she aint the purtiest little-"
Sam's admiration for the approaching craft ceased
very suddenly, as he noticed her somewhat singular
movements, and began to understand their meaning.
When he first discovered her, her bow was pointed toward the wharf, as if her skipper intended to make an
attempt to take his passengers away from him; but now
she was headed directly down the harbor, and was coming toward him like an arrow from a bow. She was laying almost on her side, the spray was dashing wildly
about her sharp bows, and her skipper's face wore an
expression that Sam did not like to see. He remembered what he had done that morning, and, believing
that the fisher-boy was about to take ample revenge
upon him, he turned and sculled down the harbor with
all the speed he could command. But in spite of all
his exertions, the skiff gained rapidly, and the bully,
seeing that escape was impossible, became so terrified
that his face grew pale, and his heart thumped against
his robs like a trip-hammer.
"Hallo, Bobby!" he called out in a trembling voice,
as soon as his rival came within hearing; "what a nice
boat you've got, Bobby!"




86                GO AHEAD; OR,
An angry shake of the head was the only reply he received, and the skiff came on as fast as ever.
"I'm glad to see you out again, Bobby," continued
Sam, who was so frightened that he was almost ready to
cry. " An' I hope-hold on, there, Bobby, please do'nt
run into me-"
The skiff was now close upon him, and the bully held
his breath in suspense; but, just as he was expecting to
feel the shock of the collision, and to see the sides of his
fine yawl smashed in by the sharp bow of his rival's
boat, Bob, with one sweep of his oar, turned aside, passing so close to the yawl that he could have jumped into
her had he felt so disposed, and ran alongside the wharf
to attend to the passengers, whom Sam, in his surprise
and alarm, had forgotten.
" Why did n't you sink him?" asked one of the men,
climbing down into the skiff. "He has kept us here for
fully a quarter of an hour, and we told him that we were
in a great hurry."
" I would n't like to sink him," replied the fisher-boy, as
he pulled down the sail and got out the oars. " I had my
boat sunk under me this morning, and I know how it feels."
Bob was now given an opportunity to test the speed
of his new boat when propelled by the "white ash
oreeze," and the result was all he could have desired.
The Go Ahead skimmed over the water as lightly as a
duck, in spite of the additional weight of her half dozen
passengers, and by the time the fisher-boy reached the
opposite side of the harbor, he had ceased to regret the
loss of his scow, and was almost willing to believe that
the serious injury which Sam had tried to inflict upon
him would prove to be a blessing in disguise.




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.             87
Meanwhile the bully, who stood in his boat watching
Bob as he rowed across the harbor and landed his passengers, had been allowed ample time to recover from
the fright his rival had given him. The other ferryboys were no less surprised than Sam had been, and
now they began to gather around him, to hear what he
had to say about it.
"Do you see that new craft Jennings has got?" asked
one.
"Do I see it?" repeated the bully, sharply. "Have n't
I got a pair of eyes, and did n't he sail by within two foot
of me? He's a thief, as well as a mean feller,'cause he's
used one of them gold pieces to buy that boat. Never
mind! It won't do him no good!"
Sam, assisted by some of his particular friends, at once
set about arranging matters to render Bob's new boat
perfectly useless to him. As before, they scattered their
forces all over the harbor, some on one side, and some
on the other, Sam pointing out the position he wished
each boy to occupy. When he had got every thing
fixed to his satisfaction, he sculled slowly toward the
fisher-boy, who was standing up in his boat, watching
all these movements, as if they did not interest him in
the least.
"How do you feel now, Bobby?" asked the bully, with
a laugh.
"O, I am in excellent spirits," returned Bob, pleasantly. "I feel much better than I did when you sunk
my boat this morning."
" That's an amazin' fine little skiff of your'n, Bobby,"
continued Sam; "but I do n't see what you're goin' to
do with it here."




88                GO AHEAD; OR,
"Do n't you? Well, you wait until I see a passen
ger, and I'11 show you."
"Not that we knows of, you won't," said the bully,
savagely. " Did n't I tell you this mornin' that you had
been here just long enough?"
"You did, but it does n't trouble me any. Now, Sam,
let me tell you something! If you, or any of your
friends, beat me in a fair race, I shall not grumble; but
if you try to take any mean advantage of me, I won't
stand it. I'11 clear the harbor! "
"You'll do what?" exclaimed Sam.
"I'11 take charge of this harbor," repeated Bob. "I'11
drive every one of you under the piers."
"Hallo!" said Sam. "That's big talk for a small
boy!"
The sight of a passenger on the wharf put a stop to the
conversation, and the rivals once more found themselves
engaged in an exciting race. Bob had a decided advantage, having a much lighter boat, and two oars to
Sam's one, and he would have beaten him very easily,
had not one of the bully's friends sculled up and intercepted him.  This occasioned a delay-for Bob was
obliged to stop in order to avoid a collision-and by the
time he got started again, another of Sam's right-handmen had run alongside the wharf and secured the passenger.
This convinced the fisher-boy that his enemies were
not disposed to allow him "fair play," and being determined not to yield to them an inch, he pulled in his
oars and began to hoist his sail.
"Look out there now, Sam Barton!" said he, "I'm
comning after you."




THE FISHER-BOY S MOTTO.             89
"En!' ejaculated the bully. "What are you going
to do?"
" If you wait until I get this sail hoisted you'11 find
out!" was the reply.  "Clear the track, now, if you
do n't want to get hurt!  Jack Bennett, if you want
your scow sent to the bottom of the harbor, just run
athwart my hawse again!"
Sam needed no second warning. HIe comprehended
Bob's plan in an instant, and seeing that the sail began
to draw, and that the skiff's bow was slowly veering
round toward him, he caught up his oar and pulled
for the shelter of the pier as if his life depended upon
the issue.
"Run, run, fellers!" he exclaimed. "That ar Bobby
Jennings'11 sink the last one of you."
The ferry-boys, believing that they had at last succeeded in arousing an ugly customer, scattered in all
directions; and Bob, thinking it a capital opportunity
to show them that he was in earnest, and that it was
not his intention to allow himself to be imposed upon
any longer, started in hot pursuit of Sam, who was doa
ing his best to keep out of harm's way. Had the fisherboy succeeded in overtaking him, it is hard to tell what
he might have done in his excitement. He might have
allowed Sam to escape after frightening him thoroughly,
as he had done before, but fortunately his forbearance
was not put to the test. Fear infused new strength into
the bully's arms, and he succeeded in running under the
wharf, where the skiff could not follow him.
During the remainder of the afternoon Bob had that
part of the harbor all to himself.  Keeping his sail
hoisted, he moved swiftly about in all directions, pick



90               GO AHEAD; OR,
ing up a passenger here and there, and all the while
watching the movements of Sam Barton, who hardly
dared to stir from his place of refuge. He was not idle,
however, for, calling together some of his friends, he
tried to induce them to join him in an attack upon the
fisher-boy. They were all highly enraged, and there
was not one among them who would have been sorry
to see Bob and his new boat sunk out of sight in the
waters of the harbor; but none of them could muster
up courage enough to make an assault upon him.
The little skiff moved with a rapidity that threatened
instant destruction to any thing that came in her path,
and not wishing to have their boats sent to the bottom,
the ferry-boys all concluded that the safest plan was to
allow Bob a clear field. The latter did not fail to make
the most of his time. The neat appearance of his boat
brought him a goodly number of passengers, and when
he counted his money that night before going home, he
found that he had earned just sixty cents.
He was well satisfied with the Go Ahead No. 2.
"You're all a pack of cowards!" said Sam to his
companions, when he saw the fisher-boy fill away for
home, after taking the last passenger across the harbor.
"All cowards, every one of you! If you had obeyed
my orders, Bobby Jennings wouldn't now be settin' in
that new boat of his'n like he was lord an' master of
all of us. A good duckin' in the harbor would help
him powerful, an' he must have it."
Bob having taken his departure, Sam was no longer
obliged to remain under the pier. He came out, looking very crest-fallen, and joined his companions, who,
as they sculled slowly toward home, talked over the in



THE FISHER BOY'S MOTTO.            91
cidents of the afternoon, and debated upon the best plan
to punish the fisher-boy for what he had done.
Sam, almost too angry to speak, took no part in the
conversation. -His desire to " get even" with the fisherboy was now stronger than ever; for not only had the
latter, as he believed, made use of one of the twenty
dollar gold pieces to purchase his new boat, but he had
actually beaten the bully at his own game, and fully
demonstrated his ability to hold the harbor against the
combined attacks of Sam and all his friends. This did
not look much like driving him out of Fishertown; on
the contrary, it appeared that if Bob chose to push matters, he could hold every one of his enemies at bay.
"He would n't give me one of them gold pieces fur
my skiff," said Sam to himself. "He said he was too
honest for that, but he has paid'em to somebody else
fur that new boat of his'n, an' I wont stand no such
nonsense. I bet he'll be astonished when he gets up
to-morrow morning."
If Sam had decided upon any thing new, he said nothing about it just then. He kept behind his companions
all the way, and when he arrived at the beach he secured his yawl and went directly to his own home. As
soon as it grew dark, however, he began to bestir himself. He walked about among the cabins, and presently
collected four of his friends-the only ones among the
dozen boys in Fishertown who could be trusted in every
emergency-and after a few moments' whispered consultation, they again separated. For a quarter of an hour
Sam strolled about, stopping now and then to say a few
words to some of the ferry-boys he chanced to meet, until,'believing that his four followers had been allowed ample




92               GO AHEAD; OR,
time to obey his orders, he bent his steps toward the spot
where he had left his yawl. He was very cautious in
his movements-for he did not want every one about
Fishertown to know what was going on-and when he
reached his boat he stepped into it, quickly cast off the
painter, and shoved away from the beach.
"Are you all there, fellers?" he asked, in a whisper.
"Yes," replied a voice from under the thwarts. "All
here!"
Sam gave way on the oar, and in a few moments the
boat entered the harbor, and shaped its course toward
Mr. Newcombe's warehouse. Several vessels were lying
alongside the pier, but Sam ran by them without attracting the attention of any of the watch, and finally
the yawl disappeared among the spiles that supported
the wharf. Here it was as dark as midnight; but Sam,
who seemed to understand what he was about, pulled in
his oar, and by pushing against the spiles, worked his
way along until the boat reached the extreme end of the
wharf.
" Now then, Friday!" he whispered, "strike a light!"
The boy addressed crawled out from under the thwarts,
and presently the light of a small lantern flashed among
the spiles. They were now directly under the warehouse,
which was built, not upon the ground, but upon a pier
that projected out into the harbor. It was supported by
timbers which had been driven into the mud, and so
close together, that there was hardly room for the yawl
to go between them. The boat had been run alongside
of what appeared to be an abrupt bank, about four feet
high, and as soon as the lantern had been lighted, one
of the boys sprang ashore and made the painter fast to




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.           93
the timbers; while another removed a board which had
been placed close up under the pier, and revealed a narrow opening which seemed to run back under the street.
" How is it Jack?" asked Sam, in a whisper.
Jack took the lantern, thrust his head into the opening, and, after a hurried survey of the interior, replied:
"All right! Nobody's been here!"
"Jump ashore, then," continued Sam.  "Be lively,
fur we do n't want to keep this light out here much longer.
Somebody might be on the watch."
The crew of the yawl sprang out, and one by one
squeezed themselves through the opening; and Sam,
who was the last one to enter, pulled the board back to
its place.




94           -  GO AHEAD; OR,
CHAPTER IX.
CRUSOE AND HIS MErN.
LMtOST. every boy who is able to.ead at all
has read Robinson Crusoe, and probably nine
out of ten have been foolish enough to wish
\Y" 1  they had been in his place. Perhaps they
would not be willing to undergo the dangers of a shipwreck that they might be cast upon a desert island, for
it is by no means certain they would be so fortunate as
to escape, or that- the winds would be accommodating
enough to blow the wreck close in to the shore so that
they might visit her, and bring away such articles as they
needed to enable them to go to housekeeping. What we
mean to say is, that there are restless, discontented boys
in the world who are never satisfied, and who believe that
if they could only hit upon a plan to transport themselves
to some out-of-the-way part of the world, and could surround themselves with all the comforts Crusoe is said to
have possessed, they would be supremely happy. Some
boys content themselves with playing Robinson Crusoe.
A shed built in the back yard answers the purpose of
cave and tent, and there they spend hour after hour, living over Crusoe-life as it is related in the story. Imaginary foot-prints are discovered, a make-believe man Friday
is rescued from blood-thirsty cannibals, and numerous




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.             95
attacks of savages are repulsed with terrible slaughter.
Then come the finding of the Spaniard and Friday's
father, the release of the English captain, and the recovery of the vessel that is to take Robinson from the
island, and there the game ends; for, by the time all
these things are done, the. day is generally far spent,
and some of the young actors are obliged to return to
their homes. We do not suppose that any of these makebelieve hermits ever thought seriously of hunting up an
uninhabited island in the ocean and living Crusoe-life
in sober earnest! There was one boy, however, who was
bold enough to conceive of such an idea, and that was'Sam Barton. He had read the story, believed every
word of it, and was so well pleased with it that he decided to become a Crusoe himself.
If Sam possessed a single good trait, it was a love of
reading.  He never thought of investing any of his
money in books, but every piece of printed paper that
he picked up in the streets was read and re-read until
it was completely worn out. One morning, while passing by a store, he saw a book swept out upon the sidewalk. He never allowed a prize like that to slip through
his fingers, and pouncing upon it, he carried it off in
triumph. It proved to be a copy of Robinson Crusoe.
It had evidently received very rough usage, for it was
soiled and badly torn; but there was enough of it left
to make Sam thoroughly disgusted with the life of a
ferry-boy, and to put some very foolish notions into his
head. Considering the story as altogether too good to
be kept to himself, he took his four friends into his confidence, and, during the three weeks following, Robinson
Crusoe received the best part of their attention. When




96              GO AHEAD; OR,
the book was finished its hero was declared to be a "jolly
old feller," and Sam startled his companions by wondering if they could n't have a splendid time if they should
camp out on Block Island, and live as he had done!
This gave them something to think and talk about, and
the matter was discussed every time they could get together. They very speedily came to an understanding
on one point, and that was, that during the coming
summer, they would bid farewell to Newport and turn
Crusoes.  This being settled, the question then arose,
where should they go? Block Island would not answer
their purpose, because it was in a civilized country.
True, they had often seen goats there, but they belonged
to the farmers, who would not consent to have them
shot at or chased by dogs. There were grapes in abundance on the island, but they grew in gardens and vineyards, and were claimed by persons who would not permit the young Crusoes to gather them at pleasure, even
though they did want to cure them for raisins. There
were no savages in that region to visit the island with
their prisoners, and there would be but a poor prospect for
fights, unless it was with the farmers, or with their parents,
who would, no doubt, attempt to bring them home again.
This question troubled them for three or four days; and
then Sam, who was the acknowledged leader of the enterprise, proposed that they should put to sea in his yawl,
and "keep going," until they found a place that suited
them, a suggestion to which all the boys at once
agreed.
The next thing they talked about was their-supplies.
They might be fortunate enough to find the wreck of a
vessel somewhere, but, after all, the prospect was not




THE FISHER-BOY S MOTTO.            97
very flattering; so it was decided that every thing of
which they imagined they would stand in need should
be procured before leaving the village. They would require pieces of cable with which to build the wall in
front of their cave, canvas for their tent, an adze to cut
out boards, a crowbar with which to make their cave
larger after the tent was put up, a dog to chase the
goats, lead for bullets, and guns to shoot the bullets
after they were made; in short, every thing that Crusoe
possessed they were determined to have; and, in order
to be sure on this point, Sam, with infinite trouble, made
out a list of articles from the book.
No sooner was it settled to their satisfaction that their
plans could be carried out, than each boy began to exert
himself to procure his share of the provisions and equipment. A certain portion of the money they earned was
paid into the hands of Jack Bennett, the treasurer (who,
by the way, was once soundly whipped by Sam, because
he spent two cents of the public funds for pea-nuts), and
articles of every description that were found about the
streets and wharves, especially old horseshoes, and
scraps of copper, were speedily taken in charge by the
enthusiastic members of the Crusoe band. In a very
short space of time they had a large stock of useless
material on hand, and then they began to feel the want
of a suitable hiding-place for it. This proved to be
another source of trouble to them, until, one day, Jack
Bennett, while cruising about under Mr. Newcombe's
wharf, in the hope of finding something that would be
of value to him, conceived the idea of a cave. This
plan being hailed with delight by the others, work was
begun upon it that very night; and at the end of two
7




98                (t00 AHEAD; OR,
weeks, the cave was completed, and all the articles they
had gathered were conveyed to it for safe keeping. A
better hiding-place could not have been devised. It
was located under the street which ran in front of the
warehouse, and, when assembled there to hold their
secret meetings, the boys could hear the wagons rattling
over their heads. The entrance to their place of retreat
was, as we have said, under the wharf, where no one,
not even the ferry-boys, ever thought of going. Even in
the day-time it was very dark under there, but to make
" assurance doubly sure " the door had been concealed so
that there was little probability that it would ever be
discovered.
The interior of their hiding-place was finished off according to the description they had read of Crusoe's cave,
with props in the center to keep it from falling in upon
them, and shelves on the left hand side of the entrance,
upon which were stowed a variety of useful things.
Against the walls were arranged the heavier articles,
such as bits of cable, scraps of iron, lead, and copper,
pieces of canvas, a small grind-stone, a hatchet or two,
several pairs of oars, some carpenter's tools, and two or
three boxes containing wheat and rice, which were to
be planted as soon as they reached their island. Opposite the entrance, reposing upon a comfortable bed of
straw, was a ferocious looking bull-dog, which had come
to Sam in much the same way that Crusoe's dog came to
him; not from a wreck, of course, but from a schooner
which was discharging her cargo at Mr. Newcombe's
wharf. Sam had often seen and admired the animal,
and believing that he was just the dog they wanted to
hunt goats with, he had scraped an acquaintance with




TIE FISHER-BOY' S MOTTO.          99
him by throwing him pieces of bread and meat, wnen
none of the crew of the vessel happened to be looking
at him. In a short time he and the dog became excellent friends, and one day, by exhibiting a tempting piece
of beef, he induced the animal to jump overboard and
follow him under the wharf, were he was captured and
put into the cave, to remain until his master was ready
to start on his voyage.
Upon the walls, at the right hand of the entrance,
hung five single-barrel shot-guns, each of which had
cost the would-be Crusoes two dollars and a half. Below them hung their powder-horns, shot-bags and hunting knives. A flour barrel, turned bottom up, answered
the purpose of a table, and upon it, protected from the
damp and dirt by a piece of canvas, was the dilapidated copy of Robinson Crusoe, which was to Sam and
his friends what the chart. and compass are to the
mariner.
The members of the Crusoe band had chosen the
names of their favorite heroes; and when holding their
meetings in the cave, they dropped their true names,
and answered only to their assumed ones.  Sam, of
course, was Robinson Crusoe.  He was the leader of
the band while they remained on shore, and he was to
be the captain of the vessel during the voyage, and the
governor of the island when they found it. The names
of the others were Jack Spaniard, Friday, Will Atkins,
and Xury. (Sam did not know how to pronounce this
last name correctly. He always called it Exury.)
"Now, then," said the chief, pulling off his cap and
seating himself on a dry goods box beside the flour
barrel, "we're ready to begin business. Friday, put




100              GO AHEAD; OR,
that lantern on the table. Have any of you any thing
to offer?"
"Yes," replied Will Atkins, "I've got something we
had oughter take along. It's a watch."
"A watch! " repeated the chief. " It sha' n't go!"
"Hold on till you see it, governor!" said Atkins,
fumbling in his pockets, and finally producing a huge
brass time-piece, which ticked so loudly that it could
be heard by every one in the cave. "It's a thing a
feller can't get every day."
" I do n't care, I don't want to see it," replied Sam.
" Here's the thing we go by," he added, picking up the
list he had made out. "Read that, an' then read the
book, an' see if you can find any thing about a watch
in either of them. Crusoe didn't have no time-piece,
an' we ain't a goin' to have none, neither."
"I say he did have a watch " insisted Atkins.
"Do n't the book say that after he eat his dinner, he
lay down an' slept till two o'clock? How did he know
when to get up if, he didn't have a watch?"
"I do n't know nothin' about that! If he'd had a
watch the book would have said so."
" But what shall I do with this?  I give a sail an' a
pair of good oars fur it, an' the feller said he would n't
never trade back!"
"You can pitch it in the harbor, if you have a mind
to," said Sam. " It sha' n't go on this expedition so long
as I'm governor."
"I think this is a purty how-de-do," said Atkins.
"'If I can't have things my way sometimes I won't
go. I don't believe there ever was such a cove as
Robinson Crusoe, nohow."




THE FISHER-B Y'S MOTTO.           101
"Eh!" exclaimed Sam, in astonishment. "Do you
mean to say that Crusoe never lived on that island all
by himself fur so many years?  Who writ this yere
book, then?"
"Some feller made it up all out of his own head!"
said Atkins, boldly.
This declaration, according to the laws of the Crusoe
band, was treason, and it created an uproar in an instant. The boys all sprung to their feet, and Atkins,
seeing that he got himself into trouble, seized an oar
and backed into the farthest corner of the cave; while
the dog, thinking that something unusual was going on,
barked and whined furiously. It is very probable that
the traitor would have been severely handled, had not
the governor interfered in his behalf.
"Hold on there, men!" he exclaimed. "Jack Spaniard, you and Friday come back here an' set down.
Exury, kick that dog and make him hush up. Will At.
kins, put down that ar oar an' behave yourself, like a
man had oughter do!"
The traitor hesitated.
"Atkins, I say, you'd better drop that ar oar an'
come here an' set down," repeated the governor. "If
I take a hand in this muss, I'11 make you open your
eyes! "
The culprit evidently feared the chief more than all
the rest of the band, for, without further parley, he put
the oar back in its place and resumed his seat.
"Now, Will Atkins," continued the governor, "do n't
you never say agin what you said a minute ago-that
there never was no such feller as Robinson Crusoe-'cause I know there was. He writ this yere book him



102               GO AHEAD; OR,
self; a blind man could see that, an' I aint agoin' to
have no feller say he did n't. You've got the best name
of any of us! Will Atkins made them fellers in Robinson's island a heap of trouble, an' you're tryin' to do
the same thing by us. Now, I'm different from what
they were, an' I won't stand much nonsense. You can
just bear that in mind. As fur that ar ole watch of
your'n, if Crusoe had had one, I would n't say a word.
But the book don't say nothin' about it, an' so I know
he didn't have none. We aint agoin' to take nothin'
with us that he did n't have, so I say again, that the
watch sha' n't go. Shall it, fellers?"
Jack Spaniard, Friday, and Xury, being highly enraged at the traitor, sustained the chief in his decision,
and Atkins was compelled to swallow his disappointment
as best he could. Strange as it may appear, however,
this incident did not disturb the harmony of the meeting. Atkins was at first held in check by fear of the
governor; but when a pocketful of fish-hooks and lines
which he had offered to increase the general stock was
accepted, it had the effect of restoring him to his usual
spirits.
After this business had been transacted, the governor
entered upon a discussion of the subject which was just
then occupying the most of his thoughts. He began by
repeating what he had told his companions a hundred
times before-that Bobby Jennings was the meanest fellow he had seen for many a day, too mean to be permitted to live longer in Fishertown; that he had repeatedly refused to give him one of the twenty-dollar
gold pieces for his skiff, and had then gone off and paid
one, and perhaps both, of them for the Go Ahead No. 2;




THE FISHER BOY'S MOTTO.           103
and, finally, that he had shown a determination to do as
he pleased in the harbor, and that was something they
could not stand.
"He must have gone to bed by this time," continued
the governor; "so we'll jest slip up to his shantee an'
capture that fine craft of his'n. He can't live without
a boat, an' we'11 see where he'11 get another."
"What will we do with her?" asked Friday. "Burn
her?"
"0, no!" replied the chief; "that would be throwing
away money: we'11 bring her down here and hide her."
"That's dangerous," said Atkins.  "Bob'11 make a
powerful fuss when he finds out that his boat is gone;
an' if we should be diskivered"-. Atkins finished
the sentence by shrugging his shoulders, and shaking
his head significantly.
"We'd best burn her, or sink her in the bay," said
Jack Spaniard, "an' then nobody can't prove nothin'
agin us."
"That'll only be throwin' away money fur nothin',"
repeated the governor. "No one in the village knows
any thing about this yere cave, an' so they won't think
of lookin' here fur her. When the fuss has kinder died
out, we'11 paint the boat over, give her a new name, an'
sell her to somebody an' divide the profits. In that way,
we can raise a few dollars to help along the expedition,
you know."
This last remark decided the argument in Sam's favor. The members of the band all had the good of the
expedition at heart, and any thing that promised to advance its interests, no matter how much danger it might
bring to themselves, was heartily supported. They spent




1014             GO AHEAD; OR,
a few moments in talking over the details of their plan,
especially the course they ought to adopt to secure the
skiff without arousing any of the inmates of the fisherboy's cabin, and then, blowing out the light, they crawled
out of the cave, stepped into the yawl, and pulled for the
beach. The governor, being the best oarsman, again assumed the management of the boat, while the others, as
before, stretched themselves out under the thwarts. This
precaution was always adopted in going to and from the
cave, for they wisely reasoned that if five boys should be
seen making nightly visits to Mr. Newcombe's wharf, it
might attract attention, which would lead to an investigation, and the discovery of their hiding-place.
Under the chief's skillful guidance, the yawl passed
through the shipping and cleared the harbor in safety;
and, in accordance with the plans they had decided upon
before leaving the cave, Sam kept the boat headed out
to sea until the cabins on the beach were lost to view in
the darkness; then he turned, and pursued a course parallel with the shore for about a quarter of a mile, when
he again headed the yawl toward the village. By these
maneuvers, he hoped to reach the fisher-boy's wharf without-attracting the notice of any persons who might happen to be walking on the beach.
Long experience had made Sam a capital hand to manage expeditions of this kind, and, knowing that it was not
best to be in too great a hurry, he became more cautious
than ever in his movements. He kept the yawl moving
very slowly, and so silently that even the four- boys who
were crouching in the bow could not detect the slightest
splashing in the water. In half an hour they came within
sight of Bob's home, which was shrouded in total dark



THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.            105
ness. In front of the cabin they saw the Go Ahead No. 2
made fast to what the fisher-boy called his wharf, which
was nothing more nor less than a heavy stake driven into
the sand. A few more silent sweeps of the oar brought
them to the beach, and Sam turned the yawl around until the stems of both boats were so close together that
the boys could step from one to the other.
"Now, Jack Bennett," he whispered, "make fast to the
skiff.- Bill Stevens, jump ashore and cast off. Don't
make too much noise."
The boys addressed began to bestir themselves, and,
while Jack got out a rope with which to make fast to
their prize, Bill climbed over the stern of the yawl into
the skiff, and thence to the shore, where he discovered a
difficulty at once: one end of a heavy chain was made
fast to the skiff's bow by a staple, and the other was
wound around the stake and confined by a padlock.
"Sam," he whispered, "she's chained up tighter'n a
brick!"
"Pull up the stake, then," replied Sam.
Bill did his best to obey this order, but the fisher-boy
had put the stake there to stay, and he could not move
it an inch.
"Hurry up, there," whispered the chief, impatiently,
"an' be careful how you rattle that chain. If that ar
Bobby Jennings should hear us""Send more men ashore," interrupted Bill; "it's a little bigger job than I can do, all by myself."
The three boys who remained in the yawl were ordered
out to Bill's assistance; but, for a long time, the post resisted their efforts, and remained firmly fixed in its bed.
Firnally, however, by pulling it first one way, and then




106               GO AHEAD; OR,
another, and scraping away the sand, they succeeded in
loosening it, so that, by one united effort, they lifted it
out and placed it carefully in the skiff.
"All clear! " whispered Bill; and, in a moment more,
Crusoe and his men, with their prize, had disappeared in
the darkness.




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.          107
CHAPTER X.
ANOTHER FAILURE.
N spite of the late hours they had kept the
night before, Sam and his four friends made
their appearance in the harbor bright and
early. They were all in the best of spirits,
for they believed that at last they had succeeded in disposing of " that ar Bobby Jennings; " but still they could
not help casting frequent and anxious glances toward the
bay, as if they every moment expected to see the fisherboy sail into the harbor in a boat as far superior to the
Go Ahead No. 2 as she was better than the scow Sam had
sunk the day before. The bully knew that his rival had
a great many friends, and he was afraid that, after all, he
might be able to hold his own, in spite of all his efforts to
disable him. The fear of being punished for what they
had done did not trouble the members of the Crusoe band
in the least; they knew that their chief had managed the
affair so carefully that nothing could be proved against
them.
The hours wore slowly away, and finally those of the
ferry-boys who knew nothing of what had taken place
during the night began to make inquiries concerning the
fisher-boy, who was generally one of the first to make his
appearance in the harbor.  No one had seen him that




108              GO AHEAD; OR,
morning, and it seemed to be the general impression
that he was afraid to trust his fine boat among his rivals again-an idea that was confirmed by Sam and all
the members of his band.
"I've been a-lookin' an' waitin' fur him," said the
bully, "an' I'm mighty sorry he do n't come, fur I've got
a trick fixed fur him. I told him we had seed him here
jest often enough, an' may be he's goin' to quit ferryin'."
Sam would willingly have given every cent he expected
to earn that day to know what Bob thought about it, and
what he was going to do; and once he even thought seriously of making some excuse for calling upon him. But,
upon reflection, he came to the conclusion that his safest
plan was to keep away from his rival, and await the
issue of events with as much patience as he could command. He was not kept long in suspense, however, for
about ten o'clock he was given an opportunity to learn
all he wanted to know. He was on the point of starting
across the harbor with a load of passengers, when the
village constable, accompanied by the fisher-boy, suddenly appeared upon the wharf and ordered him to
stop.
" Gentlemen," said the officer, addressing the passengers, "you'11 have to go across in some other boat. I
want this ferry-boy."
Sam comprehended the situation in an instant; and
he was smart enough to know that every thing depended
upon the manner in which he behaved himself during
the next few minutes. He had all the while been satisfied that the fisher-boy would make a "powerful fuss,"
as soon as he discovered his loss, and Sam had so often
gone over the part he intended to perform, that he could




THE FISHER-BOY S MOTTO.          109
act it quite naturally. Upon hearing the words uttered
by the constable, he looked up with an expression of
astonishment and alarm that would have staggered almost any one;- and which went a long way toward convincing the officer that he had got hold of the wrong
man, and that he would be obliged to look further for
the culprit.
" Come ashore with that boat, Sam," said the constable. "I am in a great hurry!"
"Do you want me, Mr. Grimes?" asked the bully,
with well-feigned amazement. "What have I been a
doin'?"
"No nonsense, now, but come ashore with that boat,'
repeated the officer, sternly.
Sam did not carry matters too far, as a great many
guilty boys would have done, but without further parley, he brought his yawl alongside the wharf, and assisted his passengers to climb out. Then turning to one
of the ferry-boys, and requesting to keep an eye on his
Doat during his absence, he clambered upon the wharf
and stood before the constable. The latter looked him
squarely in the eye for a moment, as if trying to read
his very thoughts, and then said, slowly:
"You're a nice boy, aint you?"
" Now, why don't you tell me what I've been a doin'?"
asked Sam, never once flinching before the officer's steady
gaze. "I haint been a doin' nothin'!"
"You know better," said the constable, savagely.
"Where's that boat you stole from Bob Jennings last
night? What have you done with it?"
Upon hearing this question, Sam stepped back as suddenly as if the constable had aimed a blow at him, and,




110               GO AHEAD; OB,
opening his eyes and puffing out his cheeks, he stood
looking at the officer as if he could scarcely believe that
he had heard aright. Then he turned and looked at
Bob; and one short glance was sufficient to convince
him that his last night's work had ruined the fisher-boy
as completely as he could have desired. Bob's face was
very pale, and wore such a hopeless, despairing expression, that Sam could scarcely refrain from manifesting
his exultation.
"0, now, you needn't look so mightily astonished,"
said Mr. Grimes. "I know all about it."
"What have I done with it?" repeated Sam, as if he
just began to comprehend the officer's previous question. "Why, Bobby, has somebody stole your skiffthat nice little craft of your'n, that new one?"
"That's played out!" said the constable. "You're
acting pretty well, Sam, but you can't pull the wool
over my eyes.  I'm too old a hand at this business,
you know. If you won't tell me what you have done
with that boat, I'll take you before the'squire, and have
you put in jail."
"In jail!" echoed Sam, now beginning to be really
alarmed.
"Yes, sir, in jail, in the lock-up, and from there to
State's prison."
"Well, I can't help it," whined Sam, drawing down
the corners of his mouth, and rubbing his knuckles in
his eyes. " I do n't know nothing about that ar boat!
You do n't'spose I'd be mean enough to steal that nice
little craft of your'n, do you, Bobby?"
"Come along, then," said the officer, without giving
the fisher-boy time to reply.  "I'll see if the'squire




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.         1I1
can't find means to make you tell what we want to
know. You might as well own up at once, and save
trouble! You didn't see me watching you last night,
did you?"
" No I did n't," replied Sam; " an' I know you was n't
a watchin' me,'cause if you had been, you would n't
arrest me now. You would know that I was in bed."
The constable was trying to frighten Sam into making a confession, but he failed completely. On the way
to the'squire's office, the bully repeatedly protested his
innocence; assured the officer that Bob could not point
to a firmer friend in the village than he had always
shown himself to be, and he even had the impudence
to appeal to the fisher-boy to substantiate all he said.
But Bob declined to have any thing to say to him. He
was as firmly convinced of Sam's guilt as if he had seen
him take the skiff; and he did not believe that a boy
who could deliberately perform so mean an act ought
to be noticed by any respectable person.
Sam had been arrested by the advice of Mr. Graves,
to whom Bob had told his story as soon as he discovered his loss. The boat-builder, being alarmed for the
safety of his money, knowing, as he did, that Bob could
never raise the funds to pay off the note, unless he had
a boat to earn it with, had interested himself in the case,
and hired a lawyer to manage it for him.
The affair having become noised abroad by this time,
the court-room was crowded, and when Sam was brought
in by the constable, he had the satisfaction of seeing that
he had very few friends among the spectators. Nearly
every one had a kind word for the fisher-boy, while if
they took any notice at all of Sam, it was only to scowl




112              GO AHEAD; OR,
at him very savagely. Tom Newcombe was there, and
he was one of the first to offer consolation and encouragement.
"Don't look so down-hearted, Bob," he whispered.
"I can't help it," replied the fisher-boy, sorrowfully.
"I am utterly ruined! "
"Ruined!" repeated Tom, "I can't see it. Have
you forgotten the ten dollars we sent off yesterday?"
"No; but I am almost afraid it won't amount to any
thing."
" Nonsense!" exclaimed Tom. "Do you suppose that
if there was any chance for failure I would have invested
my money in it?  Let the skiff go. In a week you will
be able to buy a better one."
"Order in the court-room! " commanded the'squire,
and this put a stop to the conversation..Sam Barton seated himself on a table that stood in
one corner of the room, and settling into a comfortable
position, patiently waited to hear what the judge had to
say to him. A stranger would have thought him a spectator rather than a prisoner. The air of solemnity with
which every thing was conducted, and the look of sternness assumed by the'squire, did not trouble him in the
least. Upon being questioned, he declared himself innocent of the charge, and defied the constable, Bob Jennings, or any body else, to prove that he had ever laid a
hand upon the boat. Unfortunately for the fisher-boy,
and the cause of justice, this was the difficulty; for what
little evidence offered was all in Sam's favor. True, Bob
repeated all the threats the bully had made about driving him out of the harbor, and away from Fishertown, but
that did not prove that he had stolen the boat, for Sam's




THE FISHER-BOY S MOTTO.            113
father testified that his son was in bed and fast asleep
at eight o'clock. This convinced some of the spectators
that Sam was innocent; for the fisher-boy said that he
had seen the Go Ahead No. 2 lying safe at her wharf
at nine o'clock. The truth of the matter was, that as
late as eleven, Sam Barton was wide awake and full of
mischief, having never been near his bed that nights
But Mr. Barton did not know this, and he had told
only what he believed to be the truth. Sam slept in a
shed adjoining the house, and when he had any thing
unusual on hand for the night, he always made a great
show of going to bed; and then, when every thing was
quiet, he would slip out and join his companions.
The culprit was cross-questioned by the lawyers for
half an hour, but all to no purpose. He stoutly denied
all knowledge of the boat, and, besides, he could not
be made to contradict himself. Finally, after a long
consultation with the constable and Mr. Graves, the'squire dismissed him, telling him that he was satisfied,
and that he was sorry to have caused him so much
trouble.
"That's all mighty nice," said the bully, to himself,
when he reached the street.  "Mr. Grimes said I
couldn't pull the wool over his eyes, an' I guess he'll
find that he can't pull none over mine, neither. I'm
sharper'n they think fur. I'll jest keep watch of that
constable an' Bobby Jennings, fur I know what they're
up to as well as they do."
"I am sorry that we can't do any thing for you, Bob,"
said Mr. Graves, as soon as Sam had taken his departure.
"So am I," replied the fisher-boy; "but, after all, it
S




114               GO AHEAD; OR,
might have been worse.  I never allow a little thing
like this to discourage me, and I'11 soon show Sam Barton that it is not in his power to trouble me long!"
This remark was made in the presence of several
persons, who had lingered about the court-room to talk
the matter over, and there was not one among them
who did not believe that Bob was the spunkiest fellow
he had ever seen. The fisher-boy's vanity was flattered
by several remarks he happened to overhear; such as,
"You can't discourage him; He will make his mark in
the world one of these days!"  "Yes," said another,
" he is all grit. He will succeed in any thing he undertakes." Now, these men supposed that Bob was relying
upon himself; but, had they known any thing about
the lottery, and been aware of the fact that it was his
intention to wait for his twenty-five hundred dollars,
before he made a single effort to extricate himself from
his difficulties, they might not have been so lavish in
their praise.
During the next two weeks there were three boys in
the village who lived in a state of constant fear and
excitement. Bob Jennings was totally unfit for work;
indeed, he grew more and more indolent every day he
lived. He spent the most of his time in wandering about
the wharves, watching Sam Barton, and living over, in
imagination, the life he intended to lead as soon as his
fortune arrived. He was not half so much troubled by
the loss of his fine skiff as by the fear that something
would happen to destroy all his bright hopes. The letter, in which he had sent his money to those gentlemen
in Baltimore, might miscarry, or the whole thing might
turn out to be a humbug, and then what would become




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.          115
of him?  With a debt of twenty-six dollars hanging
over him, with not a cent in his purse with which to
supply his present necessities, and without a boat to
carry on his- business, what could he do? The fisherboy would become frightened when he took this view
of the situation, and then he would hunt up his friend
Tom Newcombe, to make inquiries concerning the expected letter, and to listen to his words of encouragement.
"Isn't it time that money was here?" he would ask.
"Yes; and I'm looking for a letter every day. But
don't be in a hurry. Those gentlemen are, no doubt, full
of business, and they will write to us just as soon as
they can find the time."
Bob always departed satisfied, and with renewed hopes
that in a day or two, at the very farthest, his bright
dreams would all be realized.
Sam Barton was also in a fever of excitement. He
was not ignorant of the fact that every move he made,
both night and day, was closely watched by his rival,
and it kept him in constant fear. Of course he was
obliged to give the cave a wide berth; but every night
one of the members of the band visited their hidingplace, with provisions for the dog, and to stow away any
new articles that were collected during the day. Their
outfit was now complete, and some of the boys thought
it high time they were beginning their cruise; but how
should they elude the vigilance of Bob Jennings? This
question was discussed by the band every day for two
weeks, without reaching any satisfactory conclusion.
Tom Newcombe was another very uneasy boy. He
spent a small portion of his time in attending to his




116               GO AHEAD; OR,
business, and wasted many an hour in running to the
post-office to make inquiries concerning the letter that
was to bring him a check for five thousand dollars. But
the postmaster's invariable answer was"Nothing for you yet!"
"0, now, there ought to be," Tom would say. "Please
look again."
"Your father's box is empty," the postmaster would
reply. "If you are really in want of a letter, and can
not possibly do without it, I'11 write you one myself."
Whenever the postmaster said this, Tom would leave
the office in a terrible rage. In fact, he was very cross at
all times; and, if every thing did not work to his entire
satisfaction, he would storm and scold at a great rate.
From the post-office he would go to the ship-yard and
look at his yacht. A strong force of men were at work
upon her, and under their skillful hands Tom saw the
little vessel grow into shape, until, at last, he found before him what he considered to be the very perfection
of marine architecture. He soon found that he was not
the only one who admired her, for the report having
been circulated through the village that Mr. Graves
was building the most magnificent little vessel that had
ever been seen about Newport, crowds of boys visited
the ship-yard to satisfy themselves of the truth of the
story.  Johnny Harding, especially, spent an hour or
two there every day, watching the progress of the work,
and trying in vain to ascertain who was to be the happy
owner of the yacht; but Mr. Graves never said any thing
on this point, for Tom thought it best to keep the affair
very quiet; and Johnny, to his great disappointment,
could learn nothing positive. He had his suspicions'




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.           117
however, and, under the circumstances, that was not to
be wondered at.  Every time he visited the yard, he
saw Tom strutting about, examining every thing with a
critical eye, and the very dignified manner in which he
treated all his attempts to enter into conversation with
him convinced Johnny that there was "something up."
More than that, Tom could not help hinting, very mysteriously that those of his acquaintances who had deserted him so shamefully would soon have occasion to
repent of what they had done; and Johnny would have
been dull indeed, if he had not been able to understand
that something unusual was going on.
The nearer the yacht approached completion, the
more impatient Tom became to receive some tidings
from the gentlemen in Baltimore. Every mail that arrived found him at the post-office, from which he always
came away disappointed. He was becoming desperate.
In a few more days the Storm King would be ready for
her trial trip, and then Mr. Graves would want his
money. If he did not have it ready for him-But Tom
would not allow himself to look upon the dark side of
the picture, or to think of what would be the consequences
if his prize did not arrive in time to enable him to keep
the promise he had made to the boat-builder. With
his usual obstinacy, he clung to the belief that he had
found the road to fortune, and that the "something,"
which he had waited for so long had at last " turned
up."
"I am afraid we are in a bad scrape! " said the fisherboy to him, one day. " I do n't believe those men are
honest. Your father does n't generally allow business
letters to go unanswered for two or three weeks, does he?"




118              GO AHEAD; OR,
"Well, no!" replied Tom. "But, then, you see his
business is not so extensive as that of the men in Baltib
more. Just think what an army of agents they must
have; and how many letters they must receive every
day!I'II drop them a line, requesting them to hurry up.'
Tom went to work at once, and that same evening a
long letter was dispatched to the proprietors of the
lottery, containing the information that Tom had sent
them ten dollars for the lucky package of tickets that
was to draw a prize of five thousand dollars over and
above all expenses, and that he would be greatly obliged
to them if they would send on the money at once. He
further informed them that they were losing a great deal
of business by their delay; but that was something he
could not help, for he could not begin to act as their
agent until he should be able to show the prize.
This letter was sent off on Saturday. On the Monday
following, Mr. Graves came to the office, when-Tom, for
a wonder, happened to be at work, and beckoned him
out.
"The Storm King will be ready for sea one week
from to-day," said he, "and I would like to know if
you intend to invite any of your friends to accompany
you on the trial trip; if you do, I'll see that the provisions are supplied for the occasion."
"0, no," replied Tom, quickly. "I have my reasons
for wishing to keep the whole thing a secret for a few
days longer."
"I didn't know but your father might want to see
the beat before he buys her," began Mr. Graves.
"0; now, never mind my father," drawled Tom
"le's got nothing to do with it! I am bossing this job




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.           119
myselfI When the yacht is ready for sea, you can man
her with a crew of your own, and I'11 go with you to
see how she behaves. If she suits me, I'11 pay you for
her and take charge of her at once."
"0, I know you will be pleased with her," said the
boat-builder. "She is the finest little craft about the
village, if I do say it myself."
Mr. Graves went back to his ship-yard, and Tom slowly
and thoughtfully returned to the office. He was a good
deal annoyed to learn that his father had watched him
very closely while he was talking to the boat-builder.
He looked at Tom curiously as he came in, and said:
"You and Mr. Graves are getting to be great friends
lately. What is going on?"
"0, nothing particular!" drawled Tom, in reply. "I
was talking to him about a boat."
"I think you have had enough to do with boats," said
the merchant. " It is time you were turning a little of
your attention to something more profitable, if you ever
intend to be any body in the world."
"., yes, that's always the way! " muttered Tom, as
he seated himself at his desk. "I always was the most
unlucky boy in the whole world. Every thing I do is
foolish and unprofitable. But just wait until the Storm
King is paid for, and I'11 show father that some folks
can make money as well as others."
Four days more passed, and Tom's nervousness increased to such a degree that it began to attract the attention of Mr. Newcombe, who wondered if the confinement of the office was not injuring his son's health.
Bob Jennings was in much the same predicament; and
fn Friday evening he came to Tom with a very long




120              GO AHEAD; OR,
face, and told him that the last cent of his ten dollars
had been used to feed the family, and that if the prize
did not arrive that night he would be utterly ruined;
no provisions on hand, and no boat with which to earn
money to buy any.
" Now, do n't talk about being ruined," said Tom, impatiently. "You're always croaking, and I can't see
the use of it. We'll get a letter this very night. It
must come; because when those gentlemen in Baltimore
find out that they are losing business every day by neglecting us, they will begin to bestir themselves."
Four o'clock, the hour at which the evening mail arrived, found them at the post-office; and to their intense delight the postmaster handed out the long expected
letter. Tom knew it was the one he wanted, for he could
see that it had been mailed at Baltimore. He could not
speak, for his heart was too full for utterance; but he
gave Bob a knowing wink, and started for the wharf
on a keen run. As he was passing by the ship-yard, he
ran against Mr. Graves.
"H ow's the yacht?" asked Tom.
"Finished from main truck to kelson," was the reply.
"I am two days ahead of time. You can go to sea in
her to-morrow if you wish."' All right!" answered Tom. "You may expect me
at nine o'clock. I've got your money in my pocket."
Tom being in a great hurry to read his letter, left
Mr. Graves very unceremoniously, and kept on to the
wharf, followed by the fisher-boy, who now looked more
like the Bob Jennings of old than he had done for
many a day.
Tom never once slackened his pace until he reached




THE FISHER-BOY' MOTTO.                121
an unfrequented part of the wharf, where he sat down
and pulled the letter out of his pocket.
"What did I tell you, Bob?" he asked, in a husky
whisper, for he was so excited that he could scarcely
speak plainly.  "Here's our fortune at last.  You are
not sorry now that you risked your five dollars, are
you?"
"Of course not," replied Bob, in the same excited
whisper.  "I'm glad of it."
"It takes me to get up schemes, do n't it?" continued
Tom.  "Now, there is n't another boy in Newport who
would have thought of this."
" Open the letter," interrupted Bob; "1 am in a great
hurry to see that money! "
"0, you open it," replied Tom, handing the letter to
the fisher-boy, and throwing himself at full lengthon the
wharf. " I can enjoy it so much better if you read it."
Bob-tore open the envelope, and took out the letter,
expecting, of course, that the first thing that met his
eye would be the check for five thousand dollars. But
to his astonishment, no such document appeared. A few
words were scrawled upon half a sheet of soiled note
paper, and Bob read them aloud, as follows:
We have made every effort to ascertain the whereabouts of
your letter containing the ten dollars, but without success. We
are sorry to say that it has, no doubt, miscarried.
Send on ten dollars more for the lucky package.
Tom started up and looked at Bob without speaking.




122               GO AHEAD; OR,
CHAPTER XI.
TOM'S NEW YACHT.
AD a thunderbolt fallen upon the wharf and
burst at their very feet, Tom could not have
been more astonished than he was when these
words fell upon his ear. A great lump seemed
to be rising up in his throat, his eyes were blinded with
tears he could not choke back, and it was only after a
desperate effort that he recovered the use of his tongue.
" 0, now, Bob, you haven't read that letter right," he
almost gasped.
"Yes, I have!" replied the fisher-boy, whose amazement and consternation were fully equal to Tom's. "I
read every word of it just as it is written. Here's the
letter; read it yourself!"
"0, now, I won't do it! " drawled Tom, who, suddenly
losing all his self-control, and forgetting, in his excitement, that people were constantly passing up and down
the wharf in plain view, threw himself spitefully down
upon the boards and cried aloud.
"I always was the most unlucky boy in the whole
world!" he sobbed, "and something is always happening to bother me. I never can do any thing like other
fellows. I knew all the time just how it would turn
out!"




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.           123
"You did!" exclaimed Bob.  "Then why did you
arge me to spend my money so foolishly?"
" 0, now, I do n't know!" Tom almost yelled. " I'l1
jump in the harbor!"
"Do n't talk so loud," said the fisher-boy, who, although quite as much affected as Tom, succeeded in controlling himself. "There are some men looking at us."
"I do n't care!" replied Tom, recklessly. "It will be
all over the village by this time to-morrow. I've been
the biggest kind of a dunce! "
"So have I, in more ways than one. I'm  ruined
now, and I have a good mind to jump into the harbor
myself. Here's your letter!"
"0, I do n't want to see it! Take it away! Throw it
overboard! Tear it up!" cried Tom, his tears bursting
out afresh. "I wish I had ten dollars more, to send
on for that lucky package."
" It would only be money wasted," said Bob. "The
whole thing is a humbug! "
"I know better," shouted Tom. "You'11 never be a
rich man so long as you allow your doubts to stand in
your way. What will all the fellows say when they find
out that I ordered that splendid little yacht, and then
could n't pay for her?"
Tom cried harder than ever as he asked this question,
which excited a serious train of reflections in the mind
of the fisher-boy. What would his mother say to him
when she learned that he had squandered five dollars
of his money, and told her a falsehood besides?
" 0, get away from me, now, Bob Jennings! " roared
Tom, whose disappointment seemed to have turned his
brain. "I do n't want you or any body else near me."




124               GO AHEAD; OR,
"Good by!" said the fisher-boy. "If you are going
to keep up that howling you had better get away from
here yourself. You'll raise the town in five minutes
more! "
As Bob spoke he gave one more glance at the letter
which, from the very pinnacle of hope and joy, had
plunged them  into the lowest depths of despair, and.
then walked slowly away.
Neither of these two boys was in an enviable position
just then; but bad as was Tom's condition, the fisherboy's was infinitely worse. Deeply in debt, his boat and
money gone, the family entirely destitute of provisions,
it was no wonder that Bob thought his lot in life a hard
one, and that he should feel utterly discouraged.  It
seemed to him that the last three weeks of his life had
been a dream. It had certainly been a pleasant one,
for he had lived in a little world of his own creation,
and had been free from all cares and troubles. The
loss of his fine skiff-a misfortune which, had he been
in his sober senses, would have alarmed him-he had
regarded as something scarcely worth thinking about.
He had been so fully occupied in contemplating the
bright future which his imagination had pictured for
him, that matters to which he should have given his
immediate attention were deemed unworthy of notice.
But just when he imagined himself on the eve of seeing
all his glorious anticipations realized, he had been suddenly and rudely awakened, only to find himself still a
fisher-boy, and, what was worse, the poorest one in the
village. He had good reason for feeling down-hearted.
The failure of Tom's splendid scheme was a serious matter for him, and it was a long time before he could re



THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.           125
cover from the shock which the reading of the letter
had given him.'For two or three hours he walked listlessly about, scarcely knowing where he was, or what he
was doing, and it was not until it began to grow dark,
and the wharves were deserted, that he was able to
muster up courage enough to think the matter over
calmly.
His disappointment, although he thought it a very
severe blow, was just what he needed. It did away with
his delusion and his ideas about acquiring riches without
labor, destroyed every one of the foolish notions Tom
had put into his head, and, from that hour, Bob Jennings was himself again. He knew that, before he made
any attempt to get out of his difficulties, he ought to
try to make some amends for what he had done. He
knew, also, right where he ought to begin; and, better
than all, he had the moral courage to do what he believed to be right in the matter. He went honie at a
more rapid pace than he had exhibited for many a day,
and found his mother engaged in sewing by the light
of a solitary candle.
While Bob had been idling away his time, and waiting for fortune to come to him, she had worked early
and late to earn the money to buy the food he ate. She
had used very sparingly of his little fortune, never spending a cent of it unless it was absolutely necessary, while
he had, at one time, deliberately thrown away five dollars
of it; or, what was the same thing, given it to support a
couple of professional swindlers in their idleness.
The fisher-boy did not waste time in thinking how he
ought to begin the conversation, for a single glance at
his mother's pale, patient face made the load on his con



126               GO AHEAD; OR,
science heavier than ever, and he was anxious to get rid
of it as soon as possble. With tears of genuine repentance, and repeated promises of amendment, Bob told the
story of his mistake, and of the deception of which he
had been guilty. He did not try to defend himself by
making excuses, but was manly enough to make a clean
breast of the whole matter; he freely confessed his fault,
and begged her forgiveness. Then he felt a great deal
better; and, for the first time in three weeks, he was able
to look his mother in the face. During those weeks of inactivity she had had no word of fault to find with Bob, and
she had none now; but she had some good advice to give
him, and the fisher-boy, having been thoroughly convinced by his recent experience that his mother's knowledge of the world was superior to his own, listened attentively to every word of it, and mentally resolved that
he would never take a step in any direction without first
asking her permission and advice.
It was midnight before the conversation ceased, and
Bob, who did not feel at all sleepy just then, took a
sharp-pointed case-knife from the cupboard and went
out. He walked around behind the house, and by the
light of the moon, which was shining brightly, read over
his motto. "I'11 never forget it again," said he. "If
I had only been wise enough to keep it in mind, I never
would have been in this miserable scrape."
Having given utterance to this opinion, Bob went to
work with his knife, and at the end of an hour, another
motto had been cut in the boards under the first. He
then went to bed, well satisfied with what he had done,
and believing that he had taken the first step toward extricating himself from his difficulties. The next morn'




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.          127
ing he was up with the sun, and, slouldering a saw-horse,
he set out for Mr. Henry's store.
" Have you hired a man to saw that wood? " he asked
of the grocer.
"No," was the reply, and it sent a thrill of gladness
through the heart of the fisher-boy. "If you want the
job, I'11 give you seventy-five cents a cord for sawing
and splitting it."
Bob accepted the offer, and in five minutes more, he
had begun the work of retrieving his fortune.
Meanwhile Tom Newcombe was stepping gayly about
the office, performing his duties with more than usual
alacrity; and one, to have seen him, would have little
imagined that he had passed the most miserable night
of his existence. He had never ence closed his eyes in
sleep; for, while he tossed uneasily about on his bed,
he kept his brain busy trying to study up some plan to
get himself out of his troubles. He could not bear the
thought of giving up that splendid little vessel, after she
nad been built according to his orders, and he had so
faithfully promised to be on hand with the money as
soon as she was completed. He had so confidently expected to own and sail her himself, that he was sure
that it would be a death-blow to him if he should see
her pass into the possession of any one else. He knew
that the matter could not be kept a secret much longer,
for when Mr. Graves found out that he had no money to
pay for the yacht, he would very likely take the trouble
to call upon Mr. Newcombe. That would be'a calamity
indeed; for Tom knew that if the facts of the case came
to his father's ears, he might bid good-by to all hopes of
ever owning the vessel. He had believed that his twenty



128               GO AHEAD; OR,
five hundred dollars would come to hand so that he could
settle with the boat-builder before his father should hear
of what was going on; and, possession being nine points
of law, he hoped that the merchant would raise no objection to his keeping the Storm King.  But he had
been disappointed in receiving the prize, and now he
was trying to decide upon some plan to raise the four
hundred dollars, or, at least, to secure possession of the
vessel. This was, by far, the most difficult task he had
yet undertaken; and for a long time it proved to be more
than he could manage. But Tom was fruitful in expedients, and about midnight he suddenly sprung up in
his bed and clapped his hands for joy. He had at last
discovered a way out of his difficulties.
"That's it! " said Tom to himself, after he had thought
the matter over. "I'll have that yacht yet! It takes
just me to get up schemes. I'm all right, and now I'll
go to sleep."
But that was easier said than done. He was intensely
excited over his new project, and it kept him as wideawake as his trouble had done before. Contrary to his
usual custom he answered the breakfast bell promptly,
and, in spite of the sleepless night he had passed, appeared at the table as bright as a lark. After eating
a very light breakfast, he went down to the office, where
he performed his duties in a very short space of time.
Then he-caught up his cap and ran out upon the wharf,
where he found the fisher-boy at work at his wood-pile.
"You're just the very man'I am looking for!" said
Tom. " Quit that job and come with me! "
"What's up now?" asked Bob. "You seem to be in
good spirits this morning!"




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.          129
"I should say I was!" replied Tom, snapping his
fingers, and stepping gayly about the wharf; "and why
should n't I be? We are all right now!"
"Are we?" exclaimed Bob, eagerly. " Has our money
come, after all?"
"No, not yet! I'm  going to send for it again in a
week or two. But I own the Storm King, Bob! That's
one settled fact!"
"You do! Have you raised the four hundred dollars?"
"That's my business! I've got her; she belongs to
me, individually; and now I want to hire a crew. Will
you ship as first mate?"
" I think not! " said the fisher-boy, shaking his head,
doubtfully.
"What's the reason? I'11 give you a dollar a day,
and I know that's more than you can make by sawing
wood."
"Has your father bought-"
"O, now, never mind talking about my father!"
drawled Tom, impatiently. "It is enough for you to
know that the yacht is mine, and that I am able to hire
you. Will you go?"
"No; I think I had better stay ashore!" said the
fisher-boy. "You're a regular Jonah, Tom, and, to tell
the truth, I am afraid of you. I wonder that they did n't
have to throw you overboard from the Savannali when
you made your voyage to Callao."
"0, now, look here, Bob Jennings!" whined Tom,
"I want you to quit calling me a Jonah! If you are
afraid to ship with me, I can find some one else. I
have tried to help you along in the world, but I'11 never
make you another offer as long as I live."
9




130               GO AHEAD; OR,
So saying, he turned angrily on his heel and left the
fisher-boy, who again turned his attention to tis woodpile. Tom bent his steps toward Mr. Graves's shipyard, and the first thing he saw, as he entered the gate,
was the Storm King, riding proudly at her moorings in
the harbor, with her sails hoisted, all ready for the start.
Three or four men, who comprised the crew that was to
manage her during the trial trip, were lounging about
the decks, and Mr. Graves stood on the beach talking
to a crowd of eager, excited boys, who were examining
the yacht with critical eyes, and begging the boat-builder
to reveal to them the name of the owner. Although Tom
could not hear what was said, he had no difficulty in guessing the subject of the conversation, and his heart swelled
high within him when he thought what a commotion
would be occasioned in that crowd of boys, when it became known that he was the captain and owner. Drawing himself up to his full height, throwing back his shoulders, and assuming what he considered to be a very commanding air, he walked leisurely down to the beach.
The boys, seeing him approach, made way for him, and
Mr. Graves called out:
" Good morning, captain! We are all ready, as you
see."
Since the vessel was completed and ready for sea,
the boat-builder thought there was no further necessity
for keeping the affair a secret. If Tom wanted to create
a sensation what better chance could he have?
"Captain! " chorused all the boys, crowding up around
Tom. " Do you own that beautiful yacht, Newcombe? 
"I do!" was the very dignified reply.
"Well, you're a lucky fellow," exclaimed one.




THE FISHER-BOY'S IMOTTO..11
"You've got the best father in the world!" said
another.
"Are you ready, captain?" asked Mr. Graves, stepping into a skiff and picking up the oars. "If you are,
we'll go aboard!"
" Are you going to sea, Newcombe?" eagerly inquired
a dozen boys. " Let us go with you!"
Tom's time for revenge had come at last. There were,
perhaps, thirty or forty boys present, a good portion of
whom had belonged to the Night-hawks, and the remainder were "Spooneys," with whom he never associated. He had several times run his eye over the group,
but he could not discover a single friend in it. Every
one of the boys, at some time or other, had failed to
treat him with the respect due the son of the wealthiest
man in the village, and now Tom had an opportunity to
show them that he had not forgotten it. Without taking the trouble to reply to their request, he jumped into
the skiff, turned his back to the boys, and said:
"Shove off, Mr. Graves!"
The boat-builder pushed off from the beach, and Tom,
whose whole soul was wrapped up in his beautiful craft,
did not even condescend to cast a parting glance toward
the crowd of boys behind him.
A few strokes of the oars brought the skiff alongside
the Storm King, and the men who were lounging about
the decks; arose to their feet and saluted Tom as he clambered over the side.
" Here she is! " exclaimed Mr. Graves, who had followed close behind Tom.  "Now, will you take command "
"No, I believe not," replied the boy, stroking his chin




132              GO AHEAD; OR,
and gazing about him with the air of one who considered himself a judge of a good boat. " She does n't belong to me yet, so you may just consider me a visitor."
"All right," replied the boat-builder.  "I thought,
perhaps you would be impatient to get control of her.
When I was a boy of your age, I never allowed a chance
to play captain pass unimproved."
"Perhaps you were not as reckless as I am," said
Tom, who could think of no other excuse to make for
not wishing to take charge of the little vessel. "I am
a great hand to carry sails, and I might lose this mast
overboard!"
"Well, I'11 be captain then," said Mr. Graves. "All
hands stand by to get ship under-way."
As the sails were all spread, the work of getting underway was very speedily accomplished. One of the crew
took his place at the wheel, another cast off the line
with which she was made fast, and in half a minute's
time the Storm King was moving down the harbor.
One thing that not a little astonished Tom was, the
perfect cloud of canvas he saw above him.  He had
told Mr. Graves that he wanted his yacht to have all
the sail she could carry; and, according to Tom's idea,
she was supplied with a great deal more than could be
spread with safety even in the lightest breeze. But Mr.
Graves thought differently. He had hoisted every inch
of the canvas, and Tom's amazement increased when he
witnessed the exhibition of speed the little vessel made.
Hte was not the only one who was astonished, for the
yacht very soon began to attract the attention of the
people on both sides of the harbor, who shouted and
waved their hats as she dashed by. Tom kept watch




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.            133
for the fisher-boy, and presently discovered him standing upon the top of his wood-pile, where he had climbed
to obtain a better view of the boat. Tom knew he was
astonished, and he wished that he could have been near
enough to hear what he had to say about it; but when
Bob waved his hat to him, he turned and walked over
to the other side of the vessel. He could not forget that
the fisher-boy had called him a Jonah.
In a very few minutes the yacht cleared the harbor
and entered the bay. There she felt the full force of
the wind, which was blowing briskly, and, like an unruly horse which takes the bits in his teeth and runs
away, the Storm King seemed determined to escape
from the control of her crew, or, failing in that, to
sweep them from her deck by running entirely under
the water. In fact, she went at such a rate that Tom
began to be alarmed, and nervously asked Mr. Graves
if he had n't better shorten sail.
"No, indeed!" was the reply. "This is delightful.
Besides, she is a new craft, and I want to find out what
she can do. I should think an old sailor like you would
enjoy it."
"O, I do!" answered Tom, clinging to the rail for
support; "but she might carry away her mast, or something, you know!"
" I'11 risk that! Every thing about her was made at
my ship-yard, and I know it is first-class."
Tom tried hard to bring himself to believe that there
was no danger, but the sloop careened so wildly, and
threw the spray about so recklessly, that it terrified him,
and, to save his life, he could not conceal the fact.
In order to thoroughly test the qualities of the yacht,




134              GO AHEAD; OR,
Mr. Graves put her through a variety of evolutions, he
sailed before the wind, beat up against, and finally declared that he could make her run square into the wind's
eye. She behaved splendidly in every instance; and
Tom was seaman enough to know that she was a prize,
and that the happy owner of her would be envied by
every boy in the village. Her sailing qualities, however, were not her only attractions, as Tom discovered
when Mr. Graves conducted him down the companionladder into the cabin. He was more amazed then ever
at the scene presented to his view; and, indeed, that
was not to be wondered at, for the little cabin was fitted
up like a palace. The bulkheads were finished off with
black walnut, the floor was carpeted, and the furniture
was as fine as any in Mr. Newcombe's parlors. There
were two small windows in the stern, and under them
was a sofa where the captain might lie down and take
his after-dinner nap. At the head of the sofa was a desk,
which Tom found to be supplied with writing materials
of every description, and on a small table, that stood in
the middle of the cabin, were one or two charts (which
would have been of no possible use to Tom), a spy-glass,
and several books and papers. On each side of the
cabin a door opened into the cosiest little state-rooms
that Tom had ever seen. They were both of the same
size, nicely furnished, and supplied with beds, washstands, and looking-glasses.
After Tom had examined every thing in them to his
satisfaction, Mr. Graves conducted him through a door
that led from the cabin into the hold. It was dry and
airy, and large enough to contain all the merchandise
that Tom was likely to put into it. From the hold




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.          135
they went into the galley, which was furnished with a
small stove, and with all the pots, pans, and kettles,
that any cook could possibly find use for. Tom was
delighted with every thing he saw, but, after all, he did
not look much like a boy who expected soon to be the
owner of the finest little yacht about the village. Indeed, he was by no means certain that she would ever
belong to him; for, while Mr. Graves was conducting
him about the vessel, and explaining every thing to him,
he kept saying to himself:
" 0, now, I wonder if I shall ever be captain of this
boat I What shall I do if my new plan fails?"




136               GO oAHEAD; OR,
CHAPTER  XII.
TOM LOSES A DINNER.
OM, of course, did not believe that his plan for
obtaining possession of the yacht would prove
unsuccessful, but still he felt rather anxious
about it, for the failure of his lottery scheme
had made him timid. Mr. Graves noticed that there
was something wrong with him, and as they ascended
to the deck he inquired:
"What's the matter with you? If I was in your place,
and knew that I was soon to be the owner of this fine
little vessel, I'd be livelier than you are! Are you seasick?"
Tom thought this as good an opportunity as he should
have to try his new plan; so he summoned all his courage to his aid, and replied:
"0, no! It is something worse than that!"
"Worse than sea-sickness!" repeated Mr. Graves.
"Then it must be something bad. You have nothing
to trouble you!"
"0, now, yes I have!" drawled Tom. "I've seen
more trouble than any other boy in the whole world!"
The boat-builder looked at Tom a moment, to see if
he was really in earnest, and then burst into a lovud
laugh. "Why, what have you to worry about9"  




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.            137
asked. "You have no hard work to do, like many boys
of your age in the village; you have a rich father who
gives you every thing you want; you live in a fine
house; you own the prettiest little pony in the country,
and, besides, you are master of a vessel that can't be
beaten by any thing of her size in America. I think
your lot in life a very pleasant one."
"I have my disappointments as well as other people,"
said Tom, leading Mr. Graves out of ear-shot of the man
at the wheel. "You know I told you last night that I
had your money in my pocket  "
"Yes, I recollect!" said the boat-builder.
"Well, I was mistaken!" said Tom, in a low voice,
turning away his head to hide the tears that started to
his eyes.
" You were mistaken! " repeated Mr. Graves, who little
imagined what Tom was trying to get at.
"Yes, I haven't got a red cent."
"Why, is that the cause of your trouble?" asked the
boat-builder, with another laugh. " That is very easily
got over. Go to your father and ask him for seventyfive cents, or a dollar, and, if he thinks you need it, I
know you'll get it."
" 0, now, I want more than that! " drawled Tom. " A
dollar would be of no use to me! "
"But what has all this got to do with the Storm
King?" asked Mr. Graves.
"It's got a great deal to do with it. I can't own the
sloop till I pay for her, can I?"
"Of course not!"
"Well, how can I pay for her without money? I am
dead broke! "




138               GO AHEAD; OR,
Mr. Graves threw back his head, looked up at the
cross-trees, and laughed louder than ever. "That's a
good one! " said he. "Your father, a man who owns
three-fourths of all the vessels that sail from this port,
is out of money! Who ever heard of such a thing!"
" 0, now, who said any thing about my father? " drawled
Tom. "I was talking about myself! I did n't mention
his name!"
" I can't see the point! " said the boat-builder, who
had all the while been under the impression that Toln
had ordered the Storm King with his father's permission, and that when she was completed the merchant
would be the one to settle the bill. "I don't know what
you mean!"
" I mean just what I say! " replied Tom, beginning
to believe that Mr. Graves was very dull of comprehension. "I mean that I have no money to pay for the
yacht now; but, if you will let me have her, I'1 settle
with you in two or three weeks. I'll give you my note:
to that effect."
"0, that's the trouble, is it?" said Mr. Graves, who
appeared to be highly amused. "Do n't let it bother:
you any longer. I can wait!"
Tom could scarcely believe his ears. He sprang down
from the rail where he had been sitting, and seizing Mr.
Graves by both hands he danced about over the deck
like one demented.
"You are the best man I ever saw," said he, as soon
as he could speak. "I'11 never forget your kindness, and
I hope that I shall some day be able to repay it! Jus't
think of it! I am master of this magnificent vessel! If
you have no objections, I'11 take command of her now I'




THE FISHER BOY'S MOTTO.            139
" All right! " exclaimed Mr. Graves, who appeared to
be quite as much excited as Tom himself. "You be
captain, and I'11 be first-mate."
"Very well  " said Tom, thrusting his hands into his
pockets, and taking a few turns across the deck. " Mr.
Graves, we will extend our cruise around Block Island.
Shake out that gaff-topsail, and hoist the flying-jib, if
you please."
"Ay, ay, sir!" replied the first-mate.  "And then,
with your permission, I will order dinner.  I am
hungry."
Mr. Graves, having tested the sloop to his satisfaction,
had shaped her course toward the village; and, as the
breeze was freshening, had ordered some of the sails
taken in. But, upon receiving Tom's instructions, he
put the vessel about, the flying-jib and gaff-topsail were
giyen to the wind, and the Storm King began her cruise
around the island. Then he returned to Tom, who was
pacing up and, down the deck, to report that his orders
had been obeyed, and that dinner would be ready in
half an hour. The new captain was in ecstasies, and
he found it all he could do to refrain from shouting.
When the boat-builder came up, he again seized him by
the hand, exclaiming"I knew all the time that this yacht would belong to
me! Won't the boys in the village be astonished?"
"Certainly they will," said Mr. Graves, "and every
one of them will wish themselves in your boots!"
"Then you are really willing to take my note! " said
Tom, who found it difficult to believe that one of his
glorious plans had proved a success. "You are not
afraid to trust me for a short time? 




140               GO AHEAD; OR,
"Of course not! Why should I be when I know
that the money is as safe in your hands as it is in my
own? Have your note indorsed by your father, and
I'11 wait until     Why, what's the matter now?"
Again Tom's bright hopes were dashed to the ground.
Rudely jerking his hand from the boat-builder's grasp,
he staggered back against the rail, and drawled out:
" 0, now, I did n't say any thing about my father, I
tell you! He's got nothing whatever to do with this
business! "
" What's that you say?" exclaimed Mr. Graves, who
now thought that he began to understand the matter.
"I say that my father has nothing to do with this
boat," repeated Tom, pulling his handkerchief out of his
pocket, and wiping the tears from his eyes.
" Then who is to pay for her?"
"I, myself, individually, and nobody else! "
"Whew! " whistled Mr. Graves, growing more and
more astonished. " Where do you expect to get foul
hundred dollars, if your father does n't give it to you?'
"That's my own business! I'll have it in a very
short time, and I'11 get it honestly, too."
" Then your father does n't know any thing about this
business? "
" 0 no, he does n't! "
"And you had the assurance to order me to build
you a boat worth four hundred dollars without first
consulting him?" continued Mr. Graves.
"Yes, I did! " answered Tom; " and if you will let me
have her, I will certainly pay for her in two or three
weeks! I sent for the money several days ago, but it;
has n't come yet."




THE FISHER-BOY S MOTTO.          141
Mr. Graves had never been more astonished in his
life. He looked at his customer as if he could hardly
believe that he had told him the truth, and finally inquired"What kind of a boy are you, anyhow?"
" 0, I'm the most unlucky boy in the whole world!
That's the kind of a boy I am!" drawled Tom. "I
never can do any thing like other fellows, for something is always happening to bother me."
" I think you can do a good many things that other
fellows can't do! " returned Mr. Graves. " There is not
another boy in the village who would have the impudence
to do as you have done."
As the boat-builder said this, he turned on his heel
and left Tom to think the matter over at his leisure.
He gave a few orders in a low tone to the man at the
wheel, and then walked forward and descended into the
galley. Presently he came out again, gave some instructions to his crew, and Tom saw the sloop slowly come
about until her bow pointed toward the village. The
sails which Captain Newcombe had ordered spread, were
taken in again, and then Mr. Graves began to pace
thoughtfully up and down the deck.
Tom watched all these movements as well as he could
through eyes filled with tears of vexation and disappointment, and they told him, in language too plain to be misunderstood, that his new plan, which, at first, had promised to succeed even beyond his expectations, had failed
like all the rest of his glorious ideas. He felt like yelling; and, perhaps he would thus have given vent to his
troubled feelings if the presence of Mr. Graves and his
crew had not restrained him. He wanted to hide his




142              GO AHEAD; OR,
emotion from  them, so he leaned over the rail and
looked down into the water. He would have gone into
the cabin, but the boat-builder evidently intended to
keep him out of there, for he had locked the door and
put the key into his pocket.
Poor Tom was in a terrible predicament. Aside from
the troubles occasioned by the non-receipt of his twentyfive hundred dollars, and the failure of his new plan to
obtain possession of the yacht-both of which were very
severe blows to him-he had the satisfaction of knowing
that the very dignified manner in which he had conducted himself in the morning, when he believed himself to be the owner of the Storm King, had made him
a great many enemies among the village boys, who, when
they learned all the particulars of his business transaction with Mr. Graves, would never allow him to hear
the last of it. He knew just what was in store for him,
for he had already had some very bitter experience in
that line. When the secrets of the " Gentlemen's Club"
were revealed to the world, Tom had been tormented
almost beyond the bounds of endurance; for every
"Spooney" who met him on the street would raise his
hat and politely make inquiries concerning the health
of the President, and' the prosperity of his society.
Now, if such a thing was possible, matters would be
tenfold worse.  He would be known throughout the
village as Captain Newcombe, and every one of his acquaintances, especially Johnny Harding, the boy with
whom  Tom was particularly desirous to "get even,"
would want to know something about his fine yacht.
They would be very anxious to learn how she sailed,
and would write notes to him requesting the privilege




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.          143
of accompaiying him on some of his excursions. The
affair would soon be known by every man, woman, and
child in the village-he could see no way to prevent
it —and every body would laugh at him, and wonder
why he did not ask his father's permission before he
ordered the yacht, and where he intended to get the
money to pay for her. In short, Tom was afraid that
during the next six or eight months, Newport would be
a very unpleasant place to live, and he forthwith set his
wits at work to conjure up some plan to get out of it.
While he was thinking the matter over, the sloop was
rapidly approaching the village, and presently Tom
looked up and found that she was entering the harbor.
Almost the first man he saw was his father, who stood
on the wharf, behind his office, regarding the little vessel as if he was greatly interested in her. Something
told Tom that the merchant had already learned that
his son was the supposed owner of the sloop, and he felt
like crying again when he thought of what was yet
to come. Mr. Newcombe, of course, would want to
know all about it; and Tom, as usual, would have
been very glad indeed to have been able to avoid the
interview.
The men on the wharves waved their hats as the
sloop passed along, but neither Tom nor Mr. Graves
returned the salutation. They were both too busy with
their own thoughts to notice what was going on around
them. In a quarter of an hour the Storm King reached
the ship-yard, and the boat-builder, after giving his crew
orders to see that every thing was snug on board before
they left, stepped into a yawl, which one of his men
brought out to take him ashore, and motioned to Tom




114              GO AHEAD; OR,
to follow him.  Since learning that his customer was
unable to pay for the sloop, he had not spoken a word
to him. While he believed that Tom had four hundred
dollars in his pocket, he had been very polite to him,
and showed him every attention in his power. He had
allowed him to take command of the yacht, had appointed himself first-mate, and condescended to obey his
orders, and had even instructed the cook to prepare a
dinner which he had provided at his own expense. But,
when the facts of the case were revealed to him, Tom'.
suddenly fell very low in his estimation. He speedily
relieved him of the captaincy without one word of excuse or apology, countermanded his orders concerning;
the dinner, and then left Tom to take care of himself;
believing, no doubt, that a boy whose pockets were empty
was not worth noticing. Tom was not so blind as to
allow these slights to escape his attention, and they cut
him to the quick. He determined, from that day forward, to treat Mr. Graves with the contempt he deserved; and to show him that his failure to pay for the,
yacht had not lessened his claims to respect. Drawing
himself up very stiffly, he leisurely climbed down into
the yawl, and taking his stand upon one of the thwarts,
he looked straight toward the shore, utterly ignoring the
presence of the boat-builder, who, in the hope of learning something of the plans Tom had in view for raising
the four hundred dollars, made several attempts to enter
into conversation with him.  The moment the yawl
touched the beach Tom sprang out and walked rapidly
toward the gate, where, to his astonishment and vexation, he suddenly found himself surrounded by the same
boys who had seen him start on his voyage in the morn



THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.            145
ing. They appeared to be intensely delighted about
something, and Tom was afraid that his secret was already known.
"How are you, captain!" cried Johnny Harding.' That's a splendid little craft of yours  "
" She is, indeed! " replied Tom, who resolved to " stick
it out " as long as possible. " She's the finest boat about
Newport. She sails like lightning, and is fitted up like
a parlor."
" I suppose she belongs to you! " said another.
"Now, did n't I tell you this morning that she was
mine?" asked Tom.
"There's a screw loose somewhere, captain," said
Johnny. "I asked your father what that yacht cost
you, and he said he wasn't aware that you owned
her."
Tom was right in his suspicions. The boys knew all
about it, and so did his father. Drawing in a long
breath, and shutting his teeth hard to choke back his
feelings, he pushed his way through the crowd, and
started homeward at a rapid pace, not, however, without a few parting remarks from the boys.
" Hard-a-starboard, there, captain! " shouted one.
"0, now, I always was an unlucky boy," said
another, exactly imitating Tom's lazy, drawling way of
talking.
"The next time you go to sea in that beautiful yacht
of yours, captain, we will go with you, if you will be good
enough to send us word! "
Tom heard all these and a good many more exclamations; but he kept steady on his way, looking neither
to the right nor left, and finally reached his home with10




146              GO AHEAD; OR,
out having been so unfortunate as to meet any more of
his acquaintances. He ran hastily up the stairs to his
room, and, after he had closed and locked the door, he
threw himself upon his bed, and found relief for his
pent-up feelings in a copious flood of tears.




THE.FSHER-BOY'S MOTTO.         147CHAPTER  XIII.
MR. NEWCOMBE'S PRESENT.
T was about two o'clock when Tom reached
his home, and, during the next three hours,
1   he lived in a state of mind that can scarcely
be described. HIe remained in his room, pacing
angrily up and down the floor, thinking over his numerous
troubles, and conjuring up new schemes for the futureall the while watching the hands of the little time-piece
that stood on the mantle as they moved slowly around
toward five o'clock, the hour at which he expected to
be summoned into the presence of his father. He was
not sorry for any thing he had done-he still had too
much confidence in his grand schemes for that-neither
did he believe that there could be any thing wrong with
the gentlemen in Baltimore; on the contrary, he still
imagined them to be the most honorable of men-otherwise, they never could have built up so extensive a
business. They were not to blame for his disappointment, for had they not told him that his letter had miscarried; that they had made every inquiry for it, but
could not find it? Some dishonest post-office clerk was
at the bottom of all his troubles! How Tom wished
he had him there, locked up in his room with him!
Would n't he pay him for all the misery he had caused




148              GO AHEAD; OB,
him! He would beat him next time, for he would send
his ten dollars by express.
Mr. Newcombe was on time that evening, for, just as
the clock struck five, Tom heard his step in the hall.
The unpleasant interview was not far distant, and Tom
began to prepare himself for it by plunging his face
into the wash-bowl, and trying to hide all traces of his
tears. Scarcely had he performed this operation, when
he heard his father calling him. Hastily drying his
face upon the towel, he slowly descended to the library,
where he found the merchant walking up and down
the floor, with his hands behind his back.
"Close the door, Tom," said he, "and sit down; I want
to talk to you."
Tom reluctantly obeyed, and Mr. Newcombe continued: "I have been down to the ship-yard to look at
your new yacht."
"0, now, she doesn't belong to me yet!" drawled
Tom, whirling his cap in his hand,-and looking down
at the floor.
"Why, I understand that she was built by your order," said the merchant. "I think she is a splendid
little vessel. I admire your taste, but I should have
been much better pleased if you had consulted me in
the matter,"
Tom looked down at the carpet, and had nothing to
say. He thought that, if he had asked his father's advice, the yacht would not have been built at all.
"Four hundred dollars is a good price to pay for a
pleasure-boat," continued Mr. Newcombe. "I think the
Mystery is quite large enough, and fast enough, to answer your purpose."




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTT ).         149
O0 no, she is n't, father," drawled Tom; "I am going
to be a trader!"
"You are? Hgow do you expect to carry on your business? With-that sloop, your expenses will be considerable, and you have no money that I know of."
"But I am going to get some," said Tom. "I'll be
rich in two weeks more. I'll be worth five thousand
dollars."
Mr. Newcombe opened his eyes when he heard this.
He had learned the particulars of the matter from Mr.
Graves, as far as the latter knew them, but he was satisfied that he had not heard all the story, and that Tom
had some secret the boat-builder knew nothing about.
Knowing Tom as well as he did, he had made up his
mind to listen to something ridiculous, but he was not
prepared to hear that he expected soon to be a rich man.
"Where are you going to get so much money?" he
asked.
"0, now, I know!" drawled Tom.
"Well, then, tell me; I would like to know something
about it also."
"0, is n't it enough for you to know that I am going
to get it honestly, and that I do n't intend to cheat any
body?" whined Tom.
"No; that will not satisfy me. I want to know all
about it."
Mr. Nevcombe spoke these words rather sternly, and
Tom knew that it was dangerous to hesitate longer. "I
am going to get the money of some men in Baltimore,"
said he, the tears starting to his eyes again: "they have
promised me five thousand dollars, if I will act as their
agent."




150               GO AHEAD; OR,
"They are very liberal. What is their business?"
"Lottery business!" drawled Tom.
The merchant was really amazed now. He arose to
his feet and walked up and down the floor, repeating
the words over and over again, as if he could scarcely
understand them.  At length he stopped in front of
Tom, and inquired:
"How did you find out that these men wanted an
agent?  Now, I want you to tell me all about it, from
beginning to end."
Tom, as was always the case with,him when called
upon to explain any of his schemes to his father, had
tried to avoid coming to the point. He did not want
Mr. Newcombe to become acquainted with all his secrets, but, knowing by the latter's looks that it was time
for him to speak if he wished to keep out of trouble, he
began at the beginning and told the whole story. He
said he had become tired of the office, but, being well
aware of the fact that he could not get out of it until he
should be able to satisfy his father that he had some better business in view, he had finally decided that the easiest occupation in which he could engage was trading.
He determined to go into it on a grand scale this time,
but, having no capital with which to carry out his plans,
he had commenced reading the advertisements in the
newspapers, in the hope of "getting an idea," and he
had thus obtained the address of the proprietors of the
lottery. (Here Tom produced their advertisement. He
had carried it next to his heart for the last month.)
He then went on to repeat what he had written in his
letter to them, as near as he could remember it, and
handed his father the one he had received in reply. He




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.           151
related the particulars of the interview with Bob Jennings, rehearsed the arguments he had used to induce
him to advance the five dollars to send for the "lucky
package," and told his father that he had then ordered
the Storm King, because he believed that his fortune
was made, and that, in a very few days, he would be
the wealthiest boy of his age in the village.  "AndI
would certainly have got the money," said he, in conclusion, " if some rascally post-office clerk had n't stolen
my letter."
Mr. Newcombe grew more and more astonished as Tom
proceeded with his story, but he listened patiently to every word of it, and heard him through without interruption. It did not seem possible to him that a boy, fifteen
years old, could seriously entertain such ridiculous ideas.
For a long time he sat gazing at the letter, which he still
held in his hand, then he read the advertisement, and
finally he looked at Tom.
"Mr. Graves told me that you wanted him to credit
you for two or three weeks," said he.
"O, now, yes, I did!" drawled Tom.
"But your lottery scheme has failed; so where would
you get the four hundred dollars?"
" 0 no, it has n't failed yet, father! " replied Tom. " I
am going to give it a fair trial. Have n't you often told
me to'try again, and keep trying, and I'll be certain
to succeed?'"
"But just suppose that, with all your trying, the
money does not come!" said Mr. Newcombe, who did
not think it best to attempt to answer this question.
"What will you do then?"
"I will go to work and make it by trading."




152              GO AHEAD; OB,
"Then you will have to do better than you did before. Have you forgotten your game chickens?"
"O no, I have n't!" drawled Tom. "I ought to have
known better than to expect to make any money then,
because I was n't fixed for it; but, if I owned that splendid little sloop, I would be all right. She was built on
purpose for a trading-boat, and if I could n't make four
hundred dollars in two or three weeks with her, I would
like to know what is the reason! "
"Very well," said Mr. Newcombe, "suppose Mr. Graves
was willing to credit you for two or three weeks, and I
was willing he should do so, where is your capital to begin with? Where's the money to hire your crew and to
buy your first cargo?"
"0, I'11 get that from those gentlemen in Baltimore,"
replied Tom. "But you can't understand this business,
father. Just let me alone for a month or so, and I'll
show you that I can make plenty of money."
Tom was quite right when he said that his father could
not understand the business; indeed, Mr. Newcombe was
more than half inclined to believe that Tom did not understand it himself. If his prize failed to come to hand,
he would earn the four hundred dollars to pay for the
yacht by trading; but he was still depending upon the
lottery to furnish the money to hire his crew and buy
his first cargo. The merchant had never listened to
such reasoning before, and it was no wonder he could
not understand it.
"Tom," said he, at length, "are you really foolish
enough to put faith in any such nonsense as this?  Do
you honestly believe that these men are what they rep*
resent themselves to be?"




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.           153
"O yes, I do!" drawled Tom.  "Their letter has a
printed heading, just like yours."
" Then you believe they are honorable business men?'
" Yes, I do!" repeated Tom. "I am not afraid to trust
them. Do you suppose that men who have agents in every civilized country on the globe dare cheat any body?
I am going to send them the very next ten-dollar bill I
get."
"Then I shall take care that you do not get one very
soon," said the merchant. "That will do; I have nothing further to say to you at present."
" 0, now, father," began Tom —--
"WYe will not say any thing more about this just
now," interrupted Mr. Newcombe.
"Now I am aground again," said Tom to himself, as
he put on his cap and left the room. "If I do n't get
any more ten-dollar bills I must give up all hopes of
ever getting one of those prizes. Something is always
happening to bother me!"
He did not see his father again until supper-time,
and then not a word was said about the lottery. The
merchant appeared to be as cheerful as usual, but that
did not quiet Tom's feelings, for he knew that thl  matter was not yet settled. He would have been glad indeed to know what would be done about it, but he could
not muster up courage enough to ask his father any
questions. He passed that night in much the same
manner that he had passed the preceding one, tossing
restlessly about on his bed; and when he slept, he was
troubled with dreams, in which the Storm King, the proprietors of the lottery, and Bob JeDnings bore prominent
parts. The next morning he went down to the offce as




154               GO AHEAD; OR,
usual-being careful on the way to avoid the principal
streets, so that he might not meet any boys of his acquaintance-and there he found his father and Mr.
Graves engaged in conversation. The latter seemed to
have recovered his usual spirits, for he was laughing at
some remark made by the merchant, and he even shook
hands with Tom and wished him a hearty good morning.
Perhaps the large roll of bank-bills he was just putting
into his pocket had something to do with his good.
nature! Tom noticed them at once; and he could hardly
refrain from shouting with delight, when the thought
flashed through his mind that his father had bought the
yacht, and was intending to set him up in business as a
trader. He soon became convinced that such was the
fact; for, as Mr. Graves turned to go, the merchant
inquired,
"Is she complete in every particular?"
"Yes, sir! " was the reply. " She is finished alow and
aloft, and supplied with every thing she needs, from an
anchor down to a marlin spike."
Mr. Graves then took leave of the merchant, and
walked off, whistling softly to himself, while Tom sank
into a chair and awaited the issue of events with an
impatience he did not try to conceal. Mr. Newcombe
walked a few times across the office with his eyes fastened on the floor, as if in deep meditation, and then
seating himself at his desk, he took out a sheet of notepaper and wrote a long letter. When it was finished he
put it into an envelope and handed it to Tom, with the
request that he would take it to the military academy.
"0, now, I'm not going to be a trader after all!"
thought Tom, as he began to search about the office for




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.          155
his cap. "I just know that I have got to go back to that
school! I won't stay there long! I am not going to be
shut up for five or six months without a single leave of
absence, now I tell you."
When he reached the street he glanced at the letter,
and saw that it was addressed to the principal of the
academy. This was enough to confirm him in his suspicions, and, while on the way to the school, he thought
<over several plans for escape, that suggested themselves
to his mind. If he should be unfortunate enough to be
shut up in the academy again, he knew that it would be'something of a task to get out of it; for the students
having turned against him, on account of the troubles
they had brought upon themselves by taking part in his
runaway scheme, he would have no one to assist him.
But Tom had great confidence in himself, and he was
certain that he could arrange matters to his entire satisfaction. He would fight against it as long as he could;
but, if his father was determined that he should go back;to the academy, he would, alone and unaided, occasion a
greater uproar in the village than had ever been heard
ithere before.
Arriving at the gate, he rang the bell, handed the
letter to the guard, who answered the summons, and'then slowly retraced his steps toward the office. Ite
had not gone far when he met his friend Johnny
Harding.
"Good morning, captain!" said Johnny, taking off
his cap, and making a very low bow. "I hope you are
well 1"
"0, now, look here!'drawled Tom   " Iwant you to
quit calling me captain! "




156               GO AHEAD; OR,
"That's a fact!" said Johnny. "I ought to stop it,
for you are not the master of the Storm King now. I
expect Bill Steele will be her next captain.
"Bill Steele!" repeated Tom. "Not the colonel of
the academy battalion?"
"That's the very fellow. She couldn't be in better
hands, for I understand that he is a capital sailor. He
is a New Bedford boy, and, of course, knows all about
a boat."
"0, now, how is he going to get her?" asked Tom,
who was very much astonished at this information.
"Why, have n't you heard that your father has pre.,
sented her to the principal of the academy? Well, it';
a fact. Mr. Graves told me all about it, not five minutes ago."
"Then I can't be a trader! " whined Tom, hiding his
face in his handkerchief. "I won't stand it; that's just
all about it! If I don't sail that sloop, nobody shalL
I'11 sink her so deep in the bay that she can never be
raised again!"  As Tom  said this, he abruptly left;
Johnny and walked rapidly down the street.
This was by far the severest blow he had yet experienced. To be obliged to see that fine little yacht,
which had been built in accordance with his orders,
which every one in the village so much admired, and
which he had so long regarded as his own property, to
see her pass into the hands of some one else, and the
very one of all others he most despised, was more than
he could endure. Bill Steele seemed to be his evil genius.
HIe had obtained possession of the silver eagles, and received the colonel's commission, for which Tom had
worked so hard; and now, he was to be the captain




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.             157
of the Storm King! If the principal had purchased
the yacht, Tom thought he would not have felt so badly
about it; but his own father had bought her, and, in
stead of giving her to him, as he ought to have done,
and setting him up in business as a trader, he had presented her to the faculty of the military school, when
he knew, all the while, that his son disliked every one
of them. Another thing that made Tom very angry,
was the thought that he himself had been the bearer
of the letter in which his father offered the yacht for
the principal's acceptance. If he had met Johnny five
minutes sooner, he never would have carried that letter
to its address. He would have torn it up, or thrown it
into the harbor. Tom was sorely distressed.  It was no
easy matter to keep back his tears, but having been given
many opportunities to practice self-control, during the
course of his varied and eventful life, and being at that
very moment on one of the principal streets, where people
were constantly passing him, he struggled manfully with
his emotion, and even succeeded in forcing a smile upon
his face. By the time he reached the office he had so
far choked down his feelings, that a stranger would never
have imagined him to be a disappointed boy, or that he
regarded himself as the most abused person in existence.
During all that forenoon he performed his duties as
usual, and when he went home to dinner with his father,
the latter told him what he had done with the Storm
King.  "Mr. Graves built her expecting that I would
pay for her," said he, " and, of course, I could not disappoint him."
"But why did n't you give her to me?" inquired Tom.
"They have no use for her at the acaden y."




158             CGO AHEAD; OR,
"O yes, they have!" returned Mr. Newcombe. "I
have often heard the principal say that a vessel of some
description, that could be handled by the students, would
be of great service to him. You know that some of the
scholars are studying navigation, and I thought they
could make better use of her than you could."
" But, father, did you mean what you said, when you
told me that you would take care that I did n't get any
ten-dollar bills very soon?" asked Tom, in a gloomy
voice.
"Certainly I did. You have convinced me that you
do not know how to use money, so I have decided that
the best thing I can do is to put your wages in the bank.
They will be safe there!"
This was all that was said on the subject at that time.
Tom did not remonstrate with his father, because he
knew that it would be entirely useless. For the same
reason Mr. Newcombe did not take Tom to task for what
he had done or offer him any advice. All the talking he
could have done, would not have convinced Tom that he
had acted foolishly or that, as often as he built his hopes
upon such schemes, he was doomed to be disappointed.




THE FISHER-BOYS' MOTTO.           159
CHAPTER XIV.
BOB MAKES A DISCOVERY.
OM, we repeat, did not try to induce his father
to reconsider the decision he had made in regard to the Storm King, and the manner in
which his son's wages ought to be disposed
of, for he knew that all the promises he could make, and
all the arguments he could bring to bear upon him,
would have no effect. The yacht was lost to him, and that
was.a settled fact. He regretted it exceedingly, but still
he was not so much troubled about that, as by the thought
that he could no longer use his money as he pleased.
This was like the law against going outside the gate after
dark-unreasonable and unjust; and was made simply
because his father " didn't want him to enjoy himself if
he could help it." He had fully made up his mind to
save his next two weeks' wages to send for the "lucky
package," and he was certain that his second trial of the
lottery scheme would prove successful. The reason it
had failed before was, because some dishonest post-office
clerk had stolen the letter that contained his ten dollars;
but now he would be on the safe side, for he would send
his money by express. When his prize arrived (he would
send all his own money this time, so that, when the five
thousand dollars came, he would not be obliged to di



160              GO AHEAD; OR,
vide it with any one), it had been his intention to order
Mr. Graves to build another yacht for him, that would
be as far superior to the Storm King, in point of speed
and finish, as she was better than Bob Jennings's old
scow. But he could no longer indulge in these glorious
anticipations. His splendid scheme had at last received
its death-wound, and, worse than all, there was not a
single boy in the village who sympathized with him..
Even the fisher-boy had called him a Jonah, and refused to have any thing more to do with him. However, Tom was not willing to let the matter drop there.
If Colonel Steele, and the rest of the academy fellows,,
supposed that he would permit them to enjoy their new
vessel, they were destined to be sadly disappointed. If
he did not own and sail that yacht, no one about that
village should. He had said it more than once, and he
was in earnest; and his father, and every body else in
Newport, would very soon find out that his desires and
claims were not to be set aside with impunity. Tom
did not then make up his mind what he would do; but
when he stood in the door of his father's office, about
four o'clock that afternoon, and saw the Storm King
sail majestically out of the harbor, manned by a crew
from the academy-and her new captain sprung upon
the rail and proposed three cheers for Mr. Newcombethe scene acted like a spur upon his flagging ideas, and
in an instant his resolve was taken. He waited until
the yacht had rounded the pier and shaped her course
down the bay, and then he sauntered out on the wharf,
where the fisher-boy was at work at his wood-pile.
"Bob Jennings," said he, " do you still believe me to
be a Jonah?"




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.          161
"Well, I am a little afraid of you," was the reply.
"You didn't get the yacht after all. Those academy
fellows seem to be delighted with her."
"They had better use her while they can," answered
Tom, shaking his head threateningly. "They will not
have her very long. I suppose you don't want any
thing more to do with my plans?"
"No, I believe not. Money is what I need now, and
I can make more by sawing wood than I can by helping you in your grand schemes."
"Stick to it, then," said Tom, angrily. "I hope you
will be a poor man as long as you live. Look out for
me, now. You are going back on me like all the rest
of the Spooneys, and I'll be sure to get even with you."
The fisher-boy did not quite understand this last remark; but, before he had time to ask any questions,
Tom had walked to the edge of the wharf, and was beckoning to Sam Barton. When the yawl came up, he
climbed down into it, and was ferried across the harbor.
He did not get out, however, when he reached the opposite side, but sat in the boat and held a long and
earnest conversation with Sam. Bob, who had watched
all these movements, thought he must have been telling
him some secret; for, when two or three of the ferry*
boys came up to hear what Tom was saying, Sam ordered them to go away and attend to their own business.
Finally, the bully pulled the yawl under the wharf out
of sight; and Bob, who kept one eye directed across the
harbor, did not see them come out again until the six
o'clock bell rang.
Since he had begun the work of retrieving his lost
fortune, the fisher-boy had worked early and late. The
11




162               GO AHEAD; OR,
first peep of day found him at his wood-pile, and, as
the moon shone brightly every night, it was sometimes
nine or ten o'clock before he left the wharf. He ate
his breakfast before he started from home, and, in order
that he might not lose a moment from  his work, he
brought his dinner and supper with him. He looked
upon every instant of time as too valuable to be wasted,
but the singular movements of Tom Newcombe had excited his curiosity, and for the next two hours his work
progressed rather slowly. He wondered what his aristocratic friend had to say to that fellow! He was satisfied that Tom had some new idea ii his head, but he
could not imagine what it could be that he should need
the assistance of Sam Barton in carrying it out. The
only conclusion he could come to was, that Tom was
trying to borrow ten dollars from the bully to send for
the "lucky package."  Sam was rich, as fortunes were
measured in Fishertown, and it was not likely that.he
would refuse to accommodate Tom with a few dollars,
believing, as he did, that he was able to pay him a big
interest, and that there was no danger of losing it.
If that was the object of Tom's interview with the bully
he must have been successful; for, when the six o'clock
bell rang, and Sam brought his passenger back to his
own side of the harbor, Bob saw that he was in excellent spirits. He walked toward the office snapping his
fingers and whistling a gay tune, and as he passed by
the fisher-boy he shook his head at him, as if to say, " I
am all right now!"
Bob worked late that night.  Even after Mr. Henry
had closed his store, and the wharf had been deserted,
by every body except Mr. Newcombe's night watchman,




THE FISHER-BOY    MOTTO.         163
he kept busy in spite of his weary muscles and heavy
eyelids.'Besides being anxious to earn the twenty-six
dollars, with which to settle his indebtedness to Mr.
Graves, the fisher-boy had another object in working so
late. He was punishing himself. Every time he stopped
to wipe the perspiration from his face he would say:
"It serves you just right, Bob Jennings! I do n't
ipity you in the least. You were well off in the world
at one time. You had money in the bank, and were'ot ashamed to look any man in Newport in the face.
Now look at you! Go to work, and do n't be fooling
Uway your time here! " Then Bob would put another
~stick of wood on his saw-horse, and his tired arms would
drive the saw as if his life depended upon getting his
-pile of wood done in the shortest possible space of time.
About half-past nine o'clock the fisher-boy thought it
time to go home. He ceased his work and stood looking at his pile of wood he had cut that day, when, upon
raising his eyes, he saw a boy spring behind the corner
of Mr. Newcombe's warehouse. Had this happened a
month before, he would have paid no attention to it; but,
as he had not yet given up ail hopes of recovering the
Go Ahead No. 2, nor forgotten that Sam Barton was his
bitter enemy, and only awaiting a favorable opportunity
to be revenged upon him, the simple fact of a boy dodging behind the warehouse was enough to arouse his suspicions. He had recognized the spy, and knew him to
be one of the bully's particular friends; but what was
he doing about the wharf at that hour, and why was he
watching Bob?  The fisher-boy was sure that he was
watching him, or he would not have taken so much
pains to keep out of his sight. He did not feel alto



164              GO AHEAD; OR,
gether safe, for he was afraid that Sam and his band
were lurking behind some of the neighboring buildings,
intending to waylay him on his way home; in which
case he would probably be very severely handled. They
were five or six to his one, and if they were resolved to
have a fight with him, he could not hope to come off unharmed. But Bob, knowing that he had never given
Sam Barton, or any other boy about Fishertown, any
cause for enmity, had no idea of standing still and al-.
lowing himself to be whipped. Without removing his
eyes from the corner of the building where the spy had
disappeared, he picked a small, round stick of wood fromn
the pile, sawed it in two, and, after testing the strength
of both pieces by pounding them upon the wharf, he,
shouldered the one he thought he could use to the best;
advantage in case of an attack, and set out for home.
He walked along at a brisk pace, casting anxious glances
around every corner he passed, and keeping a sharp lookout for enemies in the rear; but the only person he saw'
was the boy who had been watching him on the wharf,
and who was now following him at a respectful distance.
The spy's movements indicated that he did not wish to
be seen. Every time Bob stopped and looked around,
he would step into a door-way, or drop down behind a
box or barrel on the sidewalk; and when the fisher-boy
walked on, he would follow him as before. He performed
his work in a very clumsy manner, for Bob saw every
move he made; and, before he reached Fishertown, he
had changed his mind in regard to the spy's object in
following him. He was not awaiting an opportunity to
signal to Sam Barton that the time had come for him to
"get even" with his rival, but he was simply watching




THE FISHER-BOY S MOTTO.          165
Bob to see that he went home. Now, why did he want
him to go home? Undoubtedly, because his chief had
some project in view, which he was afraid to attempt
until he knew that the fisher-boy was in bed and asleep.
This was the way Bob looked at the matter, and subsequent events proved that he was right.
Being no longer afraid of an attack, the fisher-boy
threw away his club, and walked on faster than ever..He did not turn again to look at the spy, until just as
he reached home, when a single glance told him that
he was still in sight. Instead of going into the house,
Bob kept on around it, and took his stand at one corner,
where he could observe the movements of his pursuer
when he came up. About twenty yards from where he
stood was another cabin, whose inmates had retired to
rest; and presently the spy appeared, and stopped in the
shadow of this cabin. He glanced hastily around, to
make sure that there was no one in sight, listened attentively for a moment, to satisfy himself that all was
quiet in the cabins, and then seated himself on the
ground, and rested his elbows on his knees, as if he had
decided to remain there during the rest of the night.
For the next half hour neither Bob nor the spy
scarcely moved a muscle. The latter sat gazing intently
at the house, as if he was trying to look through the boards
to obtain a view of what was going on inside; and the
fisher-boy stood in his concealment, wondering how long
his strange visitor intended to remain there, and trying
in vain to determine what Sam's object could be in sending a boy to watch him at that time of night; for, that
the bully was at the bottom of the whole affair, Bob did
not for a moment doubt. Finally, the spy began to grow




166              GO AHEAD; OR,
restless; and, after stretching his arms and yawning, as
if he had become very sleepy, he arose to his feet. and
with cautious steps approached the place where Bob was
standing. The fisher-boy's fears that he had been discovered were speedily put at rest, for the spy passed
within ten feet of him, and kept on around the house.
Having thus satisfied himself that none of the family
were stirring, he broke into a run and started back toward the village, followed by Bob, who had resolved to
find out the cause of these mysterious movements, if he
did not sleep a wink that night. The spy kept on at a
rapid pace, until he reached the wharf, where he again
became cautious in his movements.  Mr. Newcombe's
watchman was walking up and down behind the warehouse, and the spy did not want to attract his attention.
He moved across the wharf on his hands and knees, and
then, after casting suspicious glances around him, he suddenly disappeared from the view of the fisher-boy, who
ran swiftly to the edge of the pier, and looked over into
the harbor, just in time to see Sam Barton's yawl moving slowly out of sight among the spiles. This was
enough to satisfy him that something unusual was going on, and he became more determined than ever to
see the end of all these strange proceedings. He made
up his mind to follow that boat wherever it went; and,
there was but one way that he could do it, and that was by
swimming. He waited fully five minutes, in order to
give the yawl time to get so far under the wharf that
he would not be discovered, and then he let himself
down into the water and swam in among the spiles.
There he found himself in almost Egyptian darkness,
but he could hear the occupants of the yawl whisper



THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.            167
ing to each other, and that guided him in the pursuit.
Presently the light of a lantern flashed through the darkness, and, as its rays fell upon the faces of the boys in the
yawl, Bob was astonished to recognize, in one of them,
his friend Tom Newcombe; and he was still more amazed
when he saw one of the crew remove the board that concealed the entrance to the cave. He watched the band,
as, one after the other, they disappeared through the opening, until Sam Barton, who came last, pulled the board
back to its place, and Bob was left alone in the darkness.
The moment Sam disappeared the fisher-boy struck
out for the cave, intent upon getting close enough to it
to see what was going on inside, and to overhear the conversation carried on between its occupants.
The entrance had been so carefully concealed that not
a ray of light could be seen; but he had noted the exact position of the cave; and, besides, he was guided by
the loud barking of a dog, which refused to keep silent,
in spite of a severe beating somebody was giving him.
The noise led Bob directly to the cave, and when he
crawled out on the bank and listened a moment at the
door, he found, to his joy, that he could distinctly hear
every word that was said.
"Kill him, Friday!" he heard the bully exclaim,
probably addressing himself to the person who was beating the dog. "Make him hush that noise, or the first
thing we know we'll have visitors. Stand back a little
out of his sight, Tommy. You're a stranger to him
and he do n't like your looks!"
"Are you not afraid that some one will hear him?"
asked Ton).




168               GO AHEAD; OR,
"That's not likely, unless that ar Bobby Jennings, or
Mr. Grimes, is on the watch. Will Atkins, are you
sartin an' sure that you see Bob go home?"
"Am I sartin an' sure that I've got a pair of eyes?"
asked Atkins.  "I know that he is abed and fast asleep
afore this time."
"Gentlemen will please come to order, now!" said
Sam, when Friday had succeeded in quieting the dog.
"Take off your hats an' set down like men had oughter
do. The first thing we have got to'tend to, is to settle
this business with Tommy. He says he has seed enough
of them swells in the village; he is down on Bobby Jennings; he wants to go with us, an' is willin' to furnish his
share of the outfit. He has promised to keep a still
tongue in his head, an' to obey all orders; an' now we
must give him a name."
"Let me be the first mate," said Tom, who, having
held high offices in several societies, thought himself
worthy of being second in authority in the Crusoe band.
"I am a first-class sailor, you know."
"We aint goin' to have no mates," interrupted Sam.
"I am captain, governor, chief, an' all the rest of the
officers in one. I can manage these fellers without any
help."
"Call him  Friday's Father!" said Jack Spaniard.
"That's a- good name."
", now, I don't like it," drawled Tom. "Was Friday's father a brave man?"
"Well, the book do n't say much about him," replied
Sam.
"He was a nigger," said Will Atkins.




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.           169
"0, now, I don't want to be named after a darkey,"
whined Tom. " Was n't there some brave, strong white
fellow in Crusoe's band?"
"Call yourself Muley, then! "
"Who was he?" asked Tom, who, it was evident, had
never read Robinson Crusoe.
"He was the chap the governor throwed overboard
when he ran away with Xury and the boat," replied Sam.
"He was a brave feller, an' a reg'lar water-dog. He
swam four miles to reach the shore."
" I do n't like the name a bit," said Tom. "I would
rather be called captain, or mate, or general, or something."
"I am the only officer in the band," repeated Sam.
" If you do n't like any of them names, pick out one for
yourself."
That was something Tom could not do. He was not
acquainted with the names of any of the characters in
the book, and consequently he was obliged to consent to
be called after the Moor Robinson had thrown overboard.
"That's settled," said Sam, opening the dilapidated
copy of Robinson Crusoe, and taking from it a sheet of
soiled foolscap; "and the next thing is for you to sign
the shipping articles. Listen to'em."
The "shipping articles" were like a good many
similar documents Tom had written-rather badly mixed
up-but, by listening attentively, the eavesdropper outside of the cave got an insight into matters; for thus far
every thing had been Greek to him. He learned, to his
Intense astonishment, that Sam and his friends had organ




170               GO AHEAD; OR,
ized the society with the express purpose of hunting up
an island somewhere in the ocean and living Crusoe life.
He also discovered that Sam was the supreme ruler of
the band; that his orders must be obeyed without the
least hesitation; and that any boy who exposed the secrets
of the society, or was detected in trying to get up a mutiny, would be punished as the chief thought proper. As
Sam read this part of the "shipping articles," he put on
a terrible frown, and spoke in a very gruff voice, which
was, no doubt, intended to convince the new member that
if he dared to be guilty of treason, his punishment would
be something awful. Tom, having never before held the
rank of private in any secret organization, hesitated a
little about signing away his liberty. Sam had the reputation of being a terrible tyrant, and he did not want to
put himself too much in his power. However, he had
no alternative that he could discover. The members of
the Crusoe band were the only friends he had; he had
cast his lot with them, and he had already gone too far
to desert them.
"What do you say, Tommy?" asked the chief; when
he had finished reading the "shipping articles." " Them's
our rules, an' you can say yes or no to'em, jest as you
like."
"I say yes!" answered Tom. "I'll obey all orders."
The new member then stepped up to the flour barrel,
and affixed his signature to the paper with a blunt leadpencil, about an inch in length, which was the oily thing
in the shape of writing material possessed by the band.
He was then hailed as a member by the chief, who shook




THE FISHER-BOY S MOTTO.           171
him cordially by the hand and patted him on the back,
while the others complimented him in language that
grated harshly on his ears.
"No time for foolin', fellers! " said the chief, at length.
" Set down agin, an' let's have a talk about the Storm
King."
" There aint no need of talkin' much about her," said
Friday. "It would n't be healthy for us to get into a
fight now. We might get whipped, an' that would be
the last of the Crusoe band."
"We ought to have her," said Sam, "for she'd jest
suit us. What do you say, Tommy?"
"I say, take her by all means," replied the new member. " I joined you because I thought you would go to
sea in her."
"But mebbe we can't get her. We do n't like the
looks of the muskets them'cademy fellers carry. They
might punch us with their bayonets."
"We must run that risk," said Tom, who would have
been the last one to, face the muskets of the students.
" I am not captain of this band; if I was, I would capture her."
" Well, if you could do it, I guess I can," said Sam.
"But, before we lay any plans fur capturin' that boat, we
ought to find out exactly how the land lays. Friday,
you an' Jack Spaniard will go up to the'cademy to-morrow, an':see how many fellers there are to guard her. If
there's not more'n six or eight of'em, we'll have her;
but if they are too heavy for us, we'11 have to stick to
our old plan of goin' to sea in my yawl. The meetin' is
out, now."




172               GO AHEAD; OR,
Upon hearing these words the fisher-boy, who had
stood just outside the door of the cave while all this
conversation was going on, stepped back into the water,
and concealed himself behind the timbers that supported
the wharf, believing that, as the meeting had been dismissed, the band would at once leave their hiding-place.
No doubt they would have done so if it had not been for
Tom Newcombe. As this was his first visit to the cave,
he was greatly interested in every thing he saw, and he
stopped to examine the different articles, and to ask the
chief's advice about the share of the outfit he was expected to furnish. The fisher-boy heard the talking, and
thinking they might be saying something that would be
useful for him to know, he crawled out of the water, and
again took his stand close to the door of the cave, just
in time to hear Tom remark" I thought you knew something about Bob Jennings's
skiff"
"In course I did," replied Sam, with a laugh. "An'
as you are one of us now, I'11 tell you all about it."
Then the chief began and gave the new member a complete history of the rivalry that had so long existed between himself and Bob, and wound up by describing the
manner in which he and his band had obtained possession of the Go Ahead No. 2, to all of which the fisherboy listened eagerly.
" You'11 paint her over, give her a new name, and sell
her to somebody, to raise a few dollars to help along your
expedition, will you? " said he to himself, when Sam had
finished his story.  "Not much, Mr. Barton!  I'11 see
that this little game of yours-"




i1tE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.         173
The fisher-boy's soliloquy was interupted by an event
that was as sudden as it was unexpected. One of the
band threw open the door of the cave, whose interior
was presented to Bob's astonished view. He saw the
shot-guns and powder-flasks that were hung up against
the walls, the heavier articles that were piled in the
corners, the bull-dog which was chained opposite the
entrance; but, plainer than all, he saw the Go Ahead
No. 2, occupying the middle of the cave. Bob took
these things all in at a single glance, and his first impulse was to spring into the cave and square accounts
with the governor, by giving him a good drubbing. The
next thought that occurred to him, however, was, that he
was in a very dangerous situation. He had discovered
something that might send Sam Barton to the House of
Refuge for a few years, and there was no knowing what
the bully might do if he got his hands upon him. More
than that, the boy who had thrown open the door, and
who had started back in dismay as the rays of the lantern fell upon Bob's face, very speedily recovered himself, and alarmed the band by exclaiming
" Vell, if here aint that ar Jennings!"
"Bobby Jennings!" repeated Sam Barton in alarm,
"Where?"
"Just outside the door, listenin' to every word we
said!"
"Get out there every one of you!" commanded the
chief, who readily comprehended the situation, and saw
the necessity of prompt action. " Do n't let him get away,
unless —
There was no need of Sam's finishing the sentence




174              GO AHEAD; OR,
The boys knew very well what would happen if Bob
Jennings made his escape, and they all sprang out of
the cave, determined to effect the capture of the eavesdropper.




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.          175
CHAPTER XV.
BOB A PRISONER.
I HE genuine Robinson Crusoe, when he discov.
ered the foot-print on his island, was not more
astonished than Sam Barton was at that mo40  ment; nor were the fears he experienced more
terrible than those which flashed through the mind of
the chief, when he received the astounding intelligence
that Bob Jennings, instead of being at home and in bed,
as his spy had reported, had-been standing almost within
reach of him, listening to every word he uttered. The
fisher-boy had learned a secret which rendered him quite
as dangerous to the governor as the cannibals were to
Crusoe, and the safety of his band depended upon his
ability to prevent him from returning to the upper world
with the information he had gained.
" Hurry up there, lads! " whispered Sam, excitedly, as
he sprang into the yawl and pushed it from the shore,
"we can't catch him any too quick. But whatever you
do, be careful about makin' a noise!"
"There he is!" exclaimed Jack Spaniard, as a slight
splashing in the water attracted his attention. "Hold
that light up higher, Friday."
The boy elevated the lantern above his head, and its
rays fell full upon the face of the fisher-boy, who was in




176              aGO AHEAD; OR,
the act of turning to look at his pursuers. Believing
that his chances for finding a safe hiding-place under
the pier were very slim indeed, he had struck out for the
harbor, and was working his way through the water at
a rate of speed that made Sam extremely nervous.
"Push ahead, fellows!" said he, taking his stand in
the bow of the yawl, with the lantern in one hand and
the boat-hook in the other. "Send her along lively.
Hold on, there, Bobby Jennings, or I'11 rap you over
the head."
But the fisher-boy swam faster than ever. The bully
was not yet near enough to strike him with the boat-hook,
and he did not intend to allow him to come within reach
if he could help it. But, although he proved himself to
be a remarkable swimmer, he could not go faster than
the yawl, and finally Sam Barton, who was leaning so
far over the bow of his boat that he seemed to be in
danger of losing his balance and falling into the water,
was near enough to the fisher-boy to fasten into the collar of his shirt with the boat-hook.
"Now, then, you're ketched," said he, savagely, as he
began to pull his prisoner toward the boat. Bob evidently thought so too; but he determined to keep up
the fight as long as there was a chance for escape, and,
suddenly raising up in the water, he seized Sam by the
hair with one hand, while with the other he attempted
to release his collar from the boat-hook.
" Stand by here, somebody! " exclaimed Sam, who felt
his prisoner slipping through his fingers.
"Help! help!" shouted the fisher-boy with all the
strength of his lungs. "Thieves! Robbers! Mur-"
"Jerusalem!" ejaculated Will Atkins, alarmed by




THE FISHER-BOY S MOTTO.          177
the noise; and, seizing Bob by the shoulders, he plunged
his head under the water to silence his shouting.
"Choke him loose, lads!" said the chief, trying to unclasp the fisher-boy's fingers from his hair. "That's it!
Now, Tommy, hand me that ar rope, an' you, Jack, ketch
him by the shoulders an' stand by to h'ist him into the
boat when I give the word."
"Are you going to drown me?" gasped Bob, struggling to keep his head above the water. "Let go your
hold, Bill Stevens!"
"Easy there, with that tongue of yours!" replied Sam,
"or down you go again! Have you got a good hold on
him, fellers? Now, then," he continued flourishing the
boat-hook above his head, " one word out of you, Bobby
Jennings, an' I'11 give you a taste of this. I aint one
of them kind as stands much nonsense. Haul him into
the boat, lads."
Jack Spaniard and Friday exerted all their strength,
and in a moment more the fisher-boy had been pulled
into the boat, where he was at once thrown upon the
bottom and held by three or four of the band, while
Friday and Sam tied his hands behind his back with the
rope. All this while Bob had fought desperately for his
freedom. He did not hope to escape from his enemies,
who so far out-numbered him, and held him at such great
disadvantage, but he had resisted simply because it did
not come natural to him to surrender upon the demand
of any such fellows as Sam and his band. But all his
struggles were useless now. They could do him no good,
and might be the cause of bringing him bodily harm;
and, knowing that it would be very poor policy to raise
the bully's anger, he submitted to his captors with as
12




178              GO AHEAD; OR,
good a grace as he could command, and permitted them
to tie him hand and foot.
" Now, then," said the chief after he had satisfied himself that Bob was securely bound, " put out that light, an'
we'll go back to the cave. If you have raised any of
them fellers in the harbor by your hollerin' an' yellin',
you'll be sorry for it, Bobby Jennings. I guess you
won't go round in your fine skiff, drivin' honest boys
away from their work any more."
Sam had traveled the road so often that he could find
their hiding-place in the dark quite as readily as by
the aid of a lantern. Presently he ran the bow of the
yawl upon the shore, and, after listening a moment to
make sure that no one in the harbor had been alarmed
by the fisher-boy's shouting, he ordered his followers t(
carry the prisoner into the cave. Bob bore their rough
handling without a word of complaint, and in a few
moments he found himself lying on his back in the
middle of the cave, where he speedily aroused a new
enemy, in the shape of the bull-dog, which made desperate attempts to get at him, and whose chain was almost long enough to allow him to reach the prisoner.
Bob several times heard his teeth snap like a steel-trap,
within an inch of his ears, but when he tried to move
farther away from the brute, he was instantly pounced
upon by two of the band, who seemed to be afraid that,
bound hand and foot as he was, he might still succeed
in effecting his escape.
" Now, shut the door and light that laLtern, somebody," commanded the chief. "Friday, knock that dog
down agin."
Jack Spaniard fumbled around in the dark for a mo



THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.           179
ment, and then struck a light, whichlrevealed a scene that
filled every boy in the cave with excitement. Friday,
in attempting to obey the governor's order, had got himself into trouble. He had attacked the dog with the
boat-hook, which he had kept in his hand, to resist any
attempt that the fisher-boy might make at escape, but
the brute, being determined to bite somebody, and probably cherishing a grudge against Friday for the beating
he had given him but a short time before, turned fiercely
upon him, and, fastening his teeth in his arm, threw him
to the floor; and when the light from the lantern illumined the cave, he was shaking him as if he had been a
large rat.
"Jerusalem!" exclaimed Will Atkins, and, catching
up an ax, he was starting to Friday's assistance, when
he was checked by the stern voice of the chief.
"Hold on, there," exclaimed Sam. "If you hit that
dog with that ax there'll be a big fuss here. We must n't
hurt him, fur we need him to hunt goats with."
" 0, now, pull him off!" drawled Tom.
"Now, you stand back an' let him alone," said Friday, who did not seem to be at all concerned. " If I
can't beat this dog in a fair tussel, I do n't want a cent."
During the struggle, Friday kept a firm hold of his
boat-hook; and now that the lantern was lighted, so that
he could see to use it, he regained his feet, and showered
his blows so fiercely upon his assailant, that, in less than
half a minute, he was declared to be a badly whipped
dog, and Sam was obliged to interfere in order to save
his favorite from serious injury.
"You fellers need n't make up your minds to see much
goat meat on the table when we get to our island," said




180               GO AHEAD; OR,
Friday, rolling up his sleeve to examine his arm, which,
Tom was very much relieved to see was scarcely scratche'
"We'll starve to death if we do n't get no grub till thas
ar dog ketches it fur us."
Quiet being restored, the fisher-boy was placed in a
sitting posture in the middle of the cave, with his back
against the skiff; Sam seated himself on the dry-goods
box, while the others of the band disposed of themselves
in various attitudes, and waited for their leader to speak.
Bob glanced hastily from one to the other of them, and
he was satisfied, from their looks, that the new member
was the only one who was prepared to say a word in his
favor.
Tom was already sincerely repenting that he had ever
joined the Crusoe band. He had been greatly terrified
by the violence he had witnessed, his face wore a timid,
frightened expression, and his mouth was twisted on one
side as if he had half a mind to cry. It had been demonstrated to his satisfaction that his new friends were
but very little, if any, better than so many young savages,
and he trembled when he thought of what they would do
to him if he should accidentally break any of the laws
of the band. Boys who could stand by and see one of
their number engaged in a fight with a fierce bull-dog,
without raising a hand to assist him, were not likely to
be possessed of very kindly feelings; and if any misfortune should befall him while in their company, he could
not hope for sympathy from any of them. Another
reason why Tom wished himself well out of the scrape
was, because he believed that the events of the last five
minutes had endangered the existence of the society.
We know that he was a famous manager, and that he




j~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~i
i~~~~~~O   RSNL NTECY.[ae10
zn








THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.          181
could jee a long way ahead of him while every thing
worked smoothly and to his satisfaction, and no real
obstacles were encountered; but now he was sadly
troubled. Had he been the chief of the band at that
moment, he would not have known how to act. He
had readily fallen in with the belief of the others that
Bob ought to be captured, in order to prevent him from
revealing the secret of their hiding-place, and thus breaking up the band and putting a stop to their cruise; but
now that they had got him, he was like the man who
drew the elephant in the lottery-he did n't know what
ought to be done with him. Sam Barton, however, was
not troubled with any gloomy foreboding. Although he
had, at first, looked very serious, and imagined all sorts
of terrible things that would happen to him now that his
rival had discovered his secret, a hasty review of the
situation had convinced him that his case was not so
very desperate after all. Indeed, according to his way
of thinking, some such scrape as they had just got
into was needed to establish his society upon a firm
basis. Although the members, without a single exception, appeared to enter heartily into all his plans, he
was afraid that, when the time for action arrived, one
or two of the timid ones would have some excuse for
backing out. That was one reason, though not the
principal one, why he had stolen Bob's skiff. As all
the members of his band had assisted him in it, he had
thus got a firm hold upon them; and, if any of them
became restive, he could enforce obedience to his comnr
mands by threatening to expose them to Mr. Grimcs,
the constable.  The capture of the fisher-boy would
serve to convince the band that he was in earnest, and




182        G-   AHEAD; OR,
that he was determined to carry out his plans in spite
of all the obstacles that could be thrown in his way.
" Gentlemen will come to order agin," said Sam, assuming a very solemn air, and looking savagely at the
fisher-boy. " Of all the things that have happened since
I got to be governor, this yere is the beat! It don't
need a smart man to tell what would happen to us if
this yere feller should get a chance to tell Mr. Grimes
of what he has seed here; so the best thing we can do
is to take care that he do n't get back to the village in
a hurry. Bobby Jennings, we shall keep you prisoner
here until we get ready to start for our island. Friday,
you an' Jack Spaniard tie that ar dog right here in front
of the door; an' then, even if he does get his hands an'
feet loose, he can't get out!"
"0, now, I object to this way of doing business!"
drawled Tom, as Friday and Jack untied the dog and
began to drag him toward the door. " We do n't want
to keep Bob a prisoner here! How long do you suppose it will be before his absence will be -discovered,
and search made for him?"
"Well, let'em search! " returned Sam. "They won't
find him,.an' mebbe they'll think he is drownded, or that
he has run away."
"If we do n't keep him here, what will we do with
him?" demanded Will Atkins.  "Haint you got no
sense at all?"
"0, now, I want you to quit asking me if I have n't
got any sense  " drawled Tom. "I know as much about
managing affairs of this kind as you or any one else in
the band."
"I do n't see it! " said the chief. "A purty captain




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.            183
you would make now! If we should let him go, he'd
have us all in jail in less than an hour; would n't you,
Bobby?"
"Indeed I would," replied the fisher-boy, promptly.
"That would be the best place in the world for you."
"0, now, you wouldn't put me in jail, Bob Jennings," drawled Tom. "I have n't done any thing."'" You have nt? " exclaimed Sam. "That's a purty
story, aint it, fellers? You're jest as deep in the mud
as we are. Aint you a member of our band, an' did n't
the band steal the skiff? The meetin's out, now."
" 0, I did n't have any thing to do with the skiff,"
whined Tom, who was utterly amazed at the bully's
impudence. "I didn't join the band until after."
" I said the meetin's out!" interrupted the governor.
" If you have any thing to growl about you must keep
it until we come here agin. Now, Bobby," he added,
turning to the prisoner, " you've been ketched actin'
the part of a spy; an''cordin' to law, you had oughter
be chucked into the harbor. Howsomever, if you will
behave yourself like a man had oughter do, we won't
do you no harm. You have seed enough of this dog
to know that he's mighty rough on strangers, an' if
you know any thing you11 not try to get away from
us. If you do-well, you'11 find out what'11 happen."
After spreading an old sail upon the floor of the cave
for the fisher-boy to lie down upon, and tightening up
the ropes with which his hands and feet were confined,
Sam again informed the band that the "meeting was
out," and ordered them to get ready to start for home.
The chief, as usual brought up the rear, remaining after
the others had gone, to see that every thing was right




184              GO AHEAD; OR,
about the cave. He paused a moment at the door, to
assure the fisher-boy that the best thing he could do
was to remain quietly a prisoner, and then he pushed
the board back to its place, and Bob was left to his
meditations, and to the companionship of the bull-dog




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.           185
CHAPTER XVI.
BOB FIGHTS FOR HIS LIBERTY
I;V  0 SAY that the fisher-boy was astonished at
what had taken place, would not half express
his feelings. He had never imagined Sam to
be so desperate a character, and never, until
then, had he felt in the least afraid of him. He had always believed himself to be able to beat the bully at any
of his games; but he now had learned that he had to deal
with one who was quite as smart as himself. Being taken
prisoner, and confined like a felon, were new chapters in
his experience. There was no playing about it; it was a
reality; and Sam and his band were in earnest. What
would they do with him? was a question that the fisherboy more than once asked himself, but without arriving
at any satisfactory conclusion. In fact, he did not intend that the governor should have a chance to do any
thing to him; for it was his intention to make some desperate attempts to effect his escape.
There was another thing that surprised Bob quite as
much as his captors, and that was, that Tom Newomnbe
should condescend to become a member of the organization, especially as he was obliged to take a position in




186              GO AHEAD; OR,
the ranks. But, after thinking the matter over, the fisherboy saw through it all; and he imagined that he was
quite as well posted in regard to the object Tom had in
view as was the new member himself. The latter had
repeatedly said that if he did not own and sail that
yacht, no one about Newport should long enjoy it, and,
finding that his father had no intention of giving it to
him, he had resolved to do something desperate. He
at first decided to sink the Storm King in the harbor;
and afterward he determined to go to sea in her. She
was the most beautiful little vessel that had ever been
seen about the village, and he could not bear the thought
of destroying her; and besides, by capturing her, and running her out to sea, he would "get even" with both his
father and the principal at the same time. He would
take revenge upon the professor by depriving him of
his fine yacht; and upon his father, by never again
showing his face in Newport as long as he lived. But
Tom could not do this by himself; he must have help;
for he knew that a guard-post would be established upon
the vessel, which was to be kept in the bay, back of the
academy, and that any attempt to capture her would be
met with stubborn resistance. He knew, also, that there
were a good many "old sailors" at the academy, who
would very soon fall in love with their new boat, if they
had n't done so already, and that they would not hesitate
to thrash any boy who might be caught prowling around
her at night, especially if they had the slightest reason
for supposing that he intended to do the yacht an injury.




THE FISHER-BOY S MOTTO.           187
If the society of Night-hawks had still been in existence,
Tom would have applied to its members for the help he
needed, and, very likely, he would have got it; but the
village boys having all deserted him, he was obliged to
look elsewhere for friends. The first boy he thought of
was Sam Barton. He knew him to be a very reckless
fellow, and he believed that an expedition organized for
the purpose of seizing the Storm King would suit him
exactly. More than that, Sam had a great deal of influence with the ferry-boys, every one of whom would
rush to his standard, and Tom would again find himself
the honored leader of a secret organization. Tom and
the governor talked this matter over while they were
under the pier, and, although the bully was at first inclined to be suspicious of his visitor, who, he thought,
was too much of a "swell" to associate with poor ferryboys, he finally became convinced that he was in earnest,
and entered heartily into all his plans, with one exception.
He promised to raise a crew large enough to seize the
yacht, and to take her to sea after they had captured
her; but, as for getting up a new society, and making
Tom captain of it, that was another thing. He was the
leader of a band of fellows, who, for bravery and discipline, had never been equaled in the village, and if Tom
would promise to keep every thing secret, and to obey
all the laws, he would take him in as a member. This
proposition, of course, did not exactly suit one who imagined that he was born to command, but it was his only
chance to obtain the assistance he needed, and he finally




188              GO AHEAD; OR,
consented; believing that, after he had become fairly
settled as a member, he could induce the boys to break
the chief, and appoint him in his stead. So Tom became
one of the Crusoe band; and while Will Atkins was following up the fisher-boy to see that he went home, Sam
and the rest of his friends were seated in the yawl, under
the pier, initiating the new member into the mysteries
of the society. As we have seen, he soon became heartily
sick of the band. He had never before associated with
such a rough, quarrelsome set of boys, and if he could
have thought of any other plan to secure possession of
the yacht, he never would have put his foot inside the
cave again. Moreover, the bully, with an impudence
and a disregard for truth that utterly confounded the
new member, had accused him of theft. The fisher-boy,
angry as he was, could not help laughing when he recalled to mind the expression of astonishment that passed over Tom's face, when the chief informed him that
if Bob escaped he would be in danger of being sent to
jail. Although he was not in very comfortable circumstances just then, he could not help thinking that Tom's
situation was worse than his.
Bob, however, did not waste a great deal of time in
thinking about Tom Newcombe. He was too much interested in his own affairs just then; and scarcely had
Sam disappeared, when he straightened up, and began
to test the strength of the rope with which his hands
were bound. It proved to be much too strong for him
to break, but the knot, having been loosely tied, slipped




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.            189
a little, and that gave him encouragement. The dog
seemed to understand that he was placed at the door
for the purpose of keeping an eye on the prisoner, for
every time Bob moved, he would give him notice that
he was still wide-awake, by growling savagely. The
fisher-boy, however, was not very much afraid of him.
Before the light was put out, he had taken pains to examine the chain, which he noticed was sufficiently large
and heavy to hold a good sized vessel; and, until the
dog became strong enough to break that chain, he was
safe. He paid no heed to the warning growls, but devoted all his attention to the work of freeing his arms,
which, for a long time, he had hopes of being able to accomplish. But the governor had tied the rope himself,
and, although the knot slipped a little at every exertion
of strength, he could not loosen it sufficiently to enable
him to free his hands. Had he been fresh he might have
succeeded; but, besides having done a hard day's work
at his wood-pile, he was nearly exhausted by the efforts
he had made to escape from the bully, and he began to
feel the need of rest. Stretching himself out on the sail,
he settled into as comfortable a position as it was possible for him to assume with his hands and feet securely
bound, wondered whether his mother was waiting for him
at home, and how long the governor intended to keep
him a prisoner, and in a moment more was fast asleep.
How long he slept he was unable to tell. He was aroused
by the growling of the dog, and, after listening a moment,
he heard a slight noise outside the cave. Then the board




190              GO AHEAD; OR,
was removed, and he recognized the voice of Sam Barton,
ordering the dog to keep silent.
"Bobby Jennings!" said he, as soon as he had succeeded.in quieting the brute, "be you there, all safe an'
sound?"
"Of course I am! " replied the fisher-boy. " How do
you suppose I could be anywhere else after you have
tied me hand and foot, and put a dog at the door to
guard me?"
"That's all right," said the chief, who seemed to be
greatly relieved to learn that his prisoner had not found
means to effect his escape. " Come in, Friday, an' strike
a light."
Bob heard the two boys stumbling about in the darkness; for, although it was broad daylight, the cave was
as dark as it had been at midnight, and when the lantern
was lighted, he saw that Sam carried a huge slice of
meat in one hand, and a tin dinner pail in the other.
"Here's your share," said he, throwing the meat to
the dog; " an' now, Bobby, if you'll promise, honor bright
an' no jokin', not to try any tricks on us, we'll untie your
arms an' give you a chance to eat the grub we've brought
you."
The fisher-boy readily promised to behave himself, for
he was tired of sitting with his hands bound behind him.
" How do you suppose that I could get away?" he asked,
as Sam began to remove the rope from his arms. " You
are both as large as I am, and besides, you've got a dog
to help you."




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.           191
"That's nothin'," said Friday. "We aint a goin' to
trust you too fur, an' that's jest all about it. No
tricks, now."
After Bob had stretched his cramped arms he felt so
much better that he asked Sam to untie his feet, a request
which the latter positively refused to grant. " You do n't
need your legs to eat breakfast with," said he; " so pitch
into that bread an' taters, an' do n't keep us waitin'."
Whatever else Bob had to say about the governor of
the Crusoe band, he could not accuse him of wishing to
starve him, for Sam had filled the bucket with all kinds
of eatables that he had been able to procure. Never had
a better breakfast been served up to him, and never had
he eaten a meal in so romantic a spot as the cave appeared to be at that moment. Bob could not help feeling amused, and he thought that the scene there presented, was well worth the pencil of an artist. The
fisher-boy sat on the piece of sail which had served him
for a bed, his back against his skiff, his legs, which were
stretched out straight before him, almost wrapped up in
ropes, the dinner bucket at his side, and a slice of bread
in one hand and a piece of cold meat in the other. On
one side of him stood the chief of the Crusoe band,
his sleeves rolled up to his elbows, his hat pushed back
on his head, one hand resting on the flour barrel, and
the other holding the boat-hook which had done hini
such good service the night before.  In front of him
stood the governor's man, Friday, leaning carelessly
against the wall, with his arms folded; but within easy




192               GO AHEAD; OR,
reach of him was a heavy oar, which could be seized, in
case the prisoner made any attempts at escape. The
space on the other side of him was occupied by the dog,
which, having finished his breakfast, sat with his head
turned on one side, watching the bread and meat as it
disappeared down Bob's hungry throat, no doubt envying him his enjoyment. The lantern, which stood on the
flour barrel, beside the copy of Robinson Crusoe, threw
a dim, ghostly light over the scene, and the fisher-boy
could almost bring himself to imagine that the old feudal times-stories of which he had read and wondered
at —had returned, and that he was taking part in them;
that the cave represented the dungeon of some ancient
castle, and that the governor and his man were the retainers of some cruel nobleman, into whose hands he had
fallen.
While Bob was eating his breakfast, neither he nor
his jailers spoke a word. The latter evidently had nothing to talk about, and the fisher-boy, knowing that he
could not sav much that was complimentary to Sam and
his band, thought it best to keep silent. The governor
seemed to be in excellent spirits since he captured his
rival, and Bob knew that it was policy to keep him so
if he could. He had not forgotten that Sam was the
boy who had caused him a great deal of trouble by sinking his scow, and stealing his fine skiff, but he could not
afford to show that he cherished revengeful feelings
about it.
" Have you had enough? asked the chief, when the




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.           193
fisher-boy had finished the last mouthful of his breakfast. "If you haint, say the word, an' we'll fetch you
more."
"I have had a great plenty," replied Bob; " and now,
Sam, I would like to know how long you intend to keep
me a prisoner here?"
"Well, that depends! " answered the governor; " you
see, Bobby, it would n't be a very smart trick fur us to
let you out till we get ready to leave Newport. You
know too much, an' you might be mean enough to make
us a great deal of trouble."
" Very likely I should," replied the fisher-boy, bluntly.
"But I would rather be kept here six months than to be
in your boots when Mr. Grimes gets his hands on you."
"You need n't lose no sleep worryin' about us," returned Sam. " If we do n't know enough to take care
of ourselves we ought to get into trouble. Now, we
must bid you good-by, Bobby," he continued, as he coolly
proceeded to fasten his prisoner's arms behind him,
" an' we hope you'll have a jolly time till we get back.
Two is company, you know, so you an' the dog can talk
over your secrets without bein' afraid that somebody
will hear you.  It aint no ways likely that we shall
call on you agin afore night,'cause it aint exactly safe
fur us to come here often durin' the day-time. If we
hear any body askin' fur you, we'll tell'em that the last
time we seed you, you were in good health and spirits."
The fisher-boy listened in silence to this insulting
speech, and scarcely had the door closed behind the
13




194               GO AHEAD; OR,
governor, when, in spite of the angry growls of the dogs
he renewed his efforts to free himself from his bonds. He
met with no better success than before; for Sam had
taken a great deal of pains in fastening the rope, and
he was finally obliged to give it up as a bad job. For
want of some better way to pass the time, he stretched
himself out on his hard bed, and tried in vain to go
to sleep. The rope had been drawn so tightly that his
arms began to swell, and this caused him so much pain
that sometimes he found it exceedingly difficult to keep
back his tears.  How he lived through the day, he
scarcely knew.  Time moved on laggard wings, and
all he had to divert his attention, during the fourteen hours that elapsed between the visits of his
jailers, were the rattling of the wagons on the pavement over his head, and the angry growls of the dog,
which were kept up at short intervals, during the day.
How Bob wished that his hands were free! That brute,
large and savage as he was, would not long stand between him and his freedom. Then, for a long time, the
fisher-boy lay with his face downward-that being the
most comfortable position he could assume-and pondered upon the chances of vanquishing the dog, in case
he should get into a fight with him.
Eight o'clock came at last, and with it arrived Sam
Barton and his band, including Tom Newcombe, who
brought a splendid double-barrel shot-gun, two jointed
fish-poles, a quantity of hooks and lines, and also his
game chickens, all of which he offered to increase the




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.           195
general stock. Every thing was accepted, in spite of
the objections raised by Will Atkins, who argued that
not only did the book fail to mention whether or not
Crusoe's gun was a double-barrel, but it was also silent
on the subject of game chickens. It said nothing about
fish-poles either, especially jointed ones; and to show
that his objection was well founded, Atkins picked up
the book, and turned to a picture which represented
Robinson catching a dolphin with a hand-line. The
governor listened patiently to all he had to say, but he
failed to discover any reason why he should not adhere
to his decision.
"Any body with half sense could see that a double
barrel gun is a handy thing to have about," said the
chief. "'Spose Tommy should happen to get into a
fight with two Injuns, while he was out alone on the
island, hunting for goats! couldn't he easy kill'em
both?  Fish-poles, too, are sometimes worth more'n
they cost. Mebbe our island, when we find it, will be
different from Crusoe's. Mebbe there'll be creeks on
it, with sunfish an' perch in'em; an' whoever heated
of ketchin' them kind of fish with hand-lines  An" as
fur them game chickens, they will be jest the things we
need. We may get tired of livin' on turtle's eggs, you
know."
"That makes no odds," replied the dissatisfied member. "You would n't take that ar watch of mine, an'
I aint a goin' to let them  things of Tommy's go,
neither."




196              GO AHEAD; OR,
In short, Will Atkins stubbornly stuck out for what
he believed to be his rights, and the result was, that
he very soon succeeded in exhausting all the patience
of the chief, who backed him into a corner, and was
about to reduce him to subjection, when Tom, who did
not like to see any fighting, began to beg for him. The
governor hesitated a moment, undecided whether to listen
to the appeals of humanity or to follow the stern mandate of duty, and then released the culprit; not, however, without solemnly promising him that the very next
time he dared oppose his chief, he would certainly suffer.
While the band remained in the cave, the fisher-boy's
arms were left unbound, so that he could eat his supper;
but as soon as the general business of the society had
been transacted, the governor ordered Bob to get ready
to be tied up again, and the band to adjourn to the
yawl for the purpose of talking over some of their
plans.
They did not want their prisoner to overhear them,
and, as they were afraid to trust him outside of the cave,
they were obliged to go out themselves. The chief appeared to be very much concerned about the comfort of
the fisher-boy, for, when he saw how badly his arms were
swollen, he tried a new way of confining them. He cut
off about two feet of the rope, each end of which he made
fast to the prisoner's arms, above the elbows, with a
"round turn and two half hitches."  This left Bob's
hands and the lower part of his arms free-an advantage that he was quick to perceive, and which he de.




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.            197
termined to use, if an opportunity was offered. As soon
as this operation was performed, Sam and his band left
the cave, and for the next half hour an animated discussion was carried on outside the door. The fisher-boy,
believing that some important plan was being talked
over, listened with all his ears; but, to his disappointment, he could not catch a word of what was said, for
the boys talked in whispers. Finally, the chief re-entered
the cave, and, after examining the prisoner's bonds, he
extinguished the lantern, and went out again. Bob heard
a slight splashing in the water as the yawl moved away,
and when he was sure that the band had left the vicinity
of the cave, he straightened up and prepared to put into
execution a plan for escape which he had thought over
while the debate was going on at the door. Putting his
hand into his pocket he pulled out a large jack-knife
which he opened with his teeth, and in less time than it
takes to write it, his arms were free. The work of releasing his legs was quite as quickly accomplished. A
few rapid blows with the knife severed the rope with
which they were confined, and then Bob slowly, and with
great difficulty, raised himself to his feet. "Hold on
there," said he to himself, as a loud growl from the
dog gave him notice that every move he made was being closely watched, "I'll be ready for you in a very
few minutes!"
But in this the fisher-boy was mistaken. His "few
minutes" proved to be nearly half an hour; and even
at the end of that time he had scarcely recovered the




198               GO AHEAD; OR,
use of his legs. But delays were dangerous-perhaps
he had already wasted too much time-and as soon as
he could walk without leaning against the wall, he was
ready to attend to the dog, which must be put out of
the way before he could leave his prison. Bob did not
intend to fight him in the dark, however, for that would
give the animal too much advantage. He knew there
was a box of matches on one of the shelves at the left,
hand of the door, for he had heard his jailers feeling
around for it every time they came in, and his first hard
work must be to find it. There was no danger of stumbling upon the dog in the darkness, for the animal kept
up an incessant barking and growling, and thus Bob was
able to keep out of his reach. He had no difficulty in
finding the shelves, and after a few moments search,
during which he several times stopped and listened, almost imagining that he heard his enemies returning, he
placed his hand upon the box of matches. The next
thing was the lantern. Securing that was a more difficult and dangerous task, for the chief had left it on the
flour barrel, where he could not get at it without placing
himself within reach of the dog. Bob lit one of the
matches, and took a hurried survey of the cave. Directly in front of him was the dog, which was standing
upon his hind legs, and jumping the full length of his
chain in his efforts to reach the prisoner. Behind the
dog was the flour barrel, on which stood the lantern.
In one corner of the cave, opposite the door, was a pair
of oars, either one of which was long enough to reach




THE FISHER-BOY' MOTTO.          191
from where he stood to the flour barrel. By the time
Bob made these observations the match was consumed.
He lit another, and picked up one of the oars, which he
extended toward the lantern, when the dog seized the
blade in his teeth and literally smashed it in pieces.
In return for the damage he had done, he received a
blow over the head from the handle of the oar, which
knocked him down. The fisher-boy hoped he had finished him; but before he had time to make any observations his match went out. A third was struck, and
the dog was discovered upon his feet again, apparently as
full of fight as ever; but when Bob stretched the oar out
toward the lantern, he backed over against the door.
His first attempt to catch the handle of the lantern
upon the end of the oar was a failure; so were the
second and third, on account of the interference of the
dog. The fourth, however, was successful; and after he
had picked up the wick so that the lamp would give a
strong light, he began to look about the cave for some
more suitable weapon than the stump of the oar. A
small hatchet, which was stowed away on one of the
shelves caught his eye. That was just the thing he
needed; and, after placing the lantern upon the shelf
where it could not get knocked over during the struggle,
Bob took the hatchet in his hand, rolled up his sleeves,
and began the fight without ceremony. There was a
little more barking and growling, a few desperate springs
a savage blow with the hatchet, then one or two convul
sive kicks, and that was the end of it.




200               GO AHEAD; OR,
It was the end of Sam Barton's favorite, too. It had
all been done in a moment, and the fisher-boy was glad
indeed that it was so. Had the struggle been a protracted one, as he had expected it would be, the result
might have been different. Not only was he totally
unfit to sustain a lengthened contest, but he knew the
necessity there was of getting out of the cave as soon.
as possible. He was unable to tell where the governor
and his band had gone, or how soon they would return,
and the quicker he left his prison the better would be
his chances for escape; for, although the dog was out
of the way, his freedom was by no means assured.
Hastily extinguishing the lantern, the fisher-boy crept
up close to the door and listened. All was still, and
believing that the coast was clear, he removed the board
and crawled cautiously out of the cave; but, just as his
feet touched the ground, a pair of strong arms were
thrown around his neck, and before he could think twice,
he found himself flat on his back, with the goverror,
his man Friday, and Jack Spaniard on top of him.




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.          20o
CHAPTER XVII
PREPARATIONS FOR THE VOYAGE.
HEN Sam and the band. went out of the cave,
it was to listen to the report of Jack Spaniard
and Friday, who, it will be remembered, were
the ones selected by the chief to ascertain
whether or not a post had been established on board
the Storm King, and, if so, how many students composed the guard. They had performed their duty faithfully, and the conclusion at which they arrived was,
that the yacht could be easily captured. The majority
of the band agreed with them, and was in favor of maiking an immediate attack. They had heard enough during the day to satisfy them that the fisher-boy's mysterious disappearance was causing a great deal bf talk
about the village, and the sooner they got ready to start
upon their cruise, the more likely they would be to es.
cape questioning. Some of the timid ones, however —
among whom, of course, was Tom Newcombe-remembering the bayonets with which the students were armed,
felt their courage rapidly giving way, and strongly objected to an attack being made upon the vessel. It was
a very easy matter for them to sit in their cave and talk




202              GO ABEAD; OR,
about it, and boast of the bravery they would exhibit
when the time for action arrived-as some of the band
had done-but now, that there was a probability that
they would soon be called upon to make a display of
their valor, they were ready to back out.
" Suppose we give up the idea of capturing the yacht,"
said Tom. " It's dangerous; and, besides, your yawl will
answer our purpose just as well."
"Why, Muley! what has got into you all of a sudden?" demanded the chief. "You seem to be monstrous
glum about something. You want us to take the vessel
away from them fellers, don't you? Well, how are
we goin' to get it? They won't give it up without a
fuss."
Just then the new member would have found it exceedingly difficult to tell exactly what he wanted. He
was as anxious as ever to punish his father and the principal, by taking the Storm King, but he was not brave
enough to face the weapons of the guard; for he knew
that all the students were very expert in the bayonet
exercise, and, as they were not wanting in courage, they
would very likely give Crusoe and his men a warm reception. Perhaps if he had been the captain of the band,
with the same authority Sam was permitted to assume,
and the members had all treated him with the respect
due the son of the richest man in the village, and the
fisher-boy had been out of the way, and he had positive
evidence that his band exceeded the guard of the Storm
King in numbers, so that her capture could be effected




THE FISHER-BOY S MOTTO.          203
without danger to himself-in short, if he could have arranged every thing to his liking, he might have taken
more interest in the affairs of the society. Or, even if
he had been second in command, and it had been understood that he was to be the captain of the vessel during
the voyage, he might have kept up somie show of allegiance. But the members all treated him as an equal
rather than superior; he had placed himself in the
power of a tyrant, who ruled him with a rod of iron,
who never deferred to him, or asked his advice in regard to the manner in which the affairs of the band
ought to be conducted, and, who being utterly ignorant
of seamanship and navigation, would certainly get himself and crew into serious trouble during the voyage.
Tom had thought of all these things during the day,
and he had got another idea into his head. If the governor had known it, and had been as well acquainted
with him as were some other boys about the village, the
new member would have been a prisoner as well as the
fisher-boy.
The chief, for a wonder, listened patiently to what the
members of the band had to say, but, being unable to decide the matter, he ordered them into the yawl, and put
off to make personal observations. Being favored by the
darkness, he ran so close to the vessel that he could hear
the footsteps of the sentinel as he paced the deck. According to the report of the spies, the guard consisted of
four students, only one of whom was on duty at a time.
The chief was very soon satisfied of the correctness of




204               GO AHEAD; OR,
one part of this statement, for, had there been more than
one boy on guard, he would have heard more footsteps,
and very likely, some conversation.
The night was so dark that Sam could not possibly
make any accurate observations, and the most of the
conclusions at which he arrived were the result of
guess-work. But he was satisfied with them, and after
he had rowed entirely around the vessel, he had decided
upon his plans, and was ready to issue his orders.
"You an' Jack were right, Friday," said he, addressing himself to the spies. " That little craft is our'n, an'
by sunrise, day after to-morrow, we'11 be miles on our
way toward our island. We'11 go back to the cave now,
an'-"
"Boat ahoy!" came the hail from the deck of the
Storm King.
"0, now, let's get away from here!" drawled Tom.
"We're discovered."
" Boat ahoy! " shouted the sentinel again. "Better
keep off, if you do n't want to get into trouble! "
" Do n't you be any ways oneasy," replied the chief,
who, seeing that they were detected, thought it best to
put a bold face on the matter. "We're honest people,
an' we're goin' home!"
" Well, you- do n't live around here," replied the student, "and I tell you that you had better keep away."
"I'd like to know if this yere harbor has got to be
private property since you'cademy fellers brought that
boat here," said the governor.




TBL  FISHER-BOY'   MOTTO          205
Corporal of the guard! " shouted the sentinel.
"0, now, we'd better leave, I tell you," drawled Tonm.' He's calling the corporal, and the first thing we know
we'11 get into trouble. We might be captured."
"Not easy.  They can't crowd swells enough into
that craft to take us," said the chief; but, although he
talked very boldly, he evidently thought it best to get
a little farther away from  the Storm  King, for he
dropped his oar into the water and sculled from the
spot. The crew of the yawl heard a hurrying of feet
on the deck of the vessel, as if the students were taking
their stations, in readiness to repel an attack; but that
soon died away in the distance, and then the governor
pulled in his oar and sat down.
"Friday," said he, "you an' that ar Jack Spaniard had
oughter be chucked into the harbor."
" What fur?" asked both the spies at once. " What
have we been a doin' now?"
"What did you do to-day, when you came up here
to find out how many fellers there was on board that
vessel?" demanded the chief.
"Why, we jest pulled round," answered Friday. "We
did n't raise no fuss."
" Did n't them soldiers speak to you? "
"Yes; an' we told'em  that we was jest lookin'
round."
"I was sartin of it! " said the governor. "You've
knocked our expedition higher'n the top of Mr. Newcombe's warehouse. Them'cademy swells are on the




206               GO AHEAD; OR,
watch now, an' I reckon we'11 see some hot times before
we can call ourselves the masters of that craft. But
that sha' n't stop me. I said I'd sail to our island in her,
an' I'm goin' to keep my promise."
The members of the Crusoe band were astonisned, and
not a little alarmed, at what had just transpired. To the
chief it was as plain as daylight, that something had happened to arouse the suspicions of the students, and he
imagined it was the careless manner in which the two
spies had executed his orders. In this he was mistaken;
for the blame rested entirely with Tom  Newcombe.
During the day he had accidentally run against some of
the students on the street, and they, having been made
acquainted with the history of the yacht, could not resist the temptation to talk to Tom about it.
" Newcombe," exclaimed Harry Green, who acted as
spokesman for the party, "you do n't know what you
are missing by being shut up in that office all day. Why
do n't you ask your father to let you come back to the
institute? We are having high old times there."
" 0, I do n't care if you are!" drawled Tom.
"And just see here!" continued Harry, pulling an
official envelope out of his pocket. "Here's my appointment as first lieutenant in our navy."
"I do n't care," exclaimed Tom. "I do n't want to
see it. I can't stop to talk to you, either, for I am in a
great hurry."
"0, we'll not detain you," said Harry.  "We'll
walk with you. Did you ever hear of a man being an




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.          207
officer in both the army and navy at the same time?
Well, I am. I am captain of company A, and executive officer of the yacht. I wanted to be commander of
her; but Bill Steele passed a better examination than I
did. The students who are studying navigation are to
act as her crew, and, in a few days, the colonel is going
to put her into commission. He is going to send to Boston for a couple of small cannon for her, and as soon as
they arrive, we're going on a cruise."
"0, now, I don't know whether you are or not,"
roared Tom, who had made several unsuccessful attempts
to interrupt Harry. "I'll show you something before
you are many days older. I've got an idea."
"Whew!" whistled the first lieutenant of the Storm
King, opening his eyes in amazement. " Have you organized another society, Newcombe, and do you intend to
go to sea in the yacht as we did in the Swallow?"
Harry, as we know, had formerly been a member of
the Night-hawks, and had taken an active part in Tom's
runaway scheme; but the one month extra duty adjudged
by the court-martial had opened his eyes, and as soon as
he had worked out the sentence, he turned over a new leaf.
The result was now apparent. He was the ranking captain at the academy, and the second in command of the
Storm King. He was well acquainted with Tom, and it
was a favorite saying of his that, when he got an idea
into his head, he was dangerous.' I did n't tell you what I intend to do, did I?" drawled
Tom.




208              GO AHEAD.' OR,
"'No," ieplied the lieutenant, "but you have said
enough to put me on my guard. Now, Newcombe, if
you want to see some fun, bring on your society and
make an attempt to capture the Storm King. We'll
take every one of you to the academy as prisoners of
war."
If any other boy in the village had hinted that it was
his intention to capture the yacht, Harry would have
thought it a capital joke; but coming from the source
it did, and knowing that Tom had accomplished wonders in this line, he deemed it best to be prepared for
any emergency. He returned to the academy immediately, and reported the matter to the lieutenant-colonel,
who, just before dark, sent a guard of twelve students on
board the yacht. It was fortunate for the members of
the Crusoe band that they did not attempt to capture
her.
The chief did not relinquish his hopes of being able
to take the vessel, as soon as he was ready to start on
his cruise, but he did not then arrange any plan of attack, nor did he have much to say about the business
in hand, until he once more found himself safe under
Mr. Newcombe's wharf. He guided the yawl to the
landing, in front of their hiding-place, and was about
to issue some orders to the band, when Friday intimated
to him in a whisper that there was something unusual
going on in the cave. The chief held his breath and
listened intently; but the noise, whatever it was, had
ceased.




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.          209
"Do you reckon that ar Bobby Jennings has got
loose 1" he asked, anxiously.
"If he has, we'd best look out," said Jack Spaniard.
"He won't be ketched as easy as he was before. But
I did n't hear nothing."
" Well, I did," said Friday. "I heered the rattlin'
of a chain, an' the dog a growlin' like he was fightin'
something."
The chief waited to hear no more, but, stepping cautiously out of the yawl, he took his stand in front of
the door and listened.
There was not a boy in the band who did not believe
that their prisoner had succeeded in freeing himself, and
that he was at that very moment on the point of leaving
the cave. We ought, perhaps, to except Tom Newcombe,
who now took no interest whatever in what was going
on. He did not care a straw whether the fisher-boy escaped or remained a prisoner, as he had come to the conclusion that he could not belong to a society unless he
was allowed to have a hand in the management of its
affairs. The other members, however, preferred that
Bob should not regain his liberty just then; but, although they well knew what would be the result if he
succeeded in getting away from them, there was not one
in the band, no, nor two, who would have dared to go
into the cave to attempt his recapture. Sam Barton did
not feel exactly safe, even on the outside of the door;
for, after he had listened a moment, he said, in a
whisper:
14




210               GO AHEAD; OR,
"Come up around me, fellers, and stick together. If he
comes out, do n't give an inch."
The words were scarcely out of the governor's mouth
when the board that concealed the door was removed,
and the fisher-boy crawled slowly out of the cave, only
to fall into the arms of his rival.
"Hold him down, lads," said the chief, as Bob struggled furiously with his captors. " What's this yere he's
got in his hand?  A hatchet? Friday, take it away
from him! An' you, Xury, go into the cave an' fetch
out that rope. You were tryin' to get away, were you,
Bobby Jennings? We'll fix you this time. It beats all
the world how he got by that ar dog."
"Why, he's killed him," exclaimed Xury, who, on
going into the cave after the rope, stumbled over the
body of Sam's favorite. "If he aint as teetolly dead as
a smoked herring, I hope I may never take another passenger across this harbor."
This announcement created great consternation among
the band, and some of the members were undecided
whether to retain their hold upon the prisoner, or to
jump up and take to their heels. From some cause or
other, they seemed to believe that a boy who was brave
enough to use a hatchet, even on a bull-dog, was a dangerous fellow to have about.
"Killed!" repeated the governor, in astonishment
" Be you sartin an' sure he's dead?"
Xury struck a match in order to satisfy himself on
that point; and as soon as the lantern was lighted, Tom,




THE FISHER-BOY S MOTTO.            211
who was the only one, besides the boy in the cave, not
employed in holding the prisoner, drawled out"  yes, he's as dead as a door-nail. If there's going
to be so much quarreling and fighting goin' on, I do n't
want any thing more to do with your society."
"There haint been no quarrelin' an' fightin' yet, that
I know of," said the chief, as he held Bob's arms behind
him, while Friday tied them with the rope Xury threw
out to them. "I do n't allow no such work among my
men. Pick him up an' carry him in, lads," he added,
as soon as he had satisfied himself that his prisoner was
once more secure. "Now, Bobby Jennings, I reckon
you'11 stay here fur awhile."
The first thought that passed through the fisher-boy's
mind, when he again found himself a prisoner, was, that
the governor would revenge the death of the dog by giving him a thrashing; but, to his surprise, he had very
little to say about it. After seeing his prisoner disposed
of, he examined the oar which had been broken during
the fight, looked at the hatchet Bob had used, and finally,
he glanced at the dog. " He was n't much account, no
how," said he. "Any animal that'll let such a lookin'
feller as Friday whip him in a fair fight, with nothin'
but a boat-hook, would n't do much good huntin' goats.
Ketch hold of the chain an' haul him out, lads."
Every member of the band lent prompt and cheerful
assistance in carrying out this order. The dog had not
been a favorite with them, and they were not sorry to
get rid of him.




212              GO AHEAD; OR,
"lNow, then," continued the governor, "it's under.
stood that to-morrow night we'11 capture that yacht an'
be off fur our island. I do n't mind sayin' this before
you, Bobby Jennings,'cause it aint no ways likely that
I'11 be dunce enough to give you another chance to get
away from us."
"But what are we goin' to do with him, governor?"
asked Will Atkins. " If we leave him tied up here in
the cave, he'11 starve to death; an' if we let him go
when we get ready to start, he'11 be sartin to tell
Mr. Grimes of every thing that has been goin' on
here."
"Now, you jest let me alone fur takin' care of all such
things as that," replied the chief. "If I haint got sense
enough to know what had oughter be done with him, I
aint fit to be the leader of this band. We'11 take him
with us, of course, an' land him on some island; an' by the
time he gets back here, we'll be miles an' miles at sea."
" But, perhaps he can't find his way back," drawled
Tom.
"That's his lookout, an' not mine. He had n't no
business to go spyin' round here. If he had minded his
own affairs, he would n't have been in this trouble. At.
kins, how much money have you got?"
"A trifle over twenty dollars," answered the treasurer.
"You're sure you didn't spent none of it fur candy
or pea-nuts!" sai I the chief, looking at him  very
sharply.




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.          215
"Honor bright, I haint," replied Atkins, who had not
forgotten the whipping he once received for being unfaithful to his trust.
"Twenty dollars aint much to brag on," said the
governor, thoughtfully. "We'd had more if it had n't
been for you, Bobby Jennings."
"How would you have got it? " inquired the fisherboy, who was greatly interested in all the proceedings
of the Crusoe band, even though he was held as a prisoner.
"Why, we would n't have started on our voyage until
next week. That would have give us time to paint this
boat over, an' sell her to somebody. You've jest cheated
us out of fifteen or twenty dollars, by your spyin' round,'cause I know I could have sold the skiff fur that. Now,
we'll have to be off at once;'cause your mother is makin'
a monstrous fuss about you."
"And we'll certainly be found out," drawled Tom.
" If I was governor I would set him at liberty immediately."
"Now, Muley, who asked you fur any advice?" demanded the chief, angrily. "I am the head man of
this band, an' I do n't need no mates an' lieutenants, like
they have up to the'cademy."
"We had oughter have some more grub," said Jack
Spaniard, who was commissary of the band. "We haint
got nothing but a few crackers, an' mebbe they wont last
till we find our island."
" Well, it aint best to buy none here," said the chief.




214               GO AHEAD; OR,
"We'11 stop at some city an' lay in a supply. I wonder
if we'11 go by Boston! Will we, Muley?"
" 0, how do I know! " drawled Tom.
"You had oughter know. You've been to sea, an
that's one reason why I wanted you in the band.
What do you say about it, Bobby? Will we see Boston?"
"I think not," answered the prisoner.
"I wonder where Crusoe's island is, anyhow," said
Xury. "Mebbe we'll find it, if we look around. Do
you know where it is, Bobby?"
" The book says it was somewhere near South America," replied the fisher-boy, who was astonished at the
ignorance of the members of the band, and desirous of
learning all their ideas on the subject.
"Is that fur from here?"
"Yes, it is a very nice little journey. You'll be tired
of life on ship-board before you get there."
"But what makes you think that we won't see Boston, Bobby?" inquired the governor.
" Because you do n't know how to sail to get there;
and, besides, if you succeed in capturing the Storm
King, you'll be wrecked before you get out of Buzzard's Bay."
"I'd like to know what's the reason! Did n't them'cademy swells run away in the Swallow, an' did n't they
go miles an' miles out of sight of land, an' never got
wrecked?"
"They did," replied Bob; "but then, you must re



THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.            215
member that there were some excellent sailors among
the students."
"That's sol" said Tom. "I was first-mate of the
Swallow during that cruise."
"Do you know any thing about navigation, Sam?"
asked the fisher-boy.
"What's that?"
"It is something every sea captain has to understand.
It is the science that teaches you what course to sail to
reach the port you want to go to, and how to take advantage of the winds and currents."
The governor backed toward his seat beside the flour
barrel, and made no reply. He did not quite understand
what his prisoner had said to him, but he could not
help seeing that an obstacle had suddenly arisen in his
path.
"The book do n't say that Crusoe knew any thing
about that," said Will Atkins, coming to the assistance
of the chief.' Of course it do n't," said the governor, immensely
relieved. "But do n't it say something about currents?
When Crusoe tried to sail around his island in his boat,
he came near bein' carried out to sea an' lost. If we
do n't look out, we might get in as much danger as he
was."
"Very likely you'11 get in more danger, if you ever
go to sea in the Storm  King." said the fisher-boy.
"Crusoe never was in any danger, for no such man ever
lived."




216              GO AHEAD; OR,
"Bobby Jennings " exclaimed the governor, siringing to his feet and catching up the boat-hook, "if you
say that again I'11 rap you over the head. I know better! I know there was such a man,'cause don't this
book tell all about him?  He had a jolly time there on
his island, huntin' goats an' watchin' fur injuns, an' that's
the way we're goin' to live. But we've talked long
enoughl Get to work, all of you, an' pack up them
things. While you're doin' that, I'11 make some spears.
You know," he went on to explain, " that every one of
them'cademy fellers has a gun with a bayonet on it I
Them guns aint loaded, be they, Muley?"
Tom replied that they were not.
" That's all right  " continued the chief. "I've just
thought up a way to whip'em easy. I'll have to spile
these oars, though."
Bob leaned back against his skiff and watched the
preparations for departure with a good deal of interest.
Several small dry goods boxes had been provided for this
very event, and while the band was busy packing away
the outfit in them, the chief employed himself in making
the spears, which he did by cutting down the blades of
the oars with a hatchet. When the first one was completed, he handed it to Tom, and asked his opinion
of it.
"You know all about them bayonets, Muley," said ie.
"Can they reach as fur with them as we can with tLbse
spears?"
" 0, now, how can I tell?  drawled Tom,




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.          217
"I'm sartin you know all about it, Muley,'cause
you've had a heap better chance to learn them things
than I have. An' you know all about them winds an'
currents Bobby was talkin' about, do n't you?"
"Do you suppose I've been to sea for nothing?"
" No I do n't; an' that's why I am goin' to make you
captain of the yacht, when we get her. Will you take it,
Muley?"
If the governor could have read the thoughts that
were passing through the mind of the new member at
that moment, he never would have offered him the position of captain of the vessel. Tom had concluded that
he had seen enough of the Crusoe band; that he would
have nothing more to do with boys who could not appreciate the honor he conferred upon them by becoming a member of their society; and the last idea that had
taken possession of him was, that he ought to contrive
some way to punish Sam Barton. The latter almost invariably addressed him in an imperious tone, as if he
regarded it as his right to command, and Tom's duty
to obey, and that was something the new member could
not endure. He first thought he would turn traitor to
the society, and expose every thing to Mr. Grimes, the
constable. That would undoubtedly be a good way to
punish the chief, but the latter would, very likely, be revenged by disclosing the fact that Tom was a member
of his band, and that he had tried to induce him to run
away in the Storm King. That was something the new
member wanted to keep secret. If his father heard of




218              GO AHEAD; OR,
it, there was no knowing what might happen; and if it
got to the ears of the village boys, they never would
cease to torment him about it. Besides, if he took this
way of punishing the governor, it would defeat the very
object for which Tom joined the Crusoe band. Sam
would no doubt be put in jail, to be tried for stealing
the skiff, and that would leave the yacht in the hands
of the principal of the academy.
He very soon saw that this plan would not work,
and the next resolve he made was, that he would
visit the fisher-boy after the band had gone home,
and offer to release him if he would promise that he
would not say a word about Tom's being a member of
the society, and that he would put no obstacles in the
way of the governor to prevent him from seizing the
yacht and leaving the village. By this arrangement,
he could be revenged upon the teachers of the academy, and upon the new officers of the Storm King, and
no one would suspect that he had had any thing to do
with the matter. It was by no means certain that this
plan would have worked, had it been put to the test,
but still the new member had decided to try it, when
the chief's offer drove all thes3 ideas out of his head.
"What do you say, Muley?' asked Sam. "Will you
take it?"
"I will," replied Tom, eagerly. "I am glad to see
that you have come to your senses. I did n't think you
would be foolish enough to try to take the vessel to sea
yourself. You would very soon have got us into trouble,




JHE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.            219
fbr it needs somebody who understands the winds and
currents to fill so responsible a position. I'11 take it, if
you will call me captain hereafter. I never did like that
other name." 
"It's a bargain," said the governor.  "Now, listen,
men," he added, turning to the band. "Muley's name
is changed to cap'n. He is to be master of the vessel
when we get her, an' he is the second officer in the band
till we reach our island."
The boys raised no objections to this arrangement;
in fact, they were delighted with it; for they had been
convinced, by what their prisoner had said, that they
could not proceed very-far on the journey toward their
island without some competent person to take command
of the vessel; and as they knew that Tom had been on
a six months' voyage, and that he had been second in
command of the sloop, during the cruise of the Nighthawks, they thought he was just the very man they
wanted.
" Now, then," said the chief, after all the articles that
comprised their outfit, except the guns, had been packed
away in the dry goods boxes, "that's all we can do tonight. We'11 keep the guns out, to scare them'cademy
fellers. When we board the yacht we'll have a gun,
cocked an' capped, in one hand, an' a spear in the other,
an' we'll make'em believe that if they raise any fuss,
or show fight, we'11 shoot'em down. But the spears are
what we'lI have to depend on.  The meetin's out,
now."




220              GO AHEAD; OR,
The governor then carefully examined the ropes witn
which the prisoner was confined; after which he ordered
the band into the boat, and Bob was once more left to
his meditations




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.          221
CHAPTER XVIII.
THE ATTACK ON THE YACHT.
r' OM Newcombe's feelings had undergone a very
great change during the last ten minutes. He
was an officer now, and he no longer thought
of turning traitor to the band, or of releasing
the fisher-boy; but he was willing to use his best endeavors to render the expedition successful. It was not
his intention to long answer to the name of captain; he
preferred to be called governor; and he would use the
office Sam had given him as a stepping-stone to something higher.
Tom had but one object in life. It occupied all his
waking thoughts; he dreamed about it when he was
asleep; and from it sprang all these ridiculous ideas he
sometimes got into his head. He wanted to live at
his ease. He desired to engage in some occupation
that would run along smoothly, without any care or
exertion on his part, and in which he would be free
from the troubles and perplexities that fell to the
lot of ordinary mortals. He had become greatly interested in Sam Barton's plan, and he believed that all that
was needed to insure him unbounded happiness for the




222              GO AHEAD; OR,
remainder of his days, was a habitation on some desert
island, in the middle of the ocean, where, in company
with half a dozen congenial spirits, he could while away
the hours of a dreamy existence, with no stern father to
demolish his air-castles, and no merciless village boys to
make sport of his grand ideas. Then there would be
nothing to trouble him, and he could pass the time
serenely in hunting goats, squirrels, and quails-he did
not intend to stop until he found an island that abounded
in small game of every description-and when he became weary of the sport, he could lounge in the shade
of his tent, and eat raisins and talk to his parrot. Although he was not just then on very good terms with
Johnny Harding, Gus Miller, and Harry Green, he
would have preferred their society to the companionship of the ignorant ferry-boys, who were continually
showing the muscles on their arms, and who talked
about nothing but the numerous fights in' which they
had been engaged.
This, however, was out of the question; and, rather
than remain in the village, to be tormented by his acquaintances, he would go with the Crusoe band. But,
in order to enjoy himself to the fullest extent, he must
be chief of the organization. He had managed societies which numbered thirty and forty members, and
managed them well, too, and he could not be satisfied
with any divided authority. Sam Barton must give
place to his betters-that was a settled fact. There was
one point Tom could not decide just then, and that was




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.          223
how to go to work to induce the band to break the chief
and appoint him in his stead. But in this he concluded
that he would be governed by circumstances, hoping
that when the proper time arrived, something would
"turn up" in his favor. As soon as he became fairly
established as chief of the band, Sam must be disposed
of, for he was a dangerous fellow, and might make him
a great deal of trouble. Perhaps the best thing that
could be done with him would be to put him ashore on
some island, as he intended to do with the fisher-boy.
Tom thought these matters over before he went to
sleep that night, and they were the first that came into
his mind when he awoke the next morning. As soon as
he had eaten his breakfast, he went down to the office,
and at the door he met two boys, who, he afterward
learned, were the midshipmen belonging to the Storm
King. Of course they were acquainted with the particulars of Tom's business transactions with Mr. Graves,
and, like all the rest of the village boys, they had something to say about it.
"How are you, Newcombe?" exclaimed one. "We
came here to inquire how much that vessel cost you.
She is a beauty, and I am going to build one exactly
like her when I get home."
"Your father is a capital fellow," said the other.
"He knows just what boys want, do n't he?"
" 0, no, he do n't! " drawled Tom. " He do n't know
what I want; if he did, he would have given me that
yacht. Never mind! You fellows had better look out.'




224              GO AHEAD; OR,
" We'e   understood that you have another idea.
Why didn't you try to carry it out last night? You
were around there in a yawl."
"0, now, who said I was around there?"
"Why, we heard your voice. We were in hopes you
would board us, for we wanted to see who belonged to
your new society. Who are they, Newcombe? Johnny
Harding says he is not a member."
"What's your rank now, Tom? Grand commander,
or general, or captain, or what!"
Tom, too angry to reply, abruptly left the midshipmen, and walked into the office. They would have followed him, but he slammed the door in their faces and
locked it. As it was early in the morning, none of the
clerks had yet made their appearance, and Tom had the
office to himself. His first duty was to sweep out-a
task he never executed without crying; for his idea
was, that every time he performed any work with his
hands, he was disgracing himself. After he left the
midshipmen, he shed a few tears, and grumbled a good
deal. "Thank goodness, this is the last time I shall
ever sweep out this office," said he to himself. "Tomorrow morning, at this time, I shall be within sight of
the ocean, and far away from Johnny Harding, and
Harry Green, and all the rest of the fellows who are
continually bothering me about that yacht. I'11 be my
own master then, and if I ever touch a broom or duster
again, I'11 know the reason why. Of course, the vessel
must be kept clean while we are on our cruise, but I am




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.          225
the captain, and I can make the others do the work.
When we reach our island, somebody will have to sweep
out the cave and tent; but I won't do it, for I'11 be governor of the band by that time. I'11 help plant the rice
and wheat, and shoot goats, and keep a lookout for Indians, and have an eye on all that is going on, for, of
course, that is the duty of the governor; but I'11
work when I please, and play when I feel like it;
and there'll be nobody to say to me -'Thomas,
you'll wear a poor man's clothes the longest day you
live!'"
As was always the case with Tom, when about to engage in any of his grand schemes, he lived in a state of
intense excitement all that day. He was constantly harassed by the fear, which sometimes almost amounted to
a conviction, that something would happen to defeat the
enterprise. The fisher-boy might succeed in making his
escape; or Mr. Grimes, who, he knew, was closely watching Sam Barton, might discover something; or the guard
of the yacht might be too strong for them, and he and
the rest of the band might be captured, and taken to the
academy as prisoners of war; or the principal, or some
of the students, might call upon Mr. Newcombe and inform him that his son had another idea; in short, there
were a thousand ways in which the affair might get noised
abroad. Tom was especially uneasy whenever any body
spoke of Bob Jennings. No one suspected that he knew
any thing about him, but, as he and the fisher-boy had
been seen together a good deal of late, two or three of
15




226              GO AHEAD; OR,
the clerks inquired what he had done with his "friend
and partner," and Tom drawled out in reply" 0, now, is any body paying me for keeping an eye on
that fellow?"
The prevailing opinion seemed to be, that Bob,
having become discouraged by the loss of his two boats,
and despairing of ever being able to pay the debt he
owed to Mr. Graves, had escaped from his troubles by
running away. Indeed, his mother was the only one
in the village who thought differently. Of course, she
could not account for his disappearance, but she had
faith in the good resolutions Bob made the night he
cut his new motto in the boards under' the eaves, and
she believed that time would make all things right.
To Tom's relief, the twelve o'clock bell rang at last.
He went home with his father, and, as soon as he had
eaten his dinner, he went up stairs to his room and
packed his valise. When this was accomplished, he
went down to the office again, where he lived in a most
uncomfortable frame of mind until six o'clock in the
evening. Then there were two hours more to be passed
away in some manner, for the chief, the night before,
had ordered the members of the band to present themselves on an unfrequented part of the beach, in Fishertown, at eight o'clock. As the hour approached, Tom
felt more and more like backing out. He was troubled
with the most gloomy thoughts, in which the elements
seemed to sympathize with him. About half-past seven,
a furious storm arose. The lightning flashed incessantly,




THE FISHER-BOY S MOTTO.            227
the wind blew a perfect gale, the rain fell in torrents,
the surf roared on the beach, and the would-be captain
of the Storm King, as he stood at his window and looked
out into the darkness, shuddered at the thought of taking a vessel to sea in the face of such a tempest. It
was a wonder that his courage did not give away altogether; but he recalled to mind the treatment he had
already experienced at the hands of the village boys,
pictured to himself the life of glorious ease he could
lead, when he once became fairly settled on his island,
and drawing in a long breath, he caught up his valise,
walked cautiously down stairs and out into the storm,
and, without a single feeling of remorse, turned his back
upon the home he hoped never to see again. Without
stopping to look behind him, he hurried along the streets
in the direction of the beach, being obliged to stop and
turn his back to the storm now and then, to recover his
breath. He passed through Fishertown, which seemed
to be entirely deserted, and bent his steps toward a dilapidated cabin that stood on the beach, so close to the
water's edge that the surf washed over his feet as he approached the door. All was dark within, but as Tom
entered, a voice, which was almost drowned by the whistling of the wind through the rafters, and the roaring of
the waves on the beach, called out"Who comes there?"
"Captain Newcombe," was the response.
The light of a lantern flashed through the darkness,
and Tom discovered the members of the Crusoe band




228               GO AHEAD; OR,
crouching in one corner of the cabin, drenched to the
skin by the rain, which beat in upon them through the
broken roof.
"I am glad to see you, cap'n," said the governor,
joyfully. "We were afraid that you were goin' to back
out, but I am satisfied now that you can be depended
on. If the clerk of the weather was a member of our
society, he could n't have given us a better night. But,
cap'n, are you sure that you can handle the vessel after
we get her? It's purty rough outside, an' many an old
sailor would shake his head at the idea of goin' to sea
in such a storm."
"I am not afraid," said Tom. "Just give me one
good mate, and I'11 take care of you."
"Well, how will Xury do?  He's a good hand with
a sail-boat, an' he's traveled up an' down the bay often
enough to know it like a book."
" He's just the man I want,' said Tom, who felt that
a great responsibility had been removed from his shoulders.
" Xury," said the chief, " you're first-mate of the yacht,
now. Do jest as the capt'n tells you, an' you won't get
us into no trouble. Pick up your plunder, an' let's
make a break; for the quicker we get to work, the
sooner we'11 be on our way toward our island."
As the chief spoke, he hid his lantern under his coat,
shouldered his bundle of clothing, and led the way out of
the cabin to the yawl, which was drawn up on the beach,
out )f reach of the surf. It required the exercise of consid



THE FISHER-BOY S MOTTO.          229
erable perseverance, and the outlay of the united strength
of the band, to launch the boat through the waves, and
while this was being done, Tom began to realize the
fact that they had a most uncomfortable night for their
cruise. The wind swept the beach in fitful gusts, beating the rain and spray furiously into his face; and when
the lightning illuminated the scene, he could see that
the sky was covered with black, angry-looking clouds,
and that the waters of the bay were being tossed about
in great commotion, but Tom never once thought of
turning back. Since he received the appointment of
captain of the yacht, a new spirit seemed to have taken
possession of him. He was no longer afraid of facing
the bayonets of the guard, and if the attack on the yacht
had proved a failure, he would have been the first to propose that they should begin their cruise in Sam's yawl.
Regardless of soiling his boots and clothing, he worked
as hard as any of the band to launch the boat, wading
in water up to his knees, and sometimes being almost
smothered by the great waves that came rolling toward
the beach. The chief had been thoughtful enough to
supply the yawl with oars, and it was well he did so.
Even then, it was a long time before they succeeded in
getting fairly started. Slowly, inch by inch, they worked
their way against the wind and waves, and at last they
reached the harbor, where the water was comparatively
quiet. In ten minutes more they were in their cave,
and the governor breathed a good deal easier when he
found that his prisoner had not found means to effect




230               GO AHEAD; OR,
his escape. Without any unnecessary delay, the band
began the work of carrying the dry goods boxes out of
the cave, and stowing them away in the yawl. This
was accomplished in a few minutes, and then the governor, after putting the volume of Robinson Crusoe
carefully away in the pocket of his pea-jacket, called
his followers around him, to give them their final instructions.
"Now, then," said he, " you fellers must take charge
of your we'pons, an' when we get into the yawl, put
them where you can get your hands on'em at a moment's warnin'. You can depend on these things," he
added, as he distributed the spears he had made the
evening before, "'cause they are as sharp as needles;
an' if one of them'cademy swells gets punched with'em, I reckon he'11 walk turkey. I do n't'spose we'11
have much chance to use'em, cause it aint no ways
likely that them soldiers are loafin' about the deck in
this storm; but, after all, it's best to be on the safe side.
Friday, when we start, you will take the bow oar. We
will come up alongside of the yacht, an' the minute we
stop, you will jump out an' make the yawl's painter
fast to something. While you are doin' that, the rest
of us will board her, an' the first thing them'cademy
fellers know, we'11 have'em fastened up in the cabin."
"Then, what will we do?" asked Tom; "if we shut
the students up in the cabin, I can't go down there to
get to my state-room; and I am not going to sleep on
deck while I am captain. It would n't look well."




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.            231
"W ell, then, we'll rush'em down through the cabin
an' into the hold," said the chief.  "But, whatever we
do, we must be lively about it,'cause it aint best to give'em a fair show. Now, if we are all ready, we'11 be off.
We'll leave your skiff in the cave here, Bobby, an'
when you get back, you'11 know where to find it."
"Why can't you let me loose, Sam?" asked the fisherboy. " I do n't like to go out in this storm with my
hands and feet tied. Suppose the' yawl should be capsized, what would become of me?"
"Now, don't you be uneasy," replied the governor.
"We'll take care of you, an' so long as you behave yourself, like a man had oughter do, we'11 see that nothin'
do n't harm you. Pick him up and take him out, lads."
In spite of his remonstrances, Friday and Jack Spaniard
took Bob up in their arms, carried him out of the cave,
and laid him away in the yawl, under the thwarts, as if
he had been a log of wood. He was far from being satisfied with the chief's assurance that he would take care
of him. He knew that Sam was a skillful boatman, but
the storm was still raging violently, and in the confusion occasioned by boarding the yawl, some accident
might happen. However, there was no help for it. He
was securely bound, and all he could do was to commend himself to his usual good luck, and abide the issue.
As soon as he had been disposed of, the band took
their places in the yawl, and the governor once more
went into the cave, to make sure that nothing was left
behind. Then, after carefully closing the door, he sprang




232               GO AHEAD; OR,
into the yawl, and shoved off into the darkness. They
went the entire length of the harbor, and through all
the shipping that lay at the wharves, without accident,
and finally, a flash of lightning revealed to them the
Storm King, riding at her anchorage, in the rear of
the academy grounds, which here extended down to the
water's edge.
"Give way strong," commanded the chief, in an excited voice. "Friday, you be ready to jump out with
that painter the minute we stop. Bobby Jennings, one
word out of you, an' you go overboard. Remember,
lads, one quick rush, an' she's our'n. Stick together,
an' don't be afraid to punch the first one that shows
fight."
The crew bent to their oars with a will, and the yawl
skimmed over the waves like a duck. The governor,
who was at the helm, kept the boat headed up the harbor until he passed the yacht, when he rounded to under
her. stern, and ran up alongside of her, without being
hailed.
"Way enough," whispered the chief. The oars were
taken in and laid upon the thwarts. Friday sprang up
with the painter in one hand, and the boat-hook in the
other. The governor stood in the stern-sheets, holding
his lantern under his coat, and directing the yawl's
course through the darkness, while the rest of the crew
caught up their spears and awaited the further commands of their leader. The yawl continued to approach
the vessel, and presently she was lifted on the crest of a




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.            233
wave, at the same instant that a flash of lightning showed
the Crusoe band that the sloop's deck was deserted, with
the exception of a solitary sentinel, who, wrapped up
in his overcoat, stood sheltering himself behind the
mast.
The next moment, in spite of all the governor's efforts
to prevent it, the yawl was dashed against the side of the
vessel with a shock that would have aroused all the students on board of her, if they had not been the very
soundest of sleepers.
"Boat ahoy!" shouted the sentinel, running to the
side, and looking down into the darkness. " By gracious!
corporal of the guard! " he added, in a louder tone, as
another flash of lightning revealed the yawl and her
crew. "Better keep off, if you do n't want to get into
trouble. Corporal of the guard! "
"Tumble up lively, lads," exclaimed the governor, and,
suiting the action to the word, he sprang upon the deck
of the Storm King, only to be met by a savage thrust
from the bayonet of the guard, who manfully stood his
ground, and shouted for the corporal. Fortunately for
the chief, his man Friday was close at hand. He had
made the yawl's painter fast, and charged upon the sentinel with his boat-hook, just in time to prevent him from
doing the governor a serious injury.
"Forward," shouted the chief, pulling his lantern out
from under his coat. " Drive this yere swell below! "
The rest of the band, having reached the deck almost
as soon as their leader, rushed upon the guard, who, after




234               GO AHEAD; OR,
trying in vain to defend himself, threw down his gun and
retreated into the cabin.
"Foller him up, lads!  Foller him up!" shouted the
chief, flourishing his spear in the air. " Cap'n, you an'
Friday an' Jack Spaniard look out for that galley!"
By thus dividing his force, Sam had got the students
completely surrounded. The chief and his squad followed the sentinel down the companion ladder, while
the captain and his men rushed into the galley, and
thence into the forcastle, where they surprised four students, asleep in the bunks, and a corporal, nodding
in his chair. The noise made by the attacking party,
and the bright light that flashed in their faces, when
Tom turned up the lamp that hung suspended from
the beams overhead, aroused the guard, who, upon beholding the intruders, reached rather hurriedly for their
muskets. But they were in the possession of Friday and
Jack Spaniard, who pointed the bayonets at them, and
in savage tones demanded their surrender.
"Tom Newcombe, is that you?" exclaimed the corporal, rubbing his eyes, and taking a second look at the
captain.
" 0, yes, it's I," replied Tom, who, excited as he was,
could not forget his usual drawl. " You asked me why
I did n't carry out my idea last night. I am carrying
it out now. Get up, and go into the hold. You are
all prisoners!"
"Well, now, I call this a pretty good joke! " exclaimed
another, raising up in his bunk, and looking first at Tom,




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.          235
and then at his ragged followers. " How did you get by
the sentinel on deck?"
"Why, we captured him, that's the way we got by
lim! And I think you'll find it's no joke, either, before
we are done with you. Get up, and do as I tell you!"
he added, sharply, as he heard the students pouring
into the hold from the cabin.
The guard had no alternative but to obey. They
crawled slowly out of their bunks, and one of them
asked, as he gathered up his clothing, and nodded his
head toward Friday and Jack Spaniard"Are these gentlemen members of your new society,
Newcombe?  You' must be running with a delightful
crowd, now."
"Go in there, and don't stop to talk!" repeated
Tom, stamping his foot and pointing to the door that
led from the galley.  The students obeyed without
any further remarks, and as soon as they had disappeared in the hold, the door was closed and fastened.
Tom was captain of the Storm King at last!




236              GO AHEAD; OR,
CHAPTER XIX.
CRUSOE AFLOAT.
0 thought Tom Newcombe, as he held the door
that opened from the galley into the hold,
while Friday locked and further secured it, by
bracing two of the captured muskets against
it. Hardly had this been done, when the noise of a furious struggle came from the cabin, mingled with shouts
and yells; and, at the same time, some one in the hold
threw himself against the door, and tried to burst it open.
"Stand firm, men!" exclaimed a voice, which Tom
knew belonged to Harry Green. " Remember the motto.
on our flag, and'Do n't give up the ship I'"
Then came the governor's battle-cry: "Down with
the'cademy swells! Drive'em in the hold, an' shut'em up!"
Tom waited to hear no more. The chief was in trouble,
and perhaps needed assistance. He sprang up the ladder that led to the deck, and rushed to the companionway, just in time to see the governor and his band falling back before a crowd of students, who poured out of
the hold like bees from a hive. The first-lieutenant of
the yacht led the way, flourishing a piece of a chair, with




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.           237
which he defended himself from the savage thrusts Sam
aimed at him with his spear. Close behind him came a
tall, active student, armed with a pillow, which he used
with considerable effect; for, just as Tom reached the
top of the companion-ladder, where he could look down
into the cabin, he saw Xury knocked head overheels by
a blow from this novel weapon. Immediately afterward
another of the students disabled Will Atkins by throwing a quilt over his head, which he had snatched from a
bunk in one of the state-rooms. The muskets of the
guard were stacked in the after end of the cabin, and
Tom saw that the students were fighting their way toward them. If they succeeded in reaching them, the
battle would be speedily ended, and Harry would be
able to fulfill his threat of taking Tom and his band
to the academy, as prisoners of war.
H' urrah!" shouted Harry Green, as he saw two of
the attacking party stretched on the floor of the cabin.
"Surrender, Sam Barton! Drop that oar!"
"Surrender yourself!" shouted Friday and Jack
Spaniard, springing down the ladder and placing themselves beside the chief.
By a dexterous movement with his boat-hook, Friday
succeeded in disarming the first-lieutenant; and Atkins
and Xury, having recovered their feet, each seized a musket and renewed the battle. Tom, thinking that he could
assist the governor without fighting for him, stood at the
foot of the companion-ladder, and called lustily for help
from some imaginary followers.




238               GO AHEAD; OR,
"Bring the rest of the men in out of the boat!" he
shouted, looking up into the darkness, as if he was addressing some one on deck; " and go and tell those fellows in the galley to come here.".
" Down with the'cademy swells! " shouted the chief
again, encouraged by the arrival of his reenforcements.
"Drive'em back! Punch'em in the ribs!"
If the students had been on equal terms with their
assailants, all the shouting Sam could have done would
not have decided the battle in his favor. The boys
composing the guard belonged to the Storm King, and
among them were several officers-lieutenants, masters,
and midshipmen-who would willingly have borne almost any amount of bodily suffering rather than surrender the yacht. Like all "old sailors," they had
become strongly attached to their vessel, and they defended her with as much resolution as they would have
exhibited had she been a human being, capable of appreciating their affection. Besides, their reputation as.
officers and seamen were at stake. The result of this
night's work would be brought up at the next examination, either for or against them; and, if they lost the
vessel, it would be regarded as evidence that they were
not worthy of being trusted, and rival students would
have occasion for rejoicing. More than that, although
they were at a loss to imagine what object Tom had in
view in seizing the yacht-for they were certain that he
was the prime mover in the affair-they knew that it was
his intention to take her to sea; a proceeding that would




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.          239
not only endanger their vessel, but the life of every boy
on board of her. The officers of the Storm King had
been appointed after a rigid examination, and, consequently, they were the best sailors at the academy.
They were all worthy of the positions they held, but it
is doubtful if even the promise of promotion would have
induced the bravest of them to take the yacht to sea
in the face of the tempest that was then raging. But,
with all these motives to animate them, the students
could not fight unarmed against the weapons of the
Crusoe band. They experienced the same feelings that
soldiers experience in actual warfare; and, indeed, that
was not surprising, for the affair in the cabin was a real
battle. Crusoe and his men fought with the utmost
fury-even including Tom Newcombe, who, after calling upon his imaginary companion on deck, to send
down more help, sprang to the side of the chief, and
assisted in driving the students back from their muskets,
which were almost within reach. He also imagined that
he was fighting for his reputation. If the attack failed,
he would be forever disgraced. He would be taken to
the academy as a prisoner, it would become known
throughout the village that he was the companion and
associate of young robbers, and then, what would become of himn? What would his father say about it?
With Sam, the case was different. He feared no disgrace, but he did fear Mr. Grimes, the police magistrate,
and the jail. His case was desperate; and it was no won,
der that he fought like a young tiger.




'240              GO AHEAD; OR,
"That's it, lads!" exclaimed the chief, as the students
fell back, when they saw the reenforcements coming down
the ladder, and heard Tom  calling for more men.
"Down with the'cademy swells!"
The attack was too furious to be successfully resisted.
The students retreated in confusion, and when the last
one had been driven into the hold, the door was closed
and fastened.
"Well done, lads!" exclaimed the governor, leaning
on his spear, and surveying the battle-field, and the
valiant warriors who surrounded him. "We said we'd
do it, an' we've kept our promise. Cap'n, I turn the
vessel over to you."
"I say, Newcombe!" shouted the first-lieutenant of
the Storm King, from his prison, "I want to ask you
a question."
"Well, ask away," drawled the captain.
" I want to know if you are commander of the yacht
now?"
"I am," answered Tom, with,becoming dignity.
"Are you going to take her to sea to-night?"
Tom replied that he was.
"It is all up with us, boys," said Harry, turning to his
fellow prisoners. "If Newcombe ever gets the yacht
outside the harbor, we're booked for Davy's Locker, sure.
How does he suppose he can manage a vessel like this
in a storm, when he can scarcely handle a little sailboat in calm weather?"'^All hands on deck!" commanded Tom, who did not




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.           241
hear what Harry said. " Bear a hand, and get the outfit
aboard! Jump down into the yawl, a couple of you,
and pass up those boxes! Xury, see that they are
stowed away in the cabin and galley!"
The chief and one of his men sprang into the boat,
and the first thing they handed up to their companions
on deck was the fisher-boy, who had lain under the
thwarts during the fight, heartily wishing that Sam
and his band might be defeated, so that he would be
released. His situation was a trying one indeed. To
be obliged to remain bound hand and foot, while an
ignorant, unskillful young captain was taking him out
to sea, would have tried stronger nerves than his.
While the governor and his men were lifting him to
the deck-an operation of some difficulty, owing io the
constant rocking of the vessel-he renewed his entreaties
that they would release his hands and feet, and he even
went so far as to promise that, if allowed the freedom of
the deck, he would not make the least attempt at escape.
But the chief: would not listen. He was afraid of his
prisoner, and he believed that the only way to prevent
him from doing mischief was to keep him  securely
bound.  Friday and Jack Spaniard carried him into
the cabin, and laid him on the sofa, after which they
returned to the deck to assist in stowing away the outfit.
When the last box had been safely housed in the galley,
the chief sprang over the rail, cast off the painter, and
gave his fine yawl up to the mercy of the waves. " Now
cap'n," said he; "-we're all ready."
16




242               GO AHEAD; OR,
For the first time since receiving his appointment as
master of the vessel, Tom realized that he had something
of a task before him. To begin with, he had at least a
mile of harbor to traverse before he reached the bay.
The harbor was very crooked, and, in some places, too
narrow to admit of much maneuvering; and, even in
the day-time, with a fair wind, it would have required
the exercise of all his skill and judgment to take his
vessel through the shipping that lay at the wharves
without some accident.  One reason why he had declined to assume charge of the yacht during the trial
trip, was because he was afraid he could not take her
safely into the bay, and he would not have thought of
attempting it now had he been in his sober senses.
The night was so dark that he could not see the shore,
except. when an occasional flash of lightning revealed
it to him; and the wind was blowing directly up the
harbor, raising a sea that, even in that sheltered position, made it difficult fir the captain to keep his feet
without holding fast to something.  Tom  shuddered
when he thought of what they would experience if they
succeeded in reaching the bay, where the wind could
have a fair sweep at them.
"C ome, skipper!" said the governor, seeing that Tom
did not issue any orders; "are you afraid to try
it?"
"0, no!" replied the captain, arousing himself, and
pulling the collar of his pea-jacket up around his ears,
"I was just thinking what was best to be done. Xury,




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.           243
look around and find a tow-line. Governor, take two
men and get into your yawl; pull around under the
bow, and stand by to take the tow-line."
"What's that fur?" demanded the chief.
"Why, we've got to tow the ship out of the harbor,
have n't we?" drawled Tom.
" Well, if you'11 find the yawl fur me, I'll do it. I
let her go as soon as we got the things out, an' there's
no tellin' where she is by this time."
"0, now, what made you do that?" exclaimed the
captain. "Who ordered you to turn her adrift?"
" Why did n't you tell me that you wanted to use
her?  A nice skipper you'11 make, if you do n't look
out fur things better than that."
"Here's a tow-line, cap'n," said Xury.
"Very good, sir!" replied Tom. "All hands lay aft
to lower the cutter."
In obedience to this order, the crew moved aft, where
a very small boat, that Tom had dignified with the name
of cutter, hung at the stern davits. She was scarcely
large enough to accommodate three men, and the governor, after he had examined her by the aid of the lantern, which he carried under his coat, through fear of
attracting the attention of the watch on some of the
neighboring vessels, shook his head and stepped back.
"Man the falls," commanded Tom.
" Now, jest look a here, cap'n," said Sam, " if you want
a crew to man that ar egg-shell, you'd best call for volunteers. You do n't ketch Governor Barton in no such




244               GO AHEAD; OR,
craft in a night like this. Why, she'd be swamped the
minute she touched the water."
" 0, now, how am I to get the ship out to sea, I'd
like to know?" drawled Tom.
"That's your look out, an' not mine," replied Sam,
as he turned on his heel and walked forward, followed
by the rest of the crew. "I aint master of this vessel."
" It do n't look as if I was master of her, either,"
answered Tom, almost ready to cry with vexation.
"What's the use of having any captain, if no one will
obey his commands?"
"Why do n't you give sensible orders, then, like a man
had oughter do? We aint a goin' to get into that ar
little boat, an' that's jest all about it."
Tom did not know what to do. It looked as though
the expedition was to end then and there. What was
the use of being captain, if his crew were to be the judges
as to whether or not an order ought to be obeyed? Iow
he wished that he possessed the physical power of the
second mate of the Savannah! Would n't he enforce
obedience?  Perhaps all that was needed was a show
of authority and resolution.
"Now look here, men," exclaimed the captain, in a
voice which he intended should strike terror to the hearts
of every one of the band, "I am not going to stand
any such nonsense. I am the lawful master of this vessel, and I'11 make you sup sorrow with a big spoon if
you do n't obey orders. Lay aft, now, to lower away




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.            245
the cutter. Mr. Mate, use a rope's end on the first man
who dares hesitate."
"Yes, I'd' like to see Mr. Mate try that on," exclaimed the governor, fiercely.  " Tommy, if you know
when you are well off, you won't give no more such orders as that ar. You aint lord an' master of the whole
of us, if you do command the Storm King. But you
aint cap'n no longer. You can jest take your old name
agin; fur I won't serve under no feller who talks of
usin' a rope's end on me."
" 0, now, do you suppose I am going to stand that?"
whined Tom. "I won't serve as a sailor. I am the
best navigator and seaman in the band, the only one
who knows any thing about the winds and currents, and
if I stay on board this vessel I am going to command
her."
" Now, Muley," said the governor, " you have n't yet
larnt that I am the head man in this society, an' if you
do n't look out, I'11 have to give you a few lessons like
I did Will Atkins. You're a foremast hand now."
" Well, I won't be one long," said Tom, who now, being
convinced that he could not rule the expedition, had
suddenly determined to ruin it.  " I've got an idea."
If the governor had understood the meaning of this
declaration, he would have paid some attention to it.
As he was not yet well acquainted with Tom, he did
not think it necessary to reply to him, for he turned to
his crew, and ordered them to assist him in hoisting
the sails.




246              GO- AHEAD; OR,
"0, now, you are not going to try to sail out in the
teeth of this storm," exclaimed Tom, who, ignorant as he
was, knew that their chances for reaching the bay were
very slim indeed. "You'11 sink the yacht before you've
gone twenty yards."
" That's enough out of you, Muley," returned the new
captain, as he and the crew busied themselves in clearing away the mainsail. "I am master of this vessel now,
an' if you do n't move when you're spoken to, I'11 make
you sup sorrow with a wooden ladle, an' that's bigger'n
a spoon. Lend a hand here! "
Tom  obeyed this order very reluctantly.  All his
bright hopes had disappeared, like snow before an April
shower. The edict of the chief, reducing him to the
ranks, destroyed all the interest he had ever felt in the
Crusoe band. He no longer desired the success of the
expedition; on the contrary, he resolved to defeat it if
possible. He would watch his opportunity, and, when
he could do so without being discovered, he would slip
down into the cabin and liberate all the prisoners. They
could arm themselves with their muskets, which the governor had very carelessly left scattered about the cabin,
and while Crusoe and his men were occupied in navigating the vessel, they could surprise and overpower them.
This was his new idea. By the time he had thought it
over, the mainsail had been close reefed, and was ready
for hoisting.
"Now, then," shouted the governor,. "stand by-"
"Hold on," exclaimed Xury.  "Mebbe she won't




THE FISHER-BOY S MOTTO.           247
handle well without a head sail. You had oughter hist
one of them jibs."
" No, sir," replied the chief. " It aint best to put up
too much canvas in this breeze. We've got a long
voyage to make, an' we must be careful of our vessel.
Muley, you ketch hold of the peak halyard, an' the rest
of us man the throat-halyard. All ready, now! Hist
away."
As this order was obeyed, the yacht began to plunge
and careen worse than ever; and presently, a flash of
lightning showed Tom that they were drifting up the
harbor.
"Sam!" he almost gasped, "she's dragging the anchor."
"Hist away, lively," exclaimed the chief, in desperation. "If you've got any muscle at all, show it now;"
and catching up his lantern, he ran forward, intending
to slip the chain. But he was saved that trouble. The
cable, which had not been intended to hold the yacht in
a gale of wind, with hermainsail set, parted with a loud
snap, and for a moment the little vessel was at the mercy
of the storm. The greatest excitement prevailed among
the crew. The lightning flashed again, and Sam held
his breath in dismay when he saw that the Storm King
was being driven rapidly toward the shore. It was a
-capital opportunity for him to make an exhibition of his
seamanship, but he had not the slightest idea of what
ought to be done; neither had Tom Newcombe, who
stood holding fast to the peak-halyard, his mouth open,




248               GO AHEAD; QR,
and his tongue paralyzed with terror. Fortunately for
the Crusoe band, for the vessel, and for the comfort of
the prisoners below, there was one boy on board who
kept his wits about him, and that was Xury.
" Belay all!" he shouted, springing to the wheel.
"Stand by the main-sheet! Haul in, fur your lives."
Xury put the helm hard-a-starboard, the boom flew
over with a jerk, prostrating two of the crew who were
careless enough to put themselves in its way, and the
next moment the yacht was thrown almost on her beam
ends. But Xury was equal to the emergency. He
handled the wheel with a great deal of skill, and proved
himself to be worthy of the position he held. He " eased
her up" without a moment's delay; the Storm  King
righted, and the next flash of lightning showed the
crew that she was scudding across the harbor at a terrific
rate of speed.
"Bully for you, Xury!" shouted the governor, who
never once thought of the danger they might be in.
"We're all right now.  From this time on, you are
my first-lieutenant."
" Put a look-out on the forecastle, governor," exclaimed
Xury, yelling with all the strength of his lungs, in order
to make himself heard above the howling of the wind,
" I can't see a foot."
"Jerusalem!" shouted Will Atkins, suddenly. " Look
out, Xury!"
"Ship ahoy! " came the hail, in startled tones, through
the darkness. " Keep away! Do n't run into me!"




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.            249
"Mind your own business! " shouted Friday, in reply.
"This ship has got her own officers on board."
Xury had been warned just in time to avoid running
into a vessel lying at the wharf. He put the helm to
port, but the yacht, being without a head-sail, obeyed
very slowly. By the light of a lantern, which the governor held over the side, the Crusoe band discovered
that they were rushing by the side of a large ship, and
so close to her that they could almost touch her. But
Xury understood his business, and in a moment more
that danger was passed, and the Storm King was scudding toward the other side of the harbor.
" 0, now, I can't stand this," drawled Tom Newcombe,
who was utterly confounded by the recklessness displayed
by the Crusoe band. He stood holding fast to the rail,
and, had it been daylight, the governor would have seen
that his face was deadly pale, and that he was trembling
in every limb, as if he had been seized with a fit of the
ague. The wind had carried his cap overboard, but he
was so completely engrossed in thinking over the dangers
of his situation that he did not notice that he was bareheaded, and that the rain was running down his back in
little streams. "0, I know that I shall go to the bottom in less than five minutes!" cried Tom, involuntarily
catching his breath, as the Storm King careened wildly
under a fierce gust of wind. "Then what will become
of those fellows below deck?  I am going to start for
the cabin, and, if I live to get there, I'11 let them all
out. I know Harry Green can manage the vessel."




250               GO AHEAD; OR,
As Tom spoke, he let go of the rail and staggered
toward the companion-way. Just as he placed his foot
upon the first step of the ladder, he lost his balance,
and pitched headlong into the cabin.  He was much
more frightened than hurt by the fall, for he firmly
believed that the yacht had capsized, and that, in an
instant more, he would find the cabin flooded with
water. But nothing of the sort happened. The reckless Xury still kept theStorm King well under control,
and, thus far, by some unaccountable fortune, he had
succeeded in keeping her clear of the vessels at the
wharves.  Tom  clung to the companion-ladder a moment or two, to make sure that the yacht was still right
side up, and that his absence from the deck had not
been discovered, and then prepared to carry out his
new idea.




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.          251
CHAPTER XX.
THE TABLES TURNED.
EANWHILE, the fisher-boy lay upon the sofa
L[  1  iin the cabin, where Friday and Jack Spaniard
had left him, listening to the noise of the storm,
and wondering how many chances there were
in a thousand that he would ever return to Newport.
Again and again had he made the most desperate but
-unsuccessful efforts to free himself from his bonds, and
finally, becoming wearied with his exertions, and discouraged by his failures, he settled back on the sofa,
and awaited the destruction of the vessel with all the
fortitude he could command.
Occasionally he heard the students moving about in
their prison, and now and then the door would shake
and bend, as if the boys were trying to force it from
its hinges. Bob watched and listened, hoping that they
would discover some way of effecting their escape; but
the door, like every thing else about the yacht, had been
made at Mr. Graves' ship-yard, and it was "first-class."
It resisted all their efforts, and at last, the students, like
Bob, became discouraged, and sat down to talk the matter over.




252-              GO AHEAD; OR,
Harry Green was in great trouble. At his own request
he had been placed in command of the guard of the
yacht, and now, scarcely more than three hours after
he assumed charge of the vessel, she had been taken
from him. Since he had worked out the punishment
that had been inflicted upon him  for taking part in
Tom's runaway scheme, he had been one of the most
diligent students at the academy.  He was working
with an object in view, and that was, to distance the
lieutenant-colonel at the next examination. As far as
his lessons were concerned, he was already ahead of him
in every thing except navigation; and he had resolved,
that, by the end of the next quarter, he would lead his
class in that study also. But his knowledge of books
was not the only thing that would be inquired into.
His conduct as an officer-as captain of company A,
and first lieutenant of the Storm King, would be severely
criticised, and especially the manner in which he executed the orders of his superiors. In his military record,
Harry was confident that he could show a clean score;
but there was every prospect that his career as a naval
lieutenant would be brought to a speedy termination.
Colonel Steele, in his capacity as a ranking naval officer,
had given him written instructions to hold the yacht at
all hazards in case an assault should be made upon her,
and to bring every one of the attacking party prisoners
to the academy. Harry had failed to obey these orders,
and he was a candidate for a court-martial. The other
officers of the guard were in the same predicament, and




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.          253
so were the seamen. They all had rivals at the academy,
who were working hard to remove them from their positions on board the yacht, and it was no wonder that
they looked upon the result of the battle as the greatest
calamity that could have befallen them. They had lost
their vessel, and, although there was not one among
them who believed that they could be blamed for that,
they felt rather serious, when they reflected that they
would be called upon to prove this to the colonel's satisfaction. Could they not wipe out the disgrace, and insure their acquittal before the court-martial, by turning
the tables on their enemies? The first lieutenant thought
they could, but he did not know how to do it. He groped
his way to the door-for the hold was so dark that he
could not see his hand before him-threw himself
against it with all his strength, and then called some
of his crew to his assistance; but it was all in vain.
They were prisoners, and such they would probably remain until their captors saw fit to release them.
"What in the name of sense do you suppose Tom
Newcombe intends to do with us, and with the yacht?"
was a question that the first lieutenant had asked perhaps twenty times, and which none of the crew could
answer. They knew that Tom was very angry because
his father had presented the Storm King to the principal of the academy, instead of giving it to him, and they
were also well aware that that was one reason why he
had seized the vessel. But they had never heard a word
about the Crusoe band, and, consequently, they could not




254              GO AHEAD; OR,
imagine where Tom was going, or why he kept company
with Sam Barton and his band of outlaws. This matter
had been talked over until every boy in the crew had
expressed an opinion; and the only conclusion at which
they arrived was, that Tom had got another of his wild
ideas into his head, and that he would be certain, sooner
or later, to get them and every body else on board the
yacht into serious trouble.
" I have been with Newcombe on one runaway expedition," said Harry, " and I shall regret it as long as I
live. I do n't want to go with him on another, especially
if he is to command the vessel."
"Neither do I," said one of the midshipmen-another
old Night-hawk. "But how shall we get away from
him? that's the question! If we could only take him
and all the members of his society to the academy as
prisoners, wouldn't it be    I'll tell you what it is, fellows,"-he added, as the sloop gave a tremendous lurch,
which threw all the students into a heap in one corner
of the hold, " if we do n't get on deck very soon, and
take charge of this craft, she's bound to go to the bottom.
The wild plunging of the vessel, the noise of the waves
washing against her sides, and the sound of hurrying
feet on the deck overhead, sent a thrill of terror to
the heart of every boy in the hold. They knew that
their captors had succeeded in getting the yacht under
way, but they did not fully realize their danger until
one of the students, who was steadying himself by hold



THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.          255
ing on to the mast, which ran up through the hold, exclaimed:
"Fellows, Newcombe has hoisted some of the canvas,
and is trying to sail out of the harbor in the face of this
gale. Just put your hands on the mast, and see how
it quivers! "
As if they were acting under orders, the crew made a
rush for the after end of the hold, and commenced
another furious attack upon the door, but with no other
effect than to increase their alarm. There was no possible chance for escape. Both doors were securely fastened, the hatch overhead was battened down, and when
the yacht was capsized or sunk-an event which they
all believed to be not far distant —nothing on earth could
save them.
"Fellows-" began the first lieutenant
What he was about to say the boys never knew, for
he was interrupted in his speech by a shout from one of
the crew, who had been crawling about the hold on his
hands and knees.
"Hurrah for me!" shouted the student. "Where's
the lieutenant? I have been lucky enough to find a
handspike."
"Pass it over here!" said Harry, in an excited voice.
" Stand by, now, and the moment I burst the door open,
make a rush, and do n't stop until the vessel is ours. We
must take charge of the yacht before Newcombe gets
her into the bay, and we've no time to lose. Keep still,
fellows! Somebody is outside the door I"




256              GO AHEAD; OR,
The boys held their breath in suspense, and crouched,
like so many tigers, ready for a spring. Some one was
certainly busy with the lock. After a delay that seemed
an age to the students, the key turned, the door opened,
and the next moment Tom Newcombe was knocked clear
across the cabin, by a blow from the pillow, in the hands
of the tall student, who was the first to spring into the
cabin.
"That was a lucky haul, fellows! " exclaimed the first
lieutenant. "We've got the old boy himself. Secure
him at once."
Iarry, of course, did not know that Tom had released
him and his crew intentionally, and perhaps it would
have made no difference to him if he had. Like all
the rest of the students, he looked upon Tom as a very
dangerous fellow, and he was resolved to capture him,
even if by so doing the other members of the band
were allowed an opportunity to escape. In obedience
to the order, half a dozen students threw themselves
upon him, and Tom, stunned by the blow from the pillow, and astonished at the roughness with which he
was handled, did not fairly recover the use of his tongue
until he found himself securely bound and confined
in one of the state-rooms-the apartment that had been
intended for the captain of the vessel, and which he
had expected to occupy under very different circumstances.
The fisher-boy lay upon the sofa a delighted witness
of all that took place; but, although the lamp was burn



THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.           257
ing brightly, and he was in plain sight, the students
were so excited, and so fully occupied in securing possession of their weapons, and disposing of their prisoner,
that they were not aware of his presence until he aroused
them by saying-" Now, perhaps you will be kind enough
to release me!"
Of course the students were kind enough to do it, and
they did do it as soon as they had satisfied themselves
that he was not a member of Tom's band. He was not
required to enter into any lengthy explanation, for the
first lieutenant was in a great hurry to finish the work
so well begun; and, besides, the fact that the fisher-boy
was bound hand and foot, was sufficient evidence that
he had not assisted in the capture of the vessel, and that
he had been brought there against his will.
"No time to talk, fellows," said the first lieutenant.
"How many of them are there, Jennings?"
"Only five, now that Tom is a prisoner," replied Bob,
picking up the spear that the governor had used during
the fight, and making some feeble attempts to stand on
his feet.
"Only five!" repeated  Harry, in astonishment.
"Eighteen fellows whipped in a fair fight by one-third
of their number! Boys, I think this will be our first
and last cruise in the Storm King. That is bad evidence
to be brought up against us."
"But it wasn't a fair fight," said one of the crew.' They were armed and we were not."
"Well, they whipped us, anyhow," said the lieutenant,
17




258              GO AHEAD; OB,
"and now we must whip them. Stand by t  board with
a loud cheer! Board!"
The students, yelling at the top of their lungs, sprang
up the ladder, and gained the deck without meeting any
of the enemy. The members of the Crusoe band were
so fully occupied in navigating the vessel, that they had
not noticed Tom's absence from the deck, and the noise
of the storm had drowned all sounds of what had been
going on in the cabin.
When the first lieutenant reached the top of the ladder, he stopped, appalled by the scene presented to his
gaze. The storm was increasing in fury every moment,
the lightning flashed almost incessantly, rendering objects about the harbor as plainly visible as if it had been
daylight, and the wind howled as fiercely as ever. By
some streak of luck which the lieutenant could not understand, and which would not have attended him again
had he attempted the same feat, Xury had succeeded
in piloting the vessel safely through the harbor; and
when the students reached the deck, she was on the point
of entering the bay.
Harry had witnessed many a tempest, both at sea and
on shore, and as he began to regard himself as quite an
accomplished sailor, he was disposed to make light of
storms that were really terrific. But he had nothing to
say about this one. He had never seen such waves in
Newport Bay, neither had he ever seen a vessel so badly
handled as was the Storm King. The mainsail, close
reefed, was the only canvas hoisted, but that was alto



THE FISUER-BOY 8 MOTTO.           259
gether too much for her; besides, Xury was becoming
frightened, and managed the wheel with very unsteady
hands. Sometimes the sail would feel the full force of
the gale, and the yacht would roll down almost to her
beam ends; then Xury would "luff" until the sail was
shaking in the wind, when he would fill away again.
Harry took this all in at a glance. He dared not hesitate long, for he saw the necessity of prompt action.
" Richardson! " he shouted, turning to one of the midshipmen, "take two men to the wheel, and put her about
at once. Forward! and clear the deck of these pirates."
"Hallo, here! " exclaimed the governor, who just then
happened to glance toward the companion-way. "Here
they are, fellers! Down with the'cademy swells!"
But the chief's battle-cry failed to produce any effect
upon his crew. The lightning showed them that the
students had recovered their weapons, and that was
enough to convince them that their voyage was at an
end. Besides, they were not allowed time to make up
their minds whether to fight or surrender, for the students, led by Harry, rushed forward in a body, and in
a moment every member of the Crusoe band, except the
governor, was a prisoner. The latter caught up a handspike, and stood his ground long enough to see his men
overpowered, one after the other, when he dropped his
weapon and sprang upon the bowsprit, where he was
followed by half a dozen of the students.
"Surrender, Sam Barton!" exclaimed the foremost,
"Your cruise is up, now."




20o               GO AHEAD; OR,
"  o~t much, I won't surrender," replied the chief,
desperate to the last.   "Better not come too near
me!"
The students, not in the least intimidated by this last
remark, which implied that he intended to resist all their
efforts to capture him, continued to follow the chief, who,
having retreated as far as he could toward the end of
the bowsprit, suddenly arose to his feet. "Down with
the'cademy swells!" he shouted, shaking his fist at his
pursuers.
For an instant he stood with his arms spread out,
balancing himself on the bowsprit, and then, with
another wild cry, he sprang into the air and disappeared under the bow of the yacht, which, by this time,
had been put about, and was booming along up the harbor at a terrific rate. A cry of horror arose from all
who had witnessed this last act of the chief, and while
one hurried off to report the matter to the lieutenant,
the others ran aft to watch for him as he arose under
the stern.  But not one of those students ever saw Sam
Barton again. By the time they reached the stern, the
yacht had left the spot where he disappeared a long way
behind, and they were as powerless to assist him as if he
had been in mid-ocean. The chief, in his desperation,
preferred to trust himself to the waves, rather than in
the hands of the students; and, whatever other dangers
he might have run into, he was safe from the clutches of
Mr. Grimes. But this'ncident, exciting as it was, was
soon forgotten. The students had other things to think




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.            261
of, and the governor's reckless courage ceased to be the
topic of conversation.
The first lieutenant had his hands full. He was filled
with apprehension and trembling with anxiety for the
safety of his vessel and crew, but he did not forget his
prisoners, who, being taken in charge by a guard detailed
for that purpose, were marched down into the hold and
locked up.
The sail up the harbor was attended with quite as
much, if not more, danger than the coming down had
been. The first lieutenant had too much at stake to
run any risks, and as soon as the crew could be got together-for, in the excitement attending the battle, and
the escape from the hold, all discipline had been forgotten-he ordered the sail taken in. This was speedily
accomplished, and then the yacht drifted helplessly
about on the waves. But her speed, of course, was
greatly diminished, and the danger attending a collision, if one occurred, was diminished in the same proportion. Harry's next care was, to send one of the
midshipmen to get the spare anchor up from the hold.
This was an operation of some difficulty. The anchor
was weighty, and the first lieutenant was the only one
on board who understood the management of heavy
bodies, and he could not leave the deck. Only a part
of the crew engaged in executing this order. The others
were kept on deck, holding themselves in readiness to
" fend off," if there should be danger of running into
any of the vessels at the wharves. The yacht drifted




262               GO AHEAD; OR,
along, sometimes stern foremost, sometimes sideways,
but generally keeping near the middle of the harbor,
and, by the time the midshipman came aft, to report
the anchor ready, they were within a short distance of
the place from which they started on their involuntary
cruise.




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.           263
CHAPTER XXI.
HARRY'S REPORTo
[ a,    -] HERE!" exclaimed the first lieutenant, draw(x1 [~  ing a long breath of relief, as the yacht
Go1^   s dwung round with her head to the storm,
~~^  _after the anchor had been let go,'we're
back here, and in just as good condition as when we
started, if we except very wet skins and badly damaged
reputations. But the vessel is all right, and that's one
thing I can feel easy about."
Harry left the officer who was second in command of
the guard, to make every thing snug on board, and went
below to talk to Tom Newcombe; for, thus far, he had
not heard a word uttered that gave him an insight into
his object in capturing the vessel. As he descended
into the cabin he met the fisher-boy, who, since his release, had made several unsuccessful attempts to reach
the deck to assist the students in retaking the yacht.
But he had not yet fully recovered the use of his hands
and feet, and. he had been obliged to remain inactive
in the cabin.
"Is she all right, now? asked Bob, as the lieutenant
came down the ladder.




264               GO AHEAD; OR,
"Yes, and as sound as a dollar,' was the reply.' I
shall turn her over to her next executive officer, in just
as good condition as she was received; and that's some
consolation."
"I wish you had driven them down here," said the
fisher-boy, as he stood his spear up in one corner of
the cabin.   I'd like to have had a chance at the governor."
"The governor!" repeated Harry, curiously. "Do
you mean Sam Barton? He is overboard. He jumped
into the harbor on purpose. I hoped to command this
vessel one of these days," continued the lieutenant, more
interested in his own affairs, just then, than in the fate
of the chief, "but Tom Newcombe has sadly interfered
with my arrangements by this night's work. Wouldn't
it be a good plan to pitch him overboard also? "
"I believe it would," answered Bob. "It might save
somebody some trouble; for he'll be into another scrape
as soon as he gets fairly out of this one, and he will ruin
any body who has any thing to do with him."
"But how came you here a prisoner?" inquired the
lieutenant. "You were not in the fight, were you?"
The fisher-boy's story was a long one; for, in order to
enable Harry to understand how he came to incur the
displeasure of Sam Barton, he was obliged to begin with
the story of the passenger who had paid him forty dollars in gold for catching the steamer. He told all about
Tom's lottery scheme, which made the lieutenant laugh
until his jaws ached, and finally, he came to the Crusoe




THE FISHER-EOY'S MOTTO.            265
band. He related the circumstances connected with his
capture; revealed the objects of the organization, and
also the motives that had led Tom  Newcombe to become a member, as far as he was acquainted with them.
What he did not know Harry was able to supply, and
thus they got at a complete history of every thing Tom
had done since his expulsion from the society of Nighthawks. Harry was really amazed to learn that a boy
of Tom's years could put any faith in a lottery, and
believe that Sam Barton's idea of hunting up an island
somewhere in the ocean, and leading Crusoe life, could
be successfully carried out.
" I do not know that my chances for promotion are
the best in the world just now," said the lieutenant, as
he arose and unlocked the door that led into the hold,
"but such as they are, I would almost give them up to
know what notion that boy will get into his head next.
I wonder if he won't come to the conclusion that the
North Pole is'just the place he always wanted to go
to,' and try to fit out an expedition among the village
boys!"
"If he does he will get plenty of recruits," said Bob.
"Come out here, Friday, Jack Spaniard, Will Atkins,
and Exury," exclaimed Harry, addressing himself to the
prisoners. "Let us have a look at you. I want to see
the boy who was lucky enough to take this vessel down
the harbor in this storm, without smashing her to
pieces."
The fisher-boy, while relating the history and exploits




266              GO AHEAD; OR,
of the Crusoe band, had given the lieutenant the names
of the members, just as the governor had pronounced
them.
"By the way, Richardson," continued Harry, turning
to the midshipman who had managed the vessel, while
his superior officer was leading the attack on the pirates,
"I have read Robinson Crusoe a good many times, but
I never saw any thing in it about a fellow called Exury.
Whom are you named after?" he added, addressing the
reckless pilot.
"After the feller that was with the governor when
he ran away in the boat that had a shoulder of mutton
for a sail," was the reply.
The first lieutenant, who was highly amused at every
thing he heard regarding the band, laughed louder than
ever. Xury had got things pretty well mixed up, if he
supposed that Crusoe's boat had a shoulder of mutton
for a sail; but, after all, he was not to blame for that,
for he had never read the book, and all his ideas concerning the hero of the band, and his surroundings,
were gained from what he had heard Sam say on the
subject.
"I know who you are now," said Harry, slowly surveying his prisoner from head to foot, "and I would
advise you to discard your real name and stick to your
assumed one. -If it will always bring you such luck as
has attended you to-nigl t, you'11 be an admiral one of
these days. Richardson, see that these fellows are made
comfortable for the night. They came very near send



THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.         267
ing us all to the bottom, but that's no reason why we
should not treat them as kindly as we can."
The midshipman took charge of the prisoners, and
Harry unlocked the door of the state-room in which
Tom was confined, and went in to talk to him.
" 0, now, I'd like to know what you are going to do
with me!" drawled the prisoner, as the lieutenant untied the ropes with which his hands and feet were bound.
" I always was the most unlucky boy in the whole world,
but this is the worst scrape I ever got into."
" I came in, captain, to tell you that there is a good
fire in the galley, and that you may go in there and
dry your clothing, if you feel so disposed," replied
Harry.
"0, now, I won't do it," whined Tom. "I'd rather
stay here as I am, than to go in there and have all
those fellows tormenting me. I want you to quit calling me captain, for I was n't master of the vessel, nor
governor of the band, either."
" Why, did n't you tell me that you were commander
of the yacht?" demanded Harry.
"0, yes, I did, but I did n't hold the office long, for
the governor got mad at me, and broke me; and then
I got mad at him, and let you out. But I would n't
have done it, if I had known that you would knock me
down, and then keep me here a prisoner. What are you
going to do with me?"
This was a question that Harry did not like to answer.
Although Tom had caused him a great deal of uneasi




268               GO AHEAD; OR,
ness, and had placed the yacht and her crew in jeopardy
he was not revengeful, and, if he could have had his own
way, he would have released his prisoner at once. Bad
as he was, he was the son of the man who had presented
the principal of the academy with the fine vessel of which
he had the honor to be the executive officer, and for
that, if for no other reason, Harry did not want to see
him disgraced. But his orders were, to bring the attacking party to the academy as prisoners of war, and now,
that he had captured them, he could not disobey.
"You are going to put me ashore now, are you not,
Harry? " whined the prisoner, trying hard to choke back
his tears. "I'll never do it again."
"I can't!" replied the lieutenant. "I am  acting
under orders."
"But you must remember that I let you out," said
Tom. "I was trying to make amends for what I had
done. What do you suppose my father will say, when
he hears that you marched me to the academy with
those low, ignorant ferry-boys?"
"I do n't know. But if those boys were good enough
for you while you were at liberty to do as you pleased,
they are certainly good enough for you now that you
are a prisoner."
"But I won't stand it, I tell you," roared Tom, now
beginning to cry in earnest. "I am not going to the
academy under arrest, to be shut up in the guard-house.
Now mind what I say, Harry Green! If you do n't let
me go at once, I'11 square yards w'th you some day."




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.            269
"I am not going to stay here to listen to any threats,"
replied the lieutenant, placing his hand on the doorknob. "You have been a student at theacademy, and
you know what is done with a fellow who does not obey
orders. You had better go into the galley and dry
your clothes."
"O, now, I won't do it," shouted Tom, who seemed
to be almost beside himself with rage.
"Well, then, if I will allow you the freedom of the
vessel, will you promise that you will not try to escape?"
"No, I won't do that either. Get out of here! I'll
fix you for this!"
Harry, seeing that his prisoner was in very bad humor, left the state-room, locking the door after him.
While he was talking to Tom, the crew had been employed in setting things to rights, and now the cabin
presented the same scene of neatness and order that it
had before the fight-only one of the chairs was missing, and the center-table had been pushed against the
bulkhead to enable it to retain its upright position, one
of its legs having been broken off during the struggle.
The officer on duty sat at the desk writing, as if nothing had happened, and a sentinel had been posted at
the door of the hold, who saluted the lieutenant as he
passed.
Harry went into the galley, where the crew  had
congregated to dry their clothing by the fire, and to
listen to the fisher-boy's story. Xury, Jack Spaniard,




270              GO AHEAD; OR,
Friday, and Will Atkins were there, under charge of
a guard, and they seemed to take matters very coolly
answering all the questions asked them, and even putting in a word now and then, to assist Bob in his de.
scription of the incidents that happened while he was a
prisoner in the cave. Xury, especially, was very talkative. The crew all looked at him with a good deal of
curiosity, and he held himself very stiffly, believing that
he had accomplished a most remarkable feat, when he
piloted the vessel safely through the harbor, and that
it was his superior skill as a sailor, and not luck, that
had carried him through.
The students were as much astonished at Bob's story
as their officer had been; and, after the latter had listened a few moments to their remarks, he came to the
conclusion that, for once in his life, Tom Newcombe
had shown some judgment when he declined to mingle
with the crew. While some of them  regarded the
whole affair as a stupendous joke, others were very
angry at him, and all believed that no other boy of
his age in the world had so little common sense. Very
likely the prisoner was much more comfortable in his
wet clothes than he would have been by the fire, in the
galley.
The lieutenant took off his coat, wrung the water out
of it, and stood by the stove until his clothes were dry,
when he returned to the cabin, where he found the tall
student with his hand wrapped up in his handkerchief,
walking up and down the floor. This was Jackson, the




TEE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.             271
second lieutenant of the ship, and the one who had done
such good service with his pillow.
"Does it hurt much?" inquired Harry.
" It is not very comfortable, I assure you," replied the
student, his face all wrinkled up with pain, "but I don't
mind the hurt so muc. as I do the investigation that is
coming."
The first lieutenant seated himself at his desk, to write
out his report of the incidents of the night. He went
about it with as much earnestness as if he had been
the commander of a government vessel, in time of war,
and had just come out of a terrible fight. He had
nothing to do but to tell the truth in the fewest possible words, and in a few minutes the report was finished. It ran as follows:
"ACADEMY SHIP STORM KING,
July 16th; 18-.
"Sir
" It becomes my unpleasant duty to inform  you
that an attack was made upon this vessel, at half-past
ten o'clock, by an organized band of outlaws, calling
themselves'Crusoe men,' and that it was partially successful.
" In accordance with the instructions contained in your
letters of this date, I reported to the commanding officer
of the yacht for duty and command of the vessel. I at
once proceeded to carry out the verbal orders given me
before I left the academy, and detailed six privates, two




272              GO AHEAD; OR,
corporals, and as many officers, for guard duty. One
sentry was posted on deck, while the officer remained in
the cabin, and the corporal in the forecastle, the latter
going on deck twice each hour, to strike the bells and
see that every thing was snug. At the time the attack
was made, private Simmonds was the sentinel on deck,
and lieutenant Jackson the officer of the guard. The attacking party, consisting of six men, were led by Samuel
Barton, who went by the name of governor.  They
boarded the vessel from a yawl-the darkness and the
howling of the storm effectually concealing their movements from the sentinel, and drowning all sounds of
their approach. Private Simmonds called for the corporal, and attempted to prevent the boarding of the
pirates, but was obliged to retreat into the cabin, where
he was pursued by the governor and a portion of his
band; the others, commanded by Thomas Newcombe,
going down into the galley, and thence into the forecastle, where they aroused the guard from a sound sleep,
and drove them into the hold. The governor's squad
numbered only three men, but they were armed with
spears, which we found to be quite as dangerous as
bayonets.
"The most of the crew were asleep in the hold, and
before they could be awakened, the officers in the
cabin had been overpowered and crowded into the hold
at the point of the spears. The pirates placed themselves between us and our weapons, but we would have
succeeded in beating them back but for the arrival of




THE FISHER-BOY S MOTTO.          273
their reinforcements.  Some of them turned our own
weapons against us, and, being unarmed, we were forced
to retreat. The pirates then locked us up in the hold,
after which, Thomas Newcombe took command of the
vessel.
"Owing to some disagreement with the chief, he
was broken, and the management of the yacht devolved
upon a member of the band, who answers to the name
of Xury. He started down the harbor under a close
reefed mainsail, while we in the hold made repeated
but unsuccessful efforts to escape, until Thomas Newcombe, wishing to be revenged upon his chief for relieving him of the command, unlocked the door and
released us. We at once attacked the pirates, who
made but a feeble resistance, and in a few moments
they were all secured, except the chief, who jumped
overboard rather than to fall into our hands. The vessel was put about by midshipman Richardson, who
handled her during the fight, and brought her back to
her anchorage.
" I regret to report that lieutenant Jackson, corporal
Smith, and private Simmonds, were wounded during the
struggle-the former being disabled by a thrust from a
bayonet.
"I am sure that the Storm King sustained no injury
during the run down and up the harbor, but, in order
to establish this fact, I respectfully request that a Board
of Survey be ordered to examine into her condition, and
also that a Court of Inquiry be convened, to ascertain
18




274               GO AHEAD; OR,
whether or not the honor of our flag has suffered in my
hands
"Very Respectfully,
Your Obd't Serv't
HENRY GREEN,
First Lieutenant, A. N.
"Captain WILLIAM STEELE,
Commanding Academy Ship Storm King."
(The letters A. N., which Harry placed after his rank,
stood for Academy Navy.)
"How will that do, Jackson?" inquired the first lieutenant, after he had read the report to his wounded shipmate. " I know that the Board of Survey, and the Court
of Inquiry will come, whether I ask for them or not;
but I have made the request, simply to show the principal that I am willing he should sift the matter as
soon as he pleases. I can't think of any order that I
have disobeyed, but they are so hard on a fellow here,
that I expect to have my appointment revoked."
The first lieutenant placed his report in an official envelope, and, after addressing it to the captain, he went
into his state-room and tumbled into bed. He did not
sleep much, and neither did Tom Newcombe, who, during the rest of the night, paced up and down his narrow
prison like a caged lion. Morning came much too soon
for him, and, at the first peep of day, all hands were
called, and Harry prt off for shore in the jolly-boat.
In half an hour he returned with a yawl, and took his




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.         275
prisoners and Bob Jennings on board. The latter was
landed outside the academy grounds, and then the first
lieutenant pushed off again to take the Crusoe men before the principal. The fisher-boy would have been
glad to accompany them, for he wanted to hear what
the principal would say to Tom. But other things demanded his attention. The first was, to go home and
relieve the anxiety which he knew his mother felt at
his prolonged absence, and the other, to secure possession of the Go Ahead No. 2, which had been left in
the cave. He started off on a keen run, and in a few
minutes reached Fishertown, and burst into the house,
where his mother was engaged in getting breakfast.




276              GO AHEAD; OR,
CHAPTER XXII.
CONCLUSION.
IS sudden appearance took the family completely
by surprise. It took somebody else, who was
not a member of the family, also by surprise,
and that was Mr. Graves, the boat-builder, who
had "just dropped in" at that early hour, to inquire
if Mrs. Jennings had heard any news of Bob. He felt
a great interest in him, he said, and was anxious to
know what had become of him. The fisher-boy's mother,
however, very soon discovered that he did not care so
much about the welfare of her son as about the money
Bob had promised to pay him for the Go Ahead No. 2.
Ever since the fisher-boy's disappearance, Mr. Graves
had been a very miserable man. He had come to the
conclusion that he had been sadly deceived in his customer, rnd he believed that Bob had run away to avoid
paying the debt. This was enough to put him  on
nettles.
Although he was well off in the world, he was very
"close " in all his dealings, and, in his eyes, twenty-six
dollars was a small fortune. He had credited Bob for
the skiff, not because he wished to assist him, but for




THE FISIIER-BOY S MOTTO.           277
the reason that he believed his customer's promise to
pay was almost as good as the money. If the fisherboy had been able to pay cash for his boat, he could
have bought her for twenty dollars; but when the boatbuilder found that he was expected to wait three months
for his money, he had added five dollars to the price of
the skiff for interest. It made no difference to him that
he was rich and Bob poor.  That was no fault of his.
He had a right to make as much money as he could, and
this was a lawful business transaction.
"I am  sorry that it has turned out this way, Mrs.
Jennings," said the boat-builder, "but I can't help it.
Of course you can't expect me to build fine skiffs, like
the Go Ahead No. 2, for nothing! I couldn't make a
living by doing business that way."
"I am very sorry that you let Bob have that boat on
credit," said Mrs. Jennings.
"So am I, when it is too late. If the boat was here,
and in good order, I would take it back; but as it is gone,
you, of course, will acknowledge that I ought to be paid
for it. I did n't suppose that a boy who bore the reputation of your Robert would become such a rascal! It
is plain enough to me that he has run away. I'll war
rant that he is in South America by this time, and that
you'11 never see him —Bobby Jennings! "
The fisher-boy's appearance at this moment proved to
Mr. Graves's entire satisfaction that he was not in South
America. He stood in the door-way, flushed with excitement, breathing hard after his rapid run, and look



278              GO AHEAD; OR,
ing first at his mother and then at the boat-builder, who
did not act as if he thought him a very great rascal.
As soon as Bob had greeted his mother, he arose and
shook hands with him, exclaiming"I am  glad you have concluded to come back,
Bobby."
"Concluded!" repeated the fisher-boy.  That one
word opened his eyes, -and he imagined he knew the
object of the boat-builder's visit. "You did n't suppose I had run away, did you?"
"Well, to tell the honest truth, we did, Bobby," replied Mr. Graves, settling back in his chair, as if he was
willing to listen to any explanation the fisher-boy had to
make. "You see, every thing pointed that way. You
go in debt for a splendid little skiff, somebody steals her
from you, you do n't pay a cent on your note, and you
suddenly disappear, and nobody knows were you have
gone. What else could we suppose? There are no such
things as kidnappers nowadays."
" There was such a thing as a Crusoe band, though!"
replied Bob, who was astonished and indignant that any
one should suppose him mean and dishonest enough to
absent himself on account of a paltry debt of twenty-six
dollars. He knew that all his acquaintances would be
surprised at his absence, but he had never imagined that
they would accuse him of running away.
"There was a- what did you call that band, Bobby?"
inquired Mr. Graves, bending forward in his chair, and
Dlacing his hand behind his ear.




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.            279
"What would I run away for?" demanded the fisherboy, who did not feel disposed to favor his creditor with
an explanation, after he had accused him so wrongfully.
"My three months are not up yet, Mr. Graves. When
the time comes you shall have your money."
"I hope so. I certainly hope so," said the boat-builder,
picking up his hat, for he plainly saw that Bob did not
want him there. "You will understand, of course, that
the fact of your losing the boat does not affect the debt.
Have I your promise that you will remain in the village? "
" Certainly, sir. I live here;" replied the fisher-boy,
rather coldly.
Mr. Graves bowed himself out, and returned to his
ship-yard breathing a good deal easier. He was certain
that his twenty-six dollars were safe.  His mind was
easy on that score, but his curiosity had been excited,
and he would have been almost willing to give the
price of the boat to know where his customer had been,
and what he had been doing during his absence.
"Now, Bobby, tell me all about it," said Mrs. Jennings, as soon as the door had closed behind their
visitor.
"Before I begin, mother, answer me one question,"
said the fisher-boy. "Did you believe that I had run
away?"
"I did not," was the prompt reply.
Bob drew a long breath of relief. There was at least
one person in the world who still had faith in him.
Seating himself in a chair by his mother's side, he re



280               GO AHEAD; OR,
lated his story just as he had told it to the executive
officer of the Storm King, and wound up by saying —
"I am not sorry for what has happefied. I know that
I have been kept from my work, but I have found my
skiff, and now I am going after it."
Bob did go. He put a piece of candle in his pocketfor the lantern that had been used in the cave was on
board the yacht-and started off without waiting for his
breakfast, although he had not eaten a mouthful since
the previous morning. He went straight to the wharf,
and his appearance there occasioned a great commotion
among the ferry-boys, who climbed out of their boats,
and gathered about him, even neglecting the passengers
who were waiting to be carried across the harbor.
"Where have you been, Bobby, an' where's Sam Barton, an' Bill Stevens, an' Jack Bennett, an' the rest of
them  fellers?" inquired half a dozen of the boys at
once.
" If one of you will lend me a boat for ten minutes,
and go with me, I'11 tell you all about it," was Bob's
reply.
Of course, the boys would go with him, and they could
spare their boats for ten minutes, or for all day, for that
matter. Of the boats offered him, the fisher-boy climbed
down into the one that suited him best, and, to the no
small amazement of the boys, sculled under the wharf.
A half a dozen boats kept close behind him, their crews
making unsuccessful attempts to induce Bob to tell them
the meaning of his strange movements. The latter said




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.            281
nothing, until he had gathered all the boys about him
in the cave, and then he told his story. If he had never
had an appreciative audience before, he had one now,
and he was obliged to relate over and over again the
particulars of his capture and the fight with the dog,
aswell as all the other incidents that had transpired
while he was a prisoner. Every one wondered what
had become of the governor, and all were anxious to
know what Bob intended to do with the members of
the band. But, in this matter, the fisher-boy kept his
own counsel.
After the ferry-boys had examined the cave to their
satisfaction, and listened to all Bob had to say about
Crusoe and his men, they assisted him in getting the
Go Ahead No. 2 into the water. When Sam  found
that he would not be allowed an opportunity to dispose
of the skiff, he had taken care to preserve every thing
that belonged to her. The sail and the oars lay upon
the thwarts, where they had been placed when the skiff
was first brought into the cave, and so did the stake to
which she had been chained. She was as g-od as new
in every respect, and the fisher-boy could not refrain
from shouting with delight, when he saw her floating
in the water, under the pier.
Bob's story spread with great rapidity, and he soon
found that he was quite a hero in the village. If he
had felt so disposed, he could have spent half the day
in relating his adventures to admiring listeners. But
his time was too valuable to be wasted. He took four




282               GO AHEAD; OR,
or five passengers across the harbor, who made a great
mnany inquiries concerning the Crusoe band; but he
answered them in as few words as possible, and, as soon
as he could get away from them, he started for home.
There he disposed of a hasty breakfast, and, an hour
afterward, the Go Ahead No. 2 was anchored on his
fishing grounds, and Bob was sitting with his line dangling in the water, thinking over his adventures, and
waiting patiently for a bite. But, contrary to his expectations, he soon found that the fish were quite as
able to resist the temptation of a bait suspended over
the side of his fine skiff, as they had been when it was
thrown to them from his old scow. His splendid boat
made no difference with their biting; and at night,
when he filled away for home, his fish-basket was as
empty as when he made his last trip down the bay, in
the old Go Ahead. Ferrying was a little more profitable. He carried eight passengers across the harbor
that night, by which he made sixteen cents.
The fisher-boy had been indulging in the hope that
the loss of his two boats, and his long absence from his
work, would operate as a sort of charm to break the
"streak of bad luck," that had so long attended him
in his fishing and ferrying. But in this he was disappointed. The fish were as shy of his hook as they had
been two months before, and one day on the harbor
opened his eyes to the fact that his skiff was altogether
too small. Morning and evening were the busy times
wiPth the ferry-boys, for then the ship-carpenters went




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.          283
to and from their work. There were so many boys in
the harbor, that none of them could make more than
one trip before the passengers were all carried across,
and, consequently, the boy who had the largest and
cleanest boat made the most money. For example, the
yawl that Sam Barton had used would easily accommodate twenty-five persons, and Bob's skiff would not hold
more than nine; so, while Sam made fifty cents with
every " full trip," the fisher-boy made only eighteen.
Bob worked early and late, but luck was still against
him, and, at the end of the week, he had saved only a
dollar, which he paid into the hands of Mr. Graves, who
indorsed it on the back of his note. During the second
week, he laid by a quarter less, and he began to believe
that his mother knew what she was talking about when
she told him that it was a great deal easier to go in debt
than to get out of it. How many times he wished for
the five-dollar bill he had given Tom Newcombe to invest in the lottery!
During the month following, Bob led a most uncomfortable life.  He gave up fishing, and finished Mr.
Henry's pile of wood, for which he received six dollars,
which was also paid to Mr. Graves. The day on which
the note fell due came at last, and so did the boat-builder,
who, in a business-like way, informed Bob that he still
owed him seventeen dollars, and that he would "give
him the benefit of the usual three days' grace." The
fisher-boy did not know exactly what that meant, but
he did know that it was simply impossible for him to




284               GO AHEAD; OF,
raise so large an amount of money in so shbrt a t-ime.
How often did he wish that the forty dollars in gold,
which his mother still preserved-although she had more
than once been at a loss to know where the next meal
was coming from —belonged to him! But he would as
soon have thought of breaking into Mr. Newcombe's
office, and stealing seventeen dollars, as to use a portion of that to pay for his boat.
On the third day after the visit of the boat-builder,
as Bob was sculling slowly about the harbor, looking
for passengers, he was hailed by a man on the wharf,
who, as he came up, pulled a memorandum-book from
his pocket, saying:
"I am collecting for Mr. Graves, and I have a little
bill of seventeen dollars against you."
" I can't pay it," replied the fisher-boy, hanging down
his head, and looking as mean as if he had been detected
in robbing somebody's orchard.
"Well, then, my orders are to give you back your
nine dollars, and to take the boat," said the man. "Mr.
Graves says he has been sadly deceived in you. You
told him a falsehood."
The loss of the boat was a severe blow to Bob, but, the
knowledge that his reputation had suffered by his failure
to keep his promise, was still worse. But that was not
all. Mr. Henry and Mr. Newcombe were standing upon
the wharf, and there were several ferry-boys close by.
The two gentlemen opened their eyes and looked at
Bob in great surprise, while one of the ferry-boys, de



THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.          285
lighted to witness the discomfiture of a rival, whispered,
"Bobby's been tryin' to play the swell!"
" Hurrah for us! There's one more out of the way! "
said another.
The fisher-boy laid the oars carefully upon the thwarts,
passed the skiff's painter up to the collector, and climbed
upon the wharf without saying a word. He took the
note and the money the man handed to him, and stood
watching him as he sprang down into the skiff, and
pulled up the harbor toward the ship-yard. As soon
as he disappeared among the shipping, Bob tore up the
note, put his money into his pocket, and walked slowly
homeward. He wanted to get out of sight of those two
gentlemen, and away from the ferry-boys, who kept their
eyes fastened on him as if he had been some curious wild
animal. He felt like an outlaw, and it seemed to him
that every man who passed him on the wharf, looked
upon him with contempt.
"I'11 always believe what mother says, after this,"
said the fisher-boy to himself. "I am out of debt now,
and, if I do n't keep out, I'11-"
"Ah, here you are!" exclaimed a voice, breaking in
upon his reverie. "The best oarsman on Newport harbor! We've been looking for you! We want to go
across! "
Bob looked up, and found his liberal passenger before
him, the man who had paid him the forty dollars in
gold by mistake. He had looked and watched for him




286              GO AHEAD; OR,
every time he came into the harbor, and here he was,
when he the least expected him. He was accompanied
by two gentlemen, whom Bob knew to be sailors, from
their style of dress.
" Come, come, boy! " exclaimed the man, talking very
rapidly, "the captain and I are in a great hurry, and
I know that you can set us over in a little less than no
time. Where's your boat?"
"I have n't got any, sir!" replied the fisher-boy, with
tears in his eyes. "But do you know how much you
paid me when you were here before? "
"Yes; I promised you a dollar, and I gave it to you,
did n't I?" said the man, pulling out his pocket-book.
"Did I make a mistake? How much do I owe you?
Speak quick, for I do n't like to have even a small
debt."
"You do n't owe me any thing, sir," said Bob, as soon
as he saw a chance to crowd a word in edgeways; "but
I owe you forty dollars in gold, and if you will come
home with me, I will pay it to you."
"You owe me forty dollars!" repeated the man.
"How does that come?"
"Why, you made a great mistake, sir. You gave me
two twenty-dollar gold pieces instead of the two silver
half dollars you promised me."
" What a big dunce I was, and what a bigger dunce
you are, for telling me of it," said the man, looking at
Bob with an expression he could not understand. " Come
on, captain, we've wasted time enough."




THE FISHER-BOY'S MOTTO.          287
To the fisher-boy's astonishment, the man turned on
his heel and walked off without saying a word more
about the money. He shook hands with Mr. Henry,
who was still standing on the wharf, and Bob heard him
inquire, "Who is that boy?"  He did not hear the
reply, for the grocer turned his back to him. Bob
thought if he had lost forty dollars, and some one
should offer to return it, he would pay more attention
to the matter; but perhaps the gentleman had so many
twenty-dollar gold pieces that the loss of two of them
did not trouble him. He talked with Mr. Henry until
a yawl, which he had hailed, came up, and then he
climbed down into it, saying to the grocer: "I will
call at your store this afternoon." Upon hearing this
the fisher-boy started for home again, intending to take
the money to Mr. Henry, with a request that he would
give it to the owner.
Mrs. Jennings was not at all surprised when Bob told
her that Mr. Graves had taken his boat away from him.
She only said it was "just what she had been expecting,"
and then listened patiently as the fisher-boy unfolded his
plans for the future. They were not very numerous or
complicated, for now that his skiff was gone, there was
but one way in which he could earn a livelihood, and
that was by doing odd jobs about the village. "As for
going to sea," said Bob, "I have almost given it up.
I never can save thirty dollars, and I'11 have to be a
fisherman as long as I live."
As he said this, he felt the tears coming to his eyes,




288              GO AHEAD; OR,
and, to hide his emotion, he went out of the house, sat
down upon the ground, and looked up at his mottoes,
under the eaves. "I do n't believe Mr. Newcombe told
the truth," said he, unconsciously giving utterance to the
thoughts that were passing through his mind.
"About what?" inquired a voice behind him. Bob
looked up, and there was his liberal passenger again.
Without stopping to reply to his question, the fisherboy sprang to his feet and ran into the cabin. In a
few moments he returned with the gold pieces, and found
the gentleman trying to read the mottoes. He took the
money when Bob offered it to him, without even thanking him, and, placing his finger upon one of the boards,
inquired: "What's all this written here?".
"It's my motto," replied Bob, with some hesitation.
"It is written in Greek, is n't it? Read it. I would
like to know what it is?"
The fisher-boy hesitated again. He was afraid the
gentleman might laugh at him. When he first cut that
motto there, he thought it was something worth remembering; but now he had almost lost faith in it. The
man repeated his request, and looked at Bob so kindly
that he complied and read:
" Be sure you are right, and then go ahead! "
"Do you always live up to that?"
"Not always," replied the fisher-boy, looking down at
the ground; " I went ahead once when I knew I was wrong,
and got into trouble by it."
" How did you come to select this for a motto?




THE FISHER-BOY S MOTTO.          289
"I heard Mr. Newcombe talking to Tom just before
he sailed in the Savannah. He said:'Be sure you are
right, and then go ahead, and I'll answer for your success in life.' "
"And if Tom had been sensible enough to pay some
attention to it, he would have been of some use in
the world now," said the gentleman. " He goes ahead
when he knows he is wrong, and that's the reason
he gets into so much trouble.  What's the other
motto?"
" Owe no man a penny," replied Bob.
"That's another good one. All the advice I can give
you is, to keep them constantly in mind."
As the man said this, he abruptly left Bob, and walked
rapidly toward the wharf.
" Well," said the fisher-boy to himself, "he is the
queerest man I ever saw."
Bob was astonished at his singular behavior, and about
an hour afterward, while he was eating his dinner, he
was still more amazed by the appearance of one of the
sailors he had seen with Mr. Evans-for that was the
name of his liberal passenger-who entered without
knocking, and began his business without ceremony.
"I am Captain Coons, master of the ship Spartan,
which is to sail from this port for China, day after tomorrow," said he. "Be gone three years, probably.
Want a boy, and have been instructed by Mr. Evans,
my owner, to pay you a hundred dollars advance.
What do you say, Bob?  Here's your chance. You
19




290              GO AHEAD; OR,
need n't mind pumping for salt water about it, for I am
in dead earnest. Here's the money if you'11 say you
will put down your name."
Bob could not say any thing immediately, for he found
it impossible to speak. He looked at the roll of bills
the captain held in his hand, then at his mother, and
being unable to restrain himself any longer, he jumped
up and ran out of the house. He did not shout, but he
made a standing jump of eight feet and a-half, and then
began to haul in an imaginary rope, hand over hand.
"What do I say, Bob?" said he to himself, in an excited whisper. "I say I'11 go, and won't I do my best?
Captain Coons's boots will shine so that he can see his
face in them a mile off; and he'll never have to tell
somebody to make the bunks over after me."
The fisher-boy did not say, " I'll soon be second mate,
and then first mate, and then captain," as Tom Newcombe
had done. His ideas extended no further, just when, than
the faithful performance of his duties as boy.
Bob took a good many steps about the beach, and
made several more long standing jumps before he worked
off his excitement, and then he returned to the house,
where he found the captain engaged in conversation
with his mother. He saw, at a glance, that the matter
had been settled during his absence, for his mother's
purse lay upon the table, and it was larger than it had
ever been before.
" Those mottoes did it, my lad," said the captain, after
he had told Mrs. Jennings that Mr. Evans had heard all




THE FISHER-BOY S MOTTO.          291
of Bob's history from the grocer. "They pleased my
owner wonderfully; and he asked me to tell you to beai
one thing in mind, and that is, that a steady, honest,
industrious boy never wants for friends, be he rich or
poor. I shall expect to see you on board the Spartan
at six o'clock this evening."
Bob reported to the captain promptly at the hour.
A small portion of his advance had been expended foi
an outfit; but when he stood on the deck of his vessel,
and waved his farewell to his mother, he knew that he
had left her provided for.
" That's what comes of giving back them gold pieces,"
said Xury, standing up in his boat and waving his hat
to the fisher-boy. "If he had kept'em, like the governor wanted him to do, he would n't be on board that
fine ship now."
Every one of, the members of the band saw Bob start
on his voyage, and it must be confessed that they
breathed easier than they had done for many a day,
when they beheld his vessel shaping her course down
the bay. The principal had dismissed them. with a
sharp reprimand, and, when they resumed their work
in the harbor, they lived in a state of constant fear and
excitement, expecting every moment to find Mr. Grimes
after them with a warrant. The fact that Bob spoke
to them very civilly whenever he met them  did not
make them feel secure, and not until they saw his vessel fairly out of the harbor, were they satisfied that he
did not intend to have them punished for what they had




292                 GO AHEAD.
done. Then every one of them was sorry that they had
treated him so unkindly, and, if the fisher-boy had come
back to the village, he never would have had any more
trouble with the old members of the Crusoe band.
Tom Newcombe was there also. In spite of all his
remonstrances and threats, the lieutenant had taken him
before the principal of the academy, who sternly ordered
him to go home. This made Tom more angry than ever,
for he imagined the colonel had insulted him by treating him so coldly in the presence of the students, and
he determined that he would yet be revenged upon him.
What passed between him and his father no one ever
knew; but all the clerks remarked that Tom worked
harder, and that he spent less of his time in running
around. His brain was as busy as usual, and in twentyfour hours after his release he had matured a plan for
the organization of another secret society.
The future of a boy of Tom's habits is easily predicted.
The only channel in which he ever exhibited any perseverance, was in holding to the belief that "nobody could
teach him."  To this opinion he clung as long as he
lived, and, of course, he often got into trouble. His
further adventures shall be related in "No Moss; op,
THE CAREER OF A ROLLING STONE."
THE EN D.




Famous tasttemon Boohks
No author of the present day has become a greater favorite
with boys than "Harry Castlemon," every book by him is sure
to meet with hearty reception by young readers generally. His
naturalness and vivacity leads his readers from page to page
with breathless interest, and when one volume is finished the
fascinated reader, like Oliver Twist, asks "for more."
py Htarry  Castlemon.
GUNBOAT SERIES.  By Harry Castlemon.  In
box containing the following. 6 vols. I6mo. Cloth,
extra, black and gold............            $7 50
(Sold separately.)
Frank the Young Naturalist. Illustrated. I6mo.  I 25
Frank in the Woods. Illustrated.  I6mo....    I 25
Frank on the Prairie.  Illustrated.  I6mo....    I 25
Frank on a Gunboat.  Illustrated.  I6mo.....   I 25
Frank before Vicksburg.  Illustrated.  I6mo..         I 25
Frank on the Lower Mississippi.  Illustrated.
I6mo...................                        I 25
GO AHEAD SERIES. By Harry Castlemon. In
box containing the following. 3 vols. I6mo. Cloth,
extra, black and gold............    3 75
(Sold separately.) 




2        PORTER & COATES'S POPULAR JUVENILES.
Go Ahead; or, The Fisher Boy's Motto. Illustrated.
i6mo................. $1 25
No Moss; or, The Career of a Rolling Stone. Illustrated. I6mo.................  1 25
Tom  Newcombe; or, The Boy of Bad Habits.
Illustrated.  I6mo...............    I 25
ROCKY MOUNTAIN SERIES. By Harry
Castlemon. In box containing the following. 3 vols.
i6mo. Cloth, extra, black and gold.......  3 75
(Sold separately.)
Frank at Don Carlos' Rancho. Illustrated. I6mo.  I 25
Frank among the Rancheros. Illustrated. i6mo.  I 25
Frank in the Mountains. Illustrated.   6mo..  I 25
SPORTSMAN'S CLUB SERIES. By Harry
Castlemon. In box containing the following. 3 vols.
i6mo. Cloth, extra, black and gold.......  3 75
(Sold separately.)
The Sportsman's Club in the Saddle.  Illustrated.  I6mo. Cloth, extra, black and gold....   I 25
The Sportsman's Club Afloat.  Being the 2d volume of the " Sportsman's Club Series."  Illustrated.
i6mo. Cloth, extra, black and gold.......       25
The Sportsman's Club among the Trappers.
Being the 3d volume of the "Sportsman's Club
Series." Illustrated. i6mo. Cloth, extra, black and
gold......................    I25
FRANK NELSON SERIES. By Harry Castlemon. In box containing the following. 3 vols. I6mo.
Cloth, extra, black and gold........    3 75
(Sold separately.)
Snowed up; or, The  Sportsman's Club in the
Mountains. Illustrated.  I6mo.......                    25
Frank Nelson in the Forecastle; or, the Sportsman's Club among the Whalers. Illustrated.  I6mo.  1 25
The Boy Traders; or, The Sportsman's Club among
the Boers. Illustrated.  i6mo.........    25




PORTER & COATES'S POPULAR JUVENILES.           3
BOY  TRAPPER  SERIES.  By Harry Castlemon. In box containing the following. 3 vols. I6mo.
Cloth, extra, black and gold... o..... $3 75
(Sold separately.)
The Buried Treasure; or, Old Jordan's "Haunt."
Being the Ist volume of the " Boy Trapper Series."
Illustrated. I6mo................  1 25
The Boy Trapper; or, How Dave filled the Order.
Being the 2d volume of the "Boy Trapper Series."
Illustrated.   6mo................  125
The Mail Carrier.  Being the 3d and concluding volume of the "Boy Trapper Series." Illustrated. I6mo.  I 25
ROUGHING IT SERIES. By Harry Castlemon.
In box containing the following.  3 vols.  Cloth,
extra, black and gold....,......   3 75
(Sold separately.)
George in Camp; or, Life on the Plains. Being the
ist volume of the " Roughing It Series."  Illustrated.
I6mo..................                      I 25
George at the Wheel; or, Life in a Pilot House.
Being the 2d volume of the'-Roughing It Series."
Illustrated.  I6mo................   I 25
George at the Fort; or, Life Among the Soldiers.
Being the 3d and concluding volume of the " Roughing It Series."  Illustrated.  I6mo......    I 25
ROD AND GUN SERIES. By Harry Castlemon.
In box containing the following.  3 vols.  Cloth,
extra, black and gold...........    3 75
(Sold separately).
Don Gordon's Shooting Box.  Being the Ist volume of the "Rod and Gun Series."  Illustrated.
i6mo.................    25
Rod and Gun.  Being the second volume of the
"Rod and Gun Series."  Illustrated.  I6mo...   I 25
The Young Wild-Fowlers.  Being the third volume of the "Rod and Gun Series." Illustrated. I6mo.  I 25




AlgeVs Renowuneb Boohs
Horatio Alger, Jr., has attained distinction as one of the most
popular writers of books for boys, and the following list comprises all of his best books.
By Boratio Alger, 3jr
RAGGED  DICK  SERIES. By Horatio Alger,
Jr., in box containing the following. 6 vols. I6mo.
Cloth, extra, black and gold...........   $7 50
(Sold separately.)
Ragged Dick; or, Street Life in New York. Illustrated. I6mo.................    125
Fame and Fortune; or, The Progress of Richard
Hunter. Illustrated.  i6mo..........    125
Mark the Match Boy; or, Richard Hunter's Ward.
Illustrated.  I6mo................ I 25
Rough and Ready; or, Life among the New York
Newsboys. Illustrated.  I6mo.........              125
Ben the Luggage Boy; or, Among the Wharves.
Illustrated.  I6mo...............                    125
Rufus and Rose; or, The Fortunes of Rough and
Ready. Illustrated.  I6mo.........      25
TATTERED  TOM  SERIES.  (FIRST SERIES.)
By Horatio Alger, Jr., in box containing the following.
4 vols.  I6mo. Cloth, extra, black and gold..     5 oo
(Sold separately.)
Tattered Tom; or, The Story of a Street Arab. Illustrated.  I6mo.................                   25
Paul the Peddler; or, The Adventures of a Young
Street Merchant.  Illustrated.  I6mo.......    x 25
Phil the Fiddler; or, The Young Street Musician.
Illustrated.  I6mo...............                 x 25
4




PORTER & COATES'S POPULAR JUVENILES.              5
Slow and Sure; or, From the Sidewalk to the Shop.
Illustrated.  i6mo...............                    I 25
TATTERED TOM  SERIES.  (SECOND SERIES.)
In box containing the following.  4 vols.  Cloth,
extra, black and gold..............              5 oo
(Sold separately.)
Julius; or, The Street Boy Out West. Illust'd. i6mo. I 25
The Young Outlaw; or, Adrift in the World. IIlustrated.  I6mo..............        25
Sam's Chance and How  He Improved it.  Illustrated.  I6mo................   I25
The Telegraph Boy.  Illustrated.   i6mo....            I 25
LUCK AND PLUCK SERIES. (FIRST SERIES.)
By Horatio Alger, Jr., in box containing the following.
4 vols.  I6mo.  Cloth, extra, black and gold.... 5 oo
(Sold separately.)
Luck and Pluck; or, John Oakley's Inheritance.
Illustrated.  i6mo................  I 25
Sink or Swim; or, Harry Raymond's Resolve.  I1lustrated.   I6mo...............                    I 25
Strong and Steady; or, Paddle Your Own Canoe.
Illustrated.  I6mo...............                    I 25
Strive and Succeed; or, The Progress of Walter
Conrad. Illustrated.  I6mo...........   I 25
LUCK AND PLUCK  SERIES. (SECOND
SERIES.) In box containing the following. 4 vols.
i6mo. Cloth, extra, black and gold.......5 oo
(Sold separately.)
Try and Trust; or, The Story of a. Bound Boy. Illustrated.  I6mo................  I25
Bound to Rise; or, How Harry Walton Rose in the
World. Illustrated.   I6mo...........                 1 25
Risen from the Ranks; or, Harry Walton's Success.
Illustrated.  i6mo..............                     125
Herbert Carter's Legacy; or, The Inventor's Son.
Illustrated.  I6mo...........    I 25




PORTER & COATES'S POPULAR JUVENILES.
BRAVE AND BOLD SERIES. By Horatio
Alger, Jr., in box containing the following. 4 vols.
I6mo. Cloth, extra, black and gold......  $5 00
(Sold separately.)
Brave and Bold; or, The Story of a Factory Boy.
Illustrated.  I6mo...............I 25
Jack's Ward; or, The Boy Guardian. Illustrated.
I6mo.......................   25
Shifting for Himself; or, Gilbert Greyson's Fortunes.
Illustrated.  I6mo..............                   I 25
Wait and Hope; or, Ben Bradford's Motto. Illustrated.  I6mo.................   I 25
CAMPAIGN SERIES.  By Horatio Alger, Jr., in
box containing the following. 3 vols. I6mo. Cloth,
extra, black and gold............ 3 75
(Sold separately.)
Frank's Campaign; or, the Farm  and the Camp.
Illustrated.   6mo..............   I 25
Paul Prescott's Charge.  Illustrated.  I6mo...   I 25
Charlie Codman's Cruise.  Illustrated.  I6mo..  I 25
PACIFIC SERIES. By Horatio Alger, Jr. 4 vols.
I6mo. Cloth, extra, black and gold........  5 oo
(Sold separately.)
The Young Adventurer; or, Tom's Trip Across
the Plains. Illustrated.  I6mo..........   I 25
The Young Miner; or, Tom Nelson in California.
Illustrated.  i6mo...............       25
The Young Explorer; or, Among the Sierras. Illustrated.'6mo...............    I 25
Ben's Nugget; or, A Boy's Search for Fortune. A
Story of the Pacific Coast. Illustrated.  I6mo....   I 25
The Young  Circus Rider; or, The Mystery of
Robert Rudd. Being the Ist volume of the "Atlantic
Series."  Illustrated.  I6mo.  Cloth, extra, black
and gold...................    I 25




PORTER & COATES'S POPULAR JUVENILES.          7
Do and Dare; or, A Brave Boy's Fight for Fortune.
Being the 2d volume of the "Atlantic Series."  Illustrated. I6mo. Cloth, extra, black and gold....  $  25
Hector's Inheritance; or, Boys of Smith Institute.
Being the 3d volume of the'Atlantic Series." Illustrated. I6mo. Cloth, extra, black and gold....  I 25
B3    t;. A. Stephens.
Rare books for boys-bright, breezy, wholesome and instructive-full of adventure and incident, and information upon
natural history-they blend instruction with amusement-contain
much useful and valuable information upon the habits of animals,
and plenty of adventure, fun and jollity.
CAMPING  OUT SERIES.  By C. A. Stephens.
In box containing the following.  6 vols.  x6mo.
Cloth, extra, black and gold............ $7 50
(Sold separately.)
Camping Out.  As recorded by "Kit."  With eight
full-page illustrations.  I6mo...........  I25
Left on Labrador; or, The Cruise of the Schooner
Yacht "Curlew"  As recorded by "Wash."  With
eight full-page illustrations.  I6mo.........     I25
Off to the Geysers; or, The Young Yachters in
Iceland.  As recorded by "Wade."  With eight fullpage illustrations.  16mo.............   125
Lynx Hunting.  From  Notes by the Author of
"Camping Out."  With eight full-page illustrations.
I6mo.....................    25
Fox Hunting. As recorded by "Raed." With eight
full-page illustrations.  I6mo..........     25
On the Amazon; or, the Cruise of the "Rambler."
As recorded by "Wash."  With eight full-page illustrations. I6mo................   125




8        PORTER & COATES'S POPULAR JUVENILES.
3y. i. Irowbribge.
These stories will rank among the best of Mr. Trowbridge's
books for the young, and he has written some of the best of our
juvenile literature.
JACK HAZARD SERIES. By J. T. Trowbridge.
In box containing the following.  6 vols.  I6mo.
Cloth, extra, black and gold..........         7 50
(Sold separately.)
Jack Hazard and his Fortunes.  With twenty
illustrations. I 6mo............     25
A  Chance for Himself; or, Jack Hazard and his
Treasure. With nineteen illustrations.  I6mo...    I 25
Doing his Best. With twenty illustrations.  I6mo.   I 25
Fast Friends. With seventeen illustrations.  I6mo.  I 25
The Young Surveyor; or, Jack on the Prairies.
With twenty-one illustrations.  I6mo....           I. 25
Lawrence's Adventures Among the Ice Cutters, Glass Makers, Coal Miners, Iron Men and Ship
Builders. With twenty-four illustrations.  I6mo..    I 25
B3  Ebwarb $. -~tis.
A New Series of Books for Boys, equal in interest to the " Castlemon" and "Alger" books.  His power of description of
Indian life and character is equal to the best of Cooper.
BOY PIONEER  SERIES.  By Edward S. Ellis.
In box containing the following. 3 vols. Illustrated.
Cloth, extra, black and gold...........          $3 75
(Sold separately.)
Ned in the Block House; or, Life on the Frontier.
Being the ist volume of the "Boy Pioneer Series."
Illustrated.  i6mo...............  I 25
Ned in the Woods. Being the 2d volume of the
"Boy Pioneer Series."  Illustrated.  6mo.....    I 25
Ned on the River. Being the 3d volume of the
"Boy Pioneer Series."  Illustrated.  x6mo.....      25